[a / b / c / d / e / f / g / gif / h / hr / k / m / o / p / r / s / t / u / v / vg / w / wg] [i / ic] [r9k] [cm / hm / y] [3 / adv / an / cgl / ck / co / diy / fa / fit / hc / int / jp / lit / mlp / mu / n / po / pol / sci / soc / sp / tg / toy / trv / tv / vp / x] [rs] [status / ? / @] [Settings] [Home]
Board:  
Settings   Home
4chan
/qst/ - Quests


Zombies. The living dead. Once an obscure folktale has now become one of the most well-known monsters to enter the world of fiction. We’ve seen many different types of zombies in all kinds of stories.

However, I want you to forget everything you think you know about zombies. Those were all tall tales meant to entertain the masses. While many stories got some basic concepts right, the real world tends to not work out as well as fiction does. If you don’t believe me, ask yourself these questions.

Why would the world militaries become overrun by slow, stupid creatures? How can simple viruses raise corpses from the ground when the bodies would be decomposed beyond repair and missing many important organs? How can so many zombies still be around after months of no food or water? If we took zombies from fiction, but gave them real world limitations, they would be killed off faster than you can say “brains”.

No, zombies are nothing like that. To combat these glaring issues, some writers make zombies fast so they can run at high speeds. But this has its own problems. All this running would make these zombies expend energy quickly. There is only a limited number of humans in the world to eat. These zombies would die even faster than the slow ones just through starvation.

All of this is to say that zombies in their fictional forms are not realistic. Their real-life counterparts are much more capable of survival.

While they do exhibit much less cognitive functions than your average adult and cannot speak, they are fully capable of hunting alone, resting when tired, playing dead, drinking water, and solving basic problems. While they may run if they must, they can only do so in short bursts and 99% of the time will prefer to walk.

They also can hunt in herds. But be warned that the danger from this does not just come from their numbers, but from their much-increased problem-solving skills when working together. But the downside of this is that when hunting in herds, there is less food to go around. Zombies are selfish creatures, preferring to keep food to themselves. Therefore, they do not use this strategy often. And even if they do, they may get distracted trying to take steal the food from each other to notice someone sneak away.

Zombies do not need to be killed by removing the head or destroying the brain. They can be killed by other means too. They need food and water to survive, so they can die from not getting enough nutrients. They also are not smart enough to give first aid to themselves or other zombies. However, this does not mean zombies can be easily killed. Zombies cannot get infected from viruses, bacteria, or from anything else. They also have a much faster rate of natural healing than the average human. What would take a human a year or longer to fully heal from would take less than a day for a zombie to heal from. They can even regrow limbs but cannot reattach limbs. This will take a week to occur.

(1/6)
>>
While everybody knows that zombies do not breed and that they multiply by turning humans into zombies, fiction depicts how this happens incorrectly. You do not simply get infected with a virus and turn into a zombie. Contrary to what is normally believed, zombies do not bite and eat humans to spread a virus. They eat humans because they are a food source. Zombies are intensely hungry. They will eat any edible thing, not just humans. However, they are often too stupid to eat any packaged food, so they prefer to hunt.

Why are zombies so darn hungry?

To understand this, one must understand how a zombie is created. A zombie is created by a normal human taking a certain drug meant to enhance the regenerative functions of the body.

Now understand that the idea of a government doing shady work with a pharmaceutical company to make bioweapons or super soldiers is a fantasy. This was also not created by some drug kingpin trying to make an addicting drug to sell to their customers either. It was a simple mistake made by a group of chemistry PhD students at a major university. They were doing research into the possibility of a drug that can rapidly increase a person’s ability to heal from their wounds.

In their pursuits to make such a drug, they ended up stumbling into a formula that works. After testing it on animals and seeing pronounced success, they were eager to do human trials. However, two major things occurred:

1. Within an hour of ingesting the drug, about half of the participants turned into zombies. While chaos ensued, luckily, the zombies were able to be killed by the police after tons of ammo was pumped into them. Many people were bitten, and many died from their wounds. However, the bites do not transform people into zombies, so only those original few zombies needed to be killed.

After this incident, researchers concluded that if a normal human takes this drug, it can have these side effects since the drug was made improperly. Instead of the body being able to regenerate from injuries with the energy it naturally makes, it requires much more energy. In fact, it requires so much energy, that it simply cuts off the ability for the stomach to feel full. Instead, it makes them feel hungry all the time. Finally, they concluded that to fuel this enormous energy cost, the brain needed to sacrifice much of its cognitive ability so it could conserve energy. That is why zombies are so hungry and why they are dumber than a normal human.

2. The other half of the participants felt fine. Any injuries or illnesses they had were healed. In fact, many of these people exhibited even higher brain functions than they did before being tested. However, since these human trials were all held in one room, many of these people were killed by their zombie counterparts. While they could heal much faster than normal, no amount of speedy recovery can save you from your guts being ripped out and eaten.

(2/6)
>>
Only two of these normal participants survived. While they do indeed need to eat more than the average person, they can feel full and their brain did not sacrifice cognitive capabilities for energy. Nobody knows why they were fine, but others became zombies. The research was ultimately discontinued, and the researchers went to prison for their careless human experiments.

Even though giving people this drug is the only known way to turn people into a zombie, and even though the research was halted, an outbreak has still occurred. That is why I am telling you about these creatures. The world has been overtaken by these undead monsters.

Your goal is to survive this outbreak. You may discover new bits of information about this outbreak or you may not. Survival is your main objective and never forget that. You will be given 5 characters and 5 chances to survive. Each character has different abilities, traits, personalities, and are all located in different places. All characters can die at a moment’s notice. Characters cannot be revived.

If a character gets transformed into a zombie, you can still make choices for them. However, they cannot be changed back into a human. Becoming a zombie will lock that character out of any ending except for bad endings. Remember, zombie bites do not transform you into a zombie. This is not an infection. Trying to be silly and doing something to get bitten will not allow your character to become a zombie. It will likely just lead to the character getting eaten and dying from their injuries.

You are given the ability to switch characters at any time after you have at least made 3 choices with your current character. When switching, there is a predetermined order that will be done. You cannot choose who you switch to.

There are four types of endings: True Endings, Happy Endings, Okay Endings, and Bad Endings.
(Note that true endings are not necessarily the happiest.)


If 4 characters get an okay ending or better, a sixth character will unlock. If 2 characters get a happy ending, a sixth character will unlock. If 2 characters gets a true ending, the sixth character will unlock. Having a mix of happy and true endings works too if at least 2 characters get them. Finally, there is a hidden item/event in each story. If all 5 characters find the hidden item/see the secret event, the sixth character will unlock regardless of the ending they achieve. There is no way to know if an item or event will be the secret event until I tell you. The sixth character’s story will reveal the whole truth behind this zombie apocalypse. Try your best to unlock this character!

(3/6)
>>
File: Jack and Sarah.jpg (214 KB, 1499x596)
214 KB
214 KB JPG
I will now lay out all five characters and how to get their endings:

1. Jack – A middle-aged, truck driver. He is a no-nonsense man who tells it like it is. He hunts in his spare time and is a good shot. His wife, Jacky, had divorced him because he was not around as much as she wanted. He has partial custody of his child, Lindsey, but Jacky has her this week. He will begin his story while hunting in the wilderness.

Pros:
>can make accurate shots that do not require a dice roll
>the strongest character available
>patient, will be able to hide for long periods of time without getting restless

Cons:
>cannot run for long distances or very fast
>does not do well in groups
>knows little first aid

Jack’s Endings:
True Ending: Find a safe place to survive alone.
Happy Ending: Reunite with Jacky and Lindsey and survive together.
Okay Ending: Reunite with Jacky and Lindsey, but one or both dies. Jack still survives.

2. Sarah – A stay at home mother in her twenties. She is attractive but is a happily married woman. She is a much more traditional woman who lets her husband, John, make most decisions. She dotes on her son, Adam, and makes sure he is ready for the outside world. She will begin her story at home with John at work and Adam at school.

Pros:
>knows basic first aid techniques and always carries a first aid kit with her for her son
>almost always finds the positive side to things, very rarely gets upset or frazzled
>knows how to cook even with the worst ingredients

Cons:
>if choices lead to Adam or John dying, she will be much less effective and will not make the best choices (less good choices will be available), and if both Adam and John die, she will make mostly bad decisions
>relies on John for strength and guidance, so her choices tend to come from the husband if he is still alive (you will still make choices for her, but they will be less varied)
>if John dies, other men will try to make her theirs, even without her consent (since this is a blue board, I will skip to after the fact if this occurs)

Sarah’s Endings:
True Ending: Find a safe place to survive alone. Sarah must not know what happened to John and Adam.
Happy Ending: Reunite with John and Adam and survive together.
Okay Ending: Reunite with John and Adam, but one or both dies. Sarah still survives.

(4/6)
>>
File: Larry and Stacy.jpg (191 KB, 1140x771)
191 KB
191 KB JPG
3. Larry – A retired electrical engineer in his late 70s. He was initially a mechanical engineer for many years, but he switched career paths midway through. His wife passed away a few years ago. but he was able to move on with his life. He is starting to feel the effects of age, but he still has some hop in his step. He knows a lot about the inner workings of computers and other devices. Larry will start his story on a cruise ship.

Pros:
>can fix many broken machines
>wise, knows many neat tricks and will tend not to make hasty decisions
>elderly, people are less likely to accuse him of lying or force him to do hard tasks in a group

Cons:
>slow running speed and low stamina
>looters and other undesirables will view him as an easy target and will more frequently try to rob him
>cannot hide for long periods of time without cramping

Larry’s Endings:
True Ending: Find a way back to land and find a safe place to survive.
Happy Ending: Fully repair the cruise ship with the crew and live safely on it.
Okay Ending: Intend to stay on the cruise ship, but all the crew has died, so full repairs are impossible.


4. Stacy – A third year college student who is studying nursing. She is the type to party very often and has had many boyfriends. She does currently have a boyfriend, named Boyfriend, but is not very loyal. She has a few close friends but knows nearly everybody in her graduating class. She tends to exercise at the gym in her spare time. Stacy will begin her story at in a classroom.

Pros:
>has the most in-depth medical knowledge of any character and knows some complicated procedures
>a social butterfly and can get along with nearly anybody with ease and can even seduce someone for supplies or favors
>can run for long periods of time without getting tired and can run quite fast

Cons:
>she is prone to gossiping and this can cause some people to dislike her (if someone catches her gossiping about them, bad things can happen)
>not loyal, if her boyfriend is alive and finds out she seduced another man, he will become an enemy
>attractive, even if her boyfriend is alive, looters and other baddies may try to take her away to do bad things (since this is a blue board, I will skip to after the fact if this occurs)

Stacy’s Endings:
True Ending: Find a group to survive with safely, and ditch Boyfriend for another man. Boyfriend can be in the group or he can die.
Happy Ending: Find a group to survive with safely. Plus, Boyfriend and one university friend must survive, and Stacy cannot cheat on Boyfriend.
Okay Ending: Find a group to survive with safely. Plus, Boyfriend and one university friend must survive, and Stacy can have cheated on Boyfriend without him knowing.

(5/6)
>>
5. Kyle – He’s a janitor on an anime image board. He dropped out of college and has no job that pays. He is morbidly obese but can still walk around and do normal things. He is single, but he does have a waifu. He has basic programming and computer skills, but nothing too complex. He lives with his parents, but they are on vacation. Kyle will begin his story in his parents’ basement.

Pros:
>he could resolve basic software issues on any computer
>already has a step-by-step zombie apocalypse plan, so he is prepared with a stockpile of food and water
>owns an impressive gun, sword, and knife collection and would not need to roll any dice to shoot accurately

Cons:
>impatience, he will not be able to handle waiting even a little bit without getting bored
>slowest and worst stamina out of any character
>if a woman tried to seduce him, you would need a perfect dice roll to keep him from falling victim to her charms
>bad social skills, he tends to misread the atmosphere and makes people cringe. Groups may try to abandon him
>obesity, he eats more than your average person. He needs to eat more often than other characters.

Kyle’s Endings:
True Ending: Find a place to survive alone. Must bring his waifu’s body pillow with him.
Happy Ending: Find a place to survive with parents. Must bring his waifu’s body pillow with him.
Okay Ending: Find a place to survive with parents. However, his waifu’s body pillow must either have been left behind or destroyed.


Now please choose a starting character:
>Jack
>Sarah
>Larry
>Stacy
>Kyle


Since choosing your starting character is a very important decision, I will make the voting window 6 hours or until we reach 9 responses, whichever comes first. If there is a tie, priority will go to the character higher up on the list. For example, Sarah would take priority over Kyle.

(6/6)
>>
>>4541469

Jack
>>
>>4541469
>Kyle
Bet my main man Kyle has a zombie waifu
>>
>>4541464
>Jack
>>
>>4541469
>Kyle
>>
>>4541469
>Kyle
>>
>>4541469
>Kyle
>>
>>4541469
>>Jack
>>
>>4541469
>>Jack
>>
>>4541469
C'mon KYLE
>>
>>4541469
>Jack
>>
>>4541476
>>4541546
>>4541601
>>4541620
>>4541634
5 votes for Kyle.

>>4541475
>>4541484
>>4541623
>>4541629
4 votes for Jack.

This means that we will begin our quest with Kyle and Jack will go second. Remember that you can switch to Jack after 3 decisions made as Kyle, so we can potentially start Jack's story pretty soon, so don't worry if your chosen character didn't go first!

Since none of the other characters got any votes, I would like to do one more vote to decide on the order of the last three characters. Please vote for one of these three:
>Sarah
>Larry
>Stacy

While not as important as the last choice, it is still important to decide the order of all of our characters. Therefore, I will set the voting window to two hours or a minimum of 5 votes, whichever comes first. As before, ties will let the character higher on the list take priority. For example, Sarah has a higher priority than Stacy.
>>
>>4541648
>Larry
>>
>>4541648
>Sarah
>>
>>4541648
>Larry
>>
>>4541648
>Sarah
>>
>>4541648
>Sarah
>>
While we have hit the 5 vote minimum, I am finishing up Kyle's first choice, so I will let 30 minutes more of voting on this. So far, it is 3 votes for Sarah and 2 for Larry.
>>
>>4541648
>Stacy
From OP's description of the zombies, I believe the outbreak started from something in the water supply. I would suggest that all MCs avoid using tap water and drink bottled water only.
>>
Alright, votes are closed!

>>4541675
>>4541688
>>4541694
3 votes for Sarah

>>4541658
>>4541684
2 votes for Larry

>>4541736
1 vote for Stacy.

The final character order is Kyle, Jack, Sarah, Larry, and lastly Stacy. Once again, please remember that we can choose to switch characters after 3 decisions, so do not worry if your favorite didn't go first!

Kyle's start is ready and will be posted right after this post.
>>
File: kyle.png (2.31 MB, 1920x1080)
2.31 MB
2.31 MB PNG
After Kyle’s father, James, was promoted to the Chief of Police, they were able to move into a luxurious, gated community quite easily. Kyle’s mother, Mary, is a professor at the local university. She recently received tenure and is doing well for herself. While Kyle’s family isn’t rich, they are much more well-off than the average family. They were even able to afford a private tennis court, a private home gym, and a home theater!

However, even with all these luxuries and all these things to do, Kyle does not do anything more than stay in the basement. Even though he can have any kind of food he desires, he tends to only eat junk food. Even though Kyle can get as much exercise as he wants for free, all he does is sit around.

He once tried college, but when he realized a Computer Science degree wasn’t just about making video games, he dropped out. He also does not want to work since he views customers, coworkers, and managers as annoying people.

His one claim to “fame” was that one of his friends on Discord was able to get him a janitor position on 4chan. Apparently, one of his friends was a senior moderator, so they let him choose any 5 boards he wanted to be a janitor in. He chose /a/, /v/, /jp/, /tg/, and /qst/. However, Kyle has a major temper online, so he tends to get mad when someone posts something he doesn’t like.

Kyle’s life revolves around waking up at 4pm, microwaving hot pockets and pouring some chocolate milk, catching up on his anime backlog, browsing each of the boards he frequents, making sure to remove at least 10 posts an hour that he doesn’t like, and then falling asleep in his gamer chair. Right before he falls asleep, Kyle makes sure to cuddle with his body pillow of his waifu and give it a kiss.

His room is adorned with a wide weapon collection, lots of canned food, 5 refrigerators and freezers packed with his favorite foods, and enough water to survive with for half a year. After the news story broke a month ago about the failed human experiments that lead to zombies, he started to prepare. He often has fantasies about killing a whole horde of zombies to save a hot girl.

Today was a start like any other, waking up at 4pm and going upstairs to get some hot pockets, deciding to shower another day, and as he was descending the stairs into the basement, he thought he saw some shadows move behind the blinds in the kitchen. It could just be some birds or something, but he has been paranoid about zombies for a month straight, so you cannot be too careful.

>Open the blinds
>Slightly peek behind the blinds
>Go back to the basement

There will be no write-ins this early-on. Once the stories pick up a bit, then we can. Also, on normal decisions like these, the standard will be a 1-hour voting window. There is no set number of votes needed. And the normal tie-breaking rules apply. I’ll always say if I need to take an extended break and will always let you know approximately when I will get back.
>>
>>4541744
>>Slightly peek behind the blinds
>>
>>4541744
>Slightly peek behind the blinds
>>
>>4541744
>Slightly peek behind the blinds
Let's be cautious and make sure the legend lives
>>
>>4541744
>>Slightly peek behind the blinds
>>
No more votes!

>>4541748
>>4541799
>>4541806
>>4541813
4 votes for "Slightly peek behind the blinds".

I will be writing out the prompt as soon as I can!
>>
File: Behind the Blinds.png (264 KB, 275x509)
264 KB
264 KB PNG
(Please note that any images used are for illustrative purposes and are not always 100% accurate. The text is what you should listen to.)

Kyle decides that there is nothing wrong with being careful, so he decides to set his plate of hot pockets down just to take a bit of a peek around the blinds. Well he was half right, there is a bird. However, he sees a man in his front yard holding what seems to be a pigeon. It looks like he is trying to eat it.

Kyle gets away from the window.

Many thoughts running through his mind. Is this the dreaded zombie apocalypse? Is this just some crazy homeless guy? Kyle has had many instances in the past month that he has confused a crazy, drug-addicted, hobo as a zombie. His father had to bail him out for pointing a gun at one last time.

Kyle also wishes his parents weren’t on vacation so they could take care of it. His father could have cops here as quickly as a snap of his fingers. “Well, maybe they would come quickly for me. I am his son; they should do what I want too! They owe it to me.” Kyle thought.

So, he whips out his trusty Samsung Galaxy S10 and starts dialing 911. However, a worrying thought came over him. “This is a gated community... The homeless wouldn’t be able to get in without climbing the gate.” Not only that, Kyle’s gated community is well-known for building their gates taller than most. They tower at 20 feet (6.1 meters).

“Maybe someone felt bad and let him in? Maybe someone left the gate open for too long?” Kyle hesitated for a long while. If this was in-fact a homeless man, it would be in his best interests to call the police. But if this was indeed a zombie, even if he could get ahold of the police, they could just lead more zombies into the community.

But on the other hand, the police could dispatch zombies much better than he could. Kyle remembered the footage he watched from a month ago when the police were able to kill all the zombies from that experiment.

One thing is for sure, it’s a good idea he didn’t just open the blinds.

After thinking over this for a while, Kyle suddenly received a Discord message notification on his phone. He couldn’t read all of it before the notification disappeared, but it seemed urgent.

What should Kyle do?
>Call the police. If he is homeless, they can handle it. If it is a zombie, they can kill it
>Don’t call the police. If it is a zombie, that means many more could show up while the police open the gates.
>Figure this all out after reading the urgent Discord Messages

Finally, I want to remind everybody that you need to treat each choice as if it could be your last. Death can come quickly in this quest, and the bad choices will not be so obvious. While not every list of choices will have a death included, many will. Zombies are also not the only way to die. This is the first choice in this quest that has a death in it. I will give one warning per character when a death is possible. But after that warning, you are on your own.
>>
>>4541834
>Call the police. If he is homeless, they can handle it. If it is a zombie, they can kill it
>>
>>4541834
>Don’t call the police. If it is a zombie, that means many more could show up while the police open the gates.
The zombie is preoccupied with a pigeon. If they get the gate open, zombies flooding in is a major problem.
>>
>>4541834
>Call the police. If he is homeless, they can handle it. If it is a zombie, they can kill it
If there are more zombies at the door, the police will take care of those first. While we call the police, we should go back to our command center in the basement.
>>
Voting is over!

>>4541836
>>4541853
2 votes for "Call the police. If he is homeless, they can handle it. If it is a zombie, they can kill it"

>>4541843
1 vote for "Don’t call the police. If it is a zombie, that means many more could show up while the police open the gates."

I will write this out now.
>>
File: Man Outside.jpg (54 KB, 748x468)
54 KB
54 KB JPG
"Regardless of anything, the only smart thing to do would be to call the police. I can trust them to resolve this situation." Kyle thought. After dialing the number, it connects normally.

“911, where is your emergency?”

“I live in the Cottage Grove Residential Community, 323 Alton Drive. There is a gate, the code is #4121. I am the son of James, the police chief. Come immediately!”

“Sir, are you in a safe location? There has been a large uptick in violence today. You need to make sure you are safe.”

“I think I’m in a safe place, the guy outside didn’t see me. There is some crazy man standing right on my front lawn eating a bird. But I’m worried that this is a zombie, like from those news reports last month.”

“We will send officers to your location, for now I need you to make sure you are not in any danger. Do not go outside. Do you have a room in your house with a sturdy door and lock?”

“Yeah, I’ll go there now- “ Bang There is a loud sound coming from the window, and there is a long shadow looming from it.

Suddenly, Kyle hears a voice. “Please, you gotta help me man. There are monsters out here. You’re there right?”

The 911 operator speaks again, “Sir, is there someone there? Do not let him inside. The police are on their way. They will help him.”

While less than a few minutes had passed since calling 911, it felt like an eternity with this man banging on the window and the operator trying to talk to Kyle.

Kyle was jerked away from his trance when another shadow approached the man banging on the window. Whatever it was, it tackled him and he started crying in pain. He could see small spurts of blood hit the corners of the window, where the blinds do not cover.
Kyle felt bad for him, but he had his own survival to worry about. He moved to another room to continue his conversation with the operator. However, Kyle made a crucial mistake. He left the freshly microwaved hot pockets on the table next to the window.

One of the things outside must have smelled it because more pounding, much fiercer than before, started against the kitchen window. Cracks were starting to appear on the window. It is going to give at any moment.

However, just as it looked like one of those things was going to break through, the sound of sirens could be heard close by. The gate is opened, the police pull in with full riot gear, and someone shouts on a megaphone “get away from the window or we will shoot.”

It looks like calling the police had been a good call. By the sounds of it, there are 3 zombies outside. If one broke in because it smelled food, the other two would have tried as well.

The police start gunning them down with relative ease since there are 8 officers all pumping what must be 20 shotgun shells into the trio of zombies.

Kyle lets the operator know the police have arrived and hangs up. The coast seems to be clear outside.

>Go outside to greet the police.
>Stay indoors and let them come to you.
>>
This next decision is what you can call a "pivotal choice". This is when each decision will greatly affect the outcome of the story and will branch out considerably from here. Don't take this choice lightly. Once again, I will only give this kind of warning once per character.
>>
>>4541974
>Stay indoors and let them come to you.
Don't want to get shot by accident.
also
>if a woman tried to seduce him, you would need a perfect dice roll to keep him from falling victim to her charms
Kyle really is the greatest of faggots, imagine calling yourself a waifufag but still wanting to fuck 3D
>>
>>4541974
>Stay indoors and let them come to you.
>>
>>4541974
>Stay indoors and let them come to you.
>>
No more votes!

>>4541988
>>4541995
>>4541999
3 votes for "Stay indoors and let them come to you."

Halfway through writing the next one.
>>
File: Kyle's Shirts.jpg (1.23 MB, 2120x1037)
1.23 MB
1.23 MB JPG
Kyle is still cautious about going outside, so he stays indoors. He is not very good around people, so he doesn’t feel comfortable just going to greet them. Even through all of this, he is still nervous of embarrassing himself.

There is a knock on the door. “Is anybody home? This is the police, and we received a call from this number. It is dangerous outside, can we come in?” The voice sounded ragged, as if the person behind the door is exhausted after a long day. Well it is about 5pm now, so it probably is the end of the day for these officers.

Kyle let’s all 8 officers in. They scan the house. Though there are many rooms and exits, the coast is clear.

Sergeant Hughes starts questioning Kyle. After being sure Kyle is alright, he asks “Why are you still in your home? There was an order for everybody to come to the police station. It has been boarded up and is safe.” He also peers down to look at Kyle’s shirt since it was standing out a lot. It was a Madoka Magica T-shirt that was one size too small. “What the hell of you wearing? Do you know what kind of situation we’re in?”

“Er... um... Well, I just got up. Oh, and this? It’s my favorite shirt. It’s from Puella Magi Madoka Magica. haven’t you heard of it?” Kyle clearly unable to read the room and caused a displeased sigh coming from one of the officers in the other room.

“Out of all the people we could have saved, this is what we get?” Hughes thought to himself. “Well, the important thing is that you are okay. You should come with us to the police station, you will be safe there. Bring anything that you think would be useful and any food and water you have,”

Kyle informs the officers of his stash of food and weapons in the basement.

“Well, I’ll be damned. Were you preparing for a zombie apocalypse or something, kid?” One of the other officers in the group asked.

“Y...Yeah.” Kyle said with a tint of redness in his face. He is clearly embarrassed and out of his element here.

“Anyway, we will start bringing all the food, water, and weapons to the car. Please change your clothes into something that fits you and feel free to grab a few more things before you go. Don’t take too long, we need to get going. If you take to long, we will need to pull you out.”

Kyle begrudgingly changes out of his favorite shirt and instead puts on another favorite: his Hatsune Miku 2018 concert t-shirt. This one fits much better.

Kyle is now going to be leaving with the police officers. He can take 3 things with him. You have also unlocked the ability to switch characters at any time. Simply choose that option as a choice and we will go to the next character. After we have went through 3 choices with each character, we can switch back to Kyle. Use this if you are getting bored with the current story or if you cannot decide on a choice. Plus, when we come back to Kyle, I will save all the votes for the other options.

(1/2)
>>
File: Which will Kyle pick.jpg (731 KB, 1687x919)
731 KB
731 KB JPG
For example: If 4 people vote to switch character, but 3 chose to take items, I will tally how many voted for this and which items they took. This will count for the total the next time we are at this point. We will eventually be coming back to this choice, so your input will be recorded for fairness.

Again, I want to stress that if we switch, we must make 3 choices with the next character at least before we can switch again.

>Take items
>Switch character

If you select “Take items”, you must select three of the items of the five below:

1. Kyle’s Body Pillow – A flavor of the month girl on it. He swears up and down that he loves her, yet, he also wants a girlfriend. Not the most dedicated man. However, this is a necessary item for the True and Happy endings.


2. Bag of Weed – Yes, Kyle secretly smokes pot. This can be used to calm his nerves, or he could bribe someone with it down the line. Kyle will never need to roll a dice in a social situation if he uses this. Normally, you will need to roll when making a choice in a group because Kyle is bad in groups.

3. Suspicious package – There is a package that was on our front doorstep today. Did the mail really come on a day like this? It could be important.

4. Parents’ Note – They left him a note on the counter letting him know where they are vacationing. He never read it, but it could be needed to find them. (note: Kyle’s parents are old fashioned and do not own cellphones and would instead use a number from their resort. This would be on the note as well.)

5. Parents’ Flash Drive – His parents’, especially his father, have a lot of connections. This flash drive has a record of the people he is in normal contact with. Kyle could contact the people on this flash drive if he needs help.

(2/2)
>>
I am going to head to bed. Feel free to vote on this until I come back. I will be back at around 3pm PST (about 15 hours from now).
>>
>>4542041
>Take items
1. Kyle’s Body Pillow
3. Suspicious package
4. Parents’ Note

I think we should switch characters after this decision
>>
>>4542041
>Kyle’s Body Pillow
Would it count as destroyed if we take the stuffing out and fold the cover for portability? Can we justify it as putting our waifu into safe suspended animation?
>Suspicious package
>Parents’ Flash Drive
>>
>>4542056
+1
Parents are short-lived troublesome mortals, by now they must be deferred. But their work must not die with them. Take the drive. The package seems canon in our history, It may contain just those doujinshi we asked for on that suspicious page. And the waifu is the waifu, so we must die we must guarantee its survival. We must also ensure that we are in the same patrol as her and are escorted at all times.
>>
>body pillow
>note
>flash drive
would like to switch characters after this so that we can get some experience on the other ones before we accidentally kill this one
>>4542056
yeah, I would like to figure out exactly what 'destroyed' means
if the inner pillow suddenly combusts, is it fine as long as we have the cover?
if we do need both pieces, what if the inner pillow got destroyed? Would replacing it with any long pillow 'fix' it? Does it have to be exactly the right length or will the shitty 150cms where the feet just hang off the end work?
>>
>>4542052
Seconded. I say we switch to Larry.
>>
>>4542041
>Body pillow
>Package
>Note

>>4542115
The order of characters was determined. It is Kyle, Jack, Sarah, Larry, Stacy.
>>
>>4542041
>Take items
body pillow
note
flash drive
>>
>>4542041
>Kyle’s Body Pillow

>Parents’ Note

>Suspicious package
>>
>>4542039
>>4542041
>the police are looting our home
I fucking told you guys.
>>4542056
Backing. We can't let harm come to our waifu.
>>
>>4542306
It isn't looting if they loot us with they (?). We gonna use some of our resources and some of they. But I have serious worries of staying in a police station in a zombie apocalypse. Maybe we gonna need to kill everyone else in the way of keep our waifu safe.
>>
File: Shapiro Khazar milkies.jpg (399 KB, 2896x2896)
399 KB
399 KB JPG
don't mind me just posting some Sarah
>>
>>4542450
>some of they
Bruh we're an antisocial glutton. Strict rationing in a tense police environment is the worst situation possible.
>>
>>4542041
>1. Kyle’s Body Pillow
>3. Suspicious Package
>5. Flash drive
>>
No more votes!


Everyone votes to take items, so that is what we will do. Everyone also voted to take Kyle's body pillow, so we will take that.

>>4542052
>>4542115
>>4542129
>>4542056
>>4542096
>>4542154
>>4542535
7 votes for taking the suspicious package.

>>4542052
>>4542115
>>4542129
>>4542113
>>4542150
>>4542154
6 votes for taking the parents' note.

>>4542056
>>4542096
>>4542113
>>4542150
>>4542535
5 votes for taking the flash drive.

Therefore, we will take Kyle's Body Pillow, the Suspicious Package, and the Parents' note. I will finish my next post shortly.

>>4542056
>>4542113
Unfortunately, Kyle will not come across another pillow as a substitute, so he will have to keep the pillow intact. While it is cumbersome now, eventually, Kyle may find a certain item to make it easier to carry.
>>
File: Kyle's Escort.jpg (267 KB, 1998x636)
267 KB
267 KB JPG
While scrambling to find everything he wanted to take, Kyle could only take his body pillow, the suspicious package, and the note his parents left him. Things were starting to get bad again outside. The officers had left the gate open when they came to assist Kyle, so small numbers of zombies were coming in.

“Come on, hurry! They are getting closer” one of the officers shouted from one of the squad cars. There were 2 normal police cars and 1 SWAT car.

Kyle was escorted to the SWAT car and safely found a seat. Once everyone was in their respective vehicles, they started driving to the police station. The layout is as follows:

SWAT Vehicle: Sergeant Hughes and Officer Chambers are in the front seats. Officers Grant and Smith accompany Kyle in the back.

Police Cruiser #1: Officers Hayes and McDonald are in the front seats.

Police Cruiser #2: Officers Johnson and Evans are in the front seats.

The Police Cruiser #1 is in the front of the convoy, the SWAT Vehicle is in the middle, the Police Cruiser #2 is in the back.

Grant strikes up a conversation with Kyle. “What is that? Is that a cartoon girl on a pillow? Why would you take that with you?”

After just being in the most stressful situations of his life, Kyle would now have to explain what waifuism is to a complete normalfag. He has no idea what to do. He is starting to shake, he is so nervous. Finally, he can stammer out, “W-well, this has a lot of sentimental value to me. She is not just s-some cartoon girl. I fell in love with her and this is my way of feeling connected to her.”

Grant starts laughing, and is about to tease Kyle for his weirdness, but is interrupted by Smith. Smith casually pulls grant to the side and whispers in his ear, “You don’t want to mess with this kid, Grant. He had hundreds of weapons in his room. He could snap and try to steal one of our weapons if we mock him too much. Plus, he is the Chief’s son. Once all this blows over, we could be in major trouble if he snitches. So, keep your fucking mouth shut. I need this job and don’t want to be fired because of you.”

Smith is much more imposing and more senior than Grant, so Grant agreed to not mess with Kyle anymore.

Silence overcame the convoy. There wasn’t much anybody wanted to talk about. Since Kyle is in the back of the SWAT car, he couldn’t see much of the outside, but he wouldn’t want to anyway. It must be a gruesome sight to behold.

However, Kyle is getting a bit bored. He wants to do something to keep himself occupied. What should Kyle do on the ride? Whatever he does, the officers will be able to see.

>Kyle never read those urgent Discord messages, he could read them now
>Read the parents’ letter
>Open the suspicious package
>Switch characters
>>
>>4542790
>Kyle never read those urgent Discord messages, he could read them now
>>
>>4542790
>Kyle never read those urgent Discord messages, he could read them now
It's out of left field, which makes me think it's a good idea.
>>
>>4542790
>Kyle never read those urgent Discord messages, he could read them now
sounds good to me
"Open the suspicious package"
no Kyle, don't open your loli doujins in the car
>>
Voting is over!


>>4542800
>>4542818
>>4542850
3 votes for "Kyle never read those urgent Discord messages, he could read them now"

Almost done writing!
>>
File: Kyle's Discord Messages.png (304 KB, 1341x833)
304 KB
304 KB PNG
Kyle decides that now would be a good time to check those seemingly urgent Discord messages he received earlier.

Apparently, those messages were sent by his childhood friend, Kevin. Kyle had just finished raiding with Kevin in WoW the prior night, so it was weird to get another set of messages so soon.

“Dude, are keeping up with the news? It seems like something happened. /pol/ is going absolutely nuts right now.”
Today at 7:03 AM

“Shit, it looks like there is an evacuation order. gonna go with my senpai now. Stay safe. Let me know if you make it.”
Today at 10:21 AM

“It looks like we’re going to make it just fine. We are in the back of a SWAT car en route the the police station. Are you still alive, man? I’m getting worried...”
Today at 2:58

“If you are still alive, PLEASE READ THIS!!! We got to the police station a little over an hour ago. But something was off about it. Where was everybody? We were all told to come here. They told us that the police built a long tunnel of housing in the basement in case of a dire emergency. However, I needed to take a leak, so I used the bathroom on the first floor while my family went to the basement. When I was finished and stepped out, I heard loud screams coming from downstairs. It wasn’t your normal screaming; this was the cry of dying people.

I had no idea what to do, and the officer tasked with keeping watch over me in the bathroom grabbed me by the arm to bring me downstairs. I panicked, so I kicked the officer in the groin so he would loosen his grip and ran away. I’m currently hiding in the bushes about a block away. They are looking for me, Kyle.

I’m going to try to run to your place. You have a lot of places to hide in that fucking mansion of yours. You’ll know when I’m there. I will pound on the doors and windows to get your attention, in case you’re still asleep.”
Today at 3:52 PM

“I’M HERE, OPEN THE FUCKING DOOR!!!!”
Today at 4:25 PM

“I CAN SEE THE LIGHTS ON, OPEN UP. PLEASE!!!”
Today at 4:27

That was the end of the Discord messages Kyle received.

(1/2)
>>
A wave of emotions hit Kyle at once. “The man that was banging on the window... That was Kevin? No, it can’t be... My best friend...” Kyle’s eyes start to water up and he starts to cry. He cries into his body pillow loudly. She was his one comfort in life. He needed her more than ever right now.

Grant and Smith look at Kyle with a bit of confusion, but this isn’t the first time something like this has happened today. Many people have lost their loved ones, so it is only natural that they cry.

After a few minutes, Kyle finally realized the situation he was in. Can he really trust these men? He thinks to himself that he should have realized it sooner. Afterall, the cops came extremely quickly on such a busy day like this. He just thought being the Chief’s son made them want to come quicker.

“I have no idea what is going on, but I want no part of it” Kyle thinks to himself.

But what can he do? There is no way he could take all these trained, armed officers on.

“Wait a minute,” Kyle thought, “this isn’t the way to the police station.” While Kyle couldn’t see much outside of the car, he could see a bit. Were they not taking him where they took Kevin? Or do they have multiple locations to do whatever they were doing in that basement?

>It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there
>Pretend to need to go the bathroom really badly and try to escape while outside
>Switch characters

(2/2)
>>
>>4542880
>It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there
Lmao we just doomed Kyle. Let's just go all the way so the next characters can learn and have a chance to survive.
>>
>>4542880
>Pretend to need to go the bathroom really badly and try to escape while outside
>Switch characters
well, fuck
>>
>>4542908
Can you clarify which one you are voting for? Only one vote per poster.
>>
>>4542910
My bad, I thought we voted on the current choice and whether to switch characters separately.
>Switch characters
>>
>>4542913
That's okay! It is a very unique system. Think of switching characters as a separate choice from the others. If the majority vote for it, we will come back to it later. When we come back to this choice later, the posters who did not vote for the switching will keep their original votes cast. Maybe that was a bit confusing, I probably could have initially explained it better.
>>
I'm going to allow another hour to vote.

>>4542908
1 vote for "It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there"

>>4542913
1 vote for "Switch characters"

The way this quest handles ties is very unique. In a tie, the choice that was higher on the list will be picked. There will be no dice rolls for ties.

Since this is a different system than many are used to, I want to increase the time to vote a bit longer to make sure people can get their say in.
>>
>>4542880
>Switch characters
>>
No more voting!

>>4542975
>>4542913
Two votes to "Switch Characters"

>>4542891
One vote for "It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there"

Therefore, we will switch to Jack. I will write his intro now!
>>
File: Jack's Kill.jpg (4.47 MB, 2992x2400)
4.47 MB
4.47 MB JPG
7:00 AM, in the wilderness. It is a peaceful day. All that can be heard is the sounds of birds chirping and leaves rustling in the wind.

Jack lies in the grass, hiding behind the thick bushes. His hunting rifle peeks out from the bushes. Jack is a skilled hunter and is trying to hunt some big-game to impress his daughter, Lindsey. Her birthday is tomorrow, so Jack wanted to surprise her with some deer-skinned boots. Lindsey was always proud of her dad when he was able to score some cool kills since he always made cool things with it and could make some unique food.

During the week, Jack is a truck driver for one of the larger companies in the country. He sometimes takes Lindsey on his shorter journeys and she always loves watching the scenery. However, he is divorced from his wife, Jacky. It was an amicable divorce with no hard feelings. They were just growing apart. However, they wanted to make sure their daughter got to see them both often.

Jack has put on a little bit of weight, but only a little. He tends to take care of himself. However, there is only so much a middle-aged man can do when he sits in a car all day and can pretty much only eat at pitstops with fatty foods.

Suddenly, Jack finds what he has been looking for. He sees a doe and a buck just 40 feet (12.2 meters) away. Jack adjusts the scope of his rifle, adjusts his positioning, and fires.

Score! He hit the buck right in the neck. It falls over, bleeding intensely. Jack doesn’t need anymore, so he lets the doe run away.

This went much better than he expected. Now he can also make a cool ornament to hang on the wall. Those antlers are some of the best he’s ever seen!

Jack calls out to his friend, Austin, who was helping him because they go back a long way. However, to be safe, they always wear their reflective hunting vests, so no accidents occur. Safety first!

“Austin, I got one! Get over here and help me bring this buck to the truck!”

No response. Well, they were relatively far apart, plus, they wear noise canceling headphones to damper the loud gunshots. However, Austin is at a vantage point where he should be able to see Jack. So, he is probably packing up some of the gear and just hasn’t taken off his headphones yet.

Jack decides to pack up and head to the car so he will have free hands to lift the buck with Austin. After unlocking the door with a click click, Jack unloads all his hunting equipment including the rifle.

Jack then starts walking towards Austin’s vantage point.

However, Jack hears a blood curdling scream from the opposite side of the forest. By his guess, it would be about 100 feet (30.5 meters) behind him. Austin’s vantage point is about 50 feet (15.2 meters) in front of Jack. His cell phone also works, even in the forest.

What should Jack do?

>Call the police
>Head towards the scream
>Head towards Austin’s spot

This has 2 sets of choices. The one above and the one below. Choose one from each!

>grab your gun
>don’t grab your gun
>>
>>4543089
>Head towards the scream
>grab your gun

Can't we ring the phone too so we have an idea where Austin is?
>>
>>4543099

+1
>>
No more voting!

>>4543099
>>4543133
2 votes for "Head towards the scream" and 2 votes for "grab your gun"

>Can't we ring the phone too so we have an idea where Austin is
While we are not deep enough in any story for me to allow any write-ins, this is actually something I think any reasonable person, especially Jack, would do. So I will include this in the story.

The reason why I do not allow write-ins normally is because this story is actually riddled with bad ends. You guys have just been making good choices thus far (there have been 3 choices thus far that would have lead to bad ends). However, write-ins increase the chance of death by a lot, and I think a lot of people would hate to lose all of their progress with a character because of one silly write-in. However, this was a really good idea, so I will include it.

Will work on this now!
>>
File: What Jack Saw.jpg (31 KB, 443x234)
31 KB
31 KB JPG
“What the heck was that?” Jack thought, as he turned around to his car to pick up his gun. While this scream was worrying, he also wanted to tell Austin where he is going and asking if he is okay. One thing Jack has learned in his years is that it is better to be safe than sorry.

Jack pulled his phone out of his pocket and called Austin.

“Jack, what a shot! I’m just packing up here, I can help you get him in a minute or two.”

“Thanks, but there is something more important goin’ on. There’s this scream that came from the woods across from the truck. I’m gonna grab my gun and run over there. You go to the truck in case we need to get out fast.”

“Shit, that sounds serious. Should I call the police?”

“Nah, man. They would take too long to do any real help, and it would be faster to take whoever it is to the hospital from the truck. Besides, there’s always college kids filming movies or pranking each other out here. I want to see if it’s serious first. Talk to you later.”

“Wait-“

Jack hangs up and slides his phone back in his pocket. Jack, with his gun in hand, starts venturing to where the sound originated from.

Jack yells, “Is there anybody out here? Who was screaming? I’m coming to help you.”

No response as Jack gets closer and closer.

“I said is there anybody out here? I am here to help you!”

“H...elp...me...” The voice was faint, if he farther away, Jack would have never heard it.

“I’m here. Are you okay?” Jack asks while trying to navigate through the thick shrubbery.

After getting to a more open part of the forest, Jack sees a gruesome sight. A bear or maybe some wolves must have gotten to him. His internal organs were all coming, his jaw was gone, there were scratch marks all over, and even of his eyes was gone. He is barely conscious and can hardly speak. Jack could barely keep himself from throwing up.

There is no way Jack can help this man. He needs to call the paramedics and the police. But before he could, the dying man says his last words.

“Be...hind...you...”

Jack quickly turns around and sees a somehow more disturbing sight. A man is kneeled over chewing on the innards of a young woman. Jack is trembling and he remembers the news reports from the month prior. Is this an actual zombie? “But they were all killed,” Jack thought. But that doesn’t matter because he is seeing one right now, so there must be more.

It seems preoccupied with eating her organs. Regardless, it is not safe here and the man and women are not able to be saved. They are too long injured.

What should Jack do?
>Shoot the zombie in the head. There is no telling what could happen if Jack turns his back on it.
>Run away. Who knows how many of these things are in this forest? This could attract them.

Jack requires no dice rolls when making a shot since he is very accurate. Jack also has 10 rounds on him.

As promised, I want to warn you that Jack can die from the result of your choice here. This will be the only warning given for Jack.
>>
That's going to it for me today. I will be back tomorrow at around 12pm PST (around 13 hours from now.)
>>
>>4543190
>>Shoot the zombie in the head. There is no telling what could happen if Jack turns his back on it.
>>
>>4543192
Man, I'm really tired. 12pm is about 15 hours away. That's when I will be back. Sorry about that mistake.
>>
>>4543190
>Run away. Who knows how many of these things are in this forest? This could attract them.
nope nope nope
>>
>>4543190
>Run away. Who knows how many of these things are in this forest? This could attract them.
>>
>>4543190
>>Run away. Who knows how many of these things are in this forest? This could attract them.
something about the 2 dead people smells like bad news
>>
Voting is over!

>>4543207
>>4543344
>>4543453
3 votes for "Run away. Who knows how many of these things are in this forest? This could attract them."

>>4543200
1 vote for "Shoot the zombie in the head. There is no telling what could happen if Jack turns his back on it."

Writing it out now!
>>
File: Jack Looked Back.jpg (83 KB, 852x480)
83 KB
83 KB JPG
The zombie seems preoccupied with its victim and Jack is worried that he will attract more with a gunshot. He decides to run away.

The thick foliage that was in his way before is really becoming a nuisance. It is hard to navigate through when under pressure. Suddenly, Jack hears loud sounds behind him. This causes him to jerk his head back to see what is going on.

Jack can see multiple zombies, what must be at least 5 in number, who seem to want to eat the remains of those two dead people. However, the one zombie Jack saw earlier looks to be trying to defend its food from the others.

“What in the world?” Jack thought. They could clearly see him but were more fixated on the corpses than him. “Maybe they prefer easier prey?”

Zombies are fixated on food. They do not care where it comes from since they need to calm their never-ending need for food. Why work harder to catch live food when a dead body is much easier? This is perhaps one of the most important lessons to learn from this story. Forget about prior zombie knowledge and only utilize knowledge gleamed from the real world, this quest.

Zombies are selfish creatures, they will never give up their food to share with another. They would rather die.

As the one zombie fights desperately to not lose its food to the others, Jack takes this time to navigate out the forest.

After finally making it back to the truck, he can see Austin waiting in the car who is a bit confused.

“What happened? Did you find who was screaming?”

Jack tells Austin what happened.

“Shit, we need to get out of here!”

“Hold on,” Jack said. “Remember the buck I killed? If we bring it back to the truck, we could use it to keep zombies away from us if we get in a pickle later. They seem to prefer dead food than live food.”

“Man, I know you mean well. But that sounds like a dangerous idea. You’re risking our lives for just a theory we don’t even know is true! They may have just not seen you before. You ever thought of that?”

“No, they could clearly see me. Look, it’s not something I want to fight about. We either do it or we don’t.”

What should the pair do?
>Get the buck and go back to the truck. They will make sure to bring their guns with them.
>Drive away without the buck. It’s too dangerous to go back in the forest.

This is a pivotal moment, like I explained in Kyle’s story. I don’t think I explained it super well before, so let me explain this now. None of these decisions will lead to a bad ending. However, each choice will drastically change what occurs during the story. You will be locking yourself out of certain endings with each choice. One choice will lock you out of the true ending and one choice will lock you out of the happy and okay endings.

This is the only warning I will give for this in Jack’s story.

Finally, I am going to leave this voting window open until about 5pm PST (about 4 hours from now).
>>
>>4543708
What the hell are we supposed to base our choice on? How is a buck in a forest connected to the endings? I can see several ways for any of the options to be the bad one. Is this that type of situation where you have to play through multiple times to find the correct sequence of choices? We can't reload a save though.

I'm going to be meta then. Jack's best ending involves reuniting with his ex-wife and daughter, so let's work towards doing this as soon as possible.
>Drive away without the buck. It’s too dangerous to go back in the forest.
>>
>>4543708
>Get the buck and go back to the truck. They will make sure to bring their guns with them.
Think this one will lock the true ending out but allow for a happy ending
>>
>>4543730
Why do you think so?
>>
>>4543728
The way I see it we might be forced to leave our family behind if we do not have anything to distract zombies with.
>>
>>4543728
>>4543732
I believe buck could attract unwanted attention to the truck.
>>
>>4543738
You think zombies can smell well?
>>
>>4543740
In the prologue, OP was talking how they hunt and such, and then with Kyle they were probably attracted to his house because of food too. I think Jack should just leave that buck where it is. Forest could be filled with zombies too.
>>
>>4543728
I don't want to spoil anything, but this choice in particular is being used to see what kind of players you are. Do you focus more on risky, "just-in-case" preparations/options or do you focus on more safe options? There is no second chances in a situation like this or else your choices will not matter in the long run. I want to see what you guys and ultimately the character would do.
>>
>>4543738
We can always throw the buck out if trouble comes. That'll keep the zombies busy.
>>
>>4543745
Do you mean how each character reacts to the threat? I imagine we'll play someone like Sarah more conservatively.
>>
>>4543746
Yes, but consider what if we leave that car somewhere to fetch some stuff and then come back to see zombies dancing around that dead meat.
>>
>>4543747
Yes. I did not give Jack a set philosophy with these kinds of choices. He is a serious, no-nonsense man, so I will not give him silly choices like I did with Kyle. However, a serious person may take risks if he can better guarantee survival or they may avoid risk altogether. Therefore, I want you, the players to set the tone for what kind of decision-maker Jack is.
>>
>>4543745
>There is no second chances in a situation like this or else your choices will not matter in the long run
I think you're too radical with this statement. If it was true, then this quest would have two choices per character, then the ending.
>>
>>4543756
What I meant by that was that a decision is permanent. If I let us go back to change a certain choice, that could lead to decisions holding no weight. If you make a bad choice, it won't always lead to a bad ending, if that's what you mean. There are ways to make the situation better, or change the course of the story, but I just meant that you couldn't go back to a prior situation to change your choice. A character can change their mind over time, but they can't literally go back to a prior scenario. Does that make sense?
>>
>>4543763
Of course this makes sense, but how does it help us to make a critical choice on zero info?
>>
>>4543767
There isn't zero info. I have given clues to what would happen with each choice. Some others were speculating on some of the clues I gave, for example. But another important aspect of this story is that not everything will be predictable. I gave basic clues, but unexpected things can happen at any time. That comes with the territory of zombie stories. You can have a very rough idea where it leads with the clues I give at the very least.
>>
>>4543746
I have serious doubts that you can throw out buck just like that.

QM, how does that truck actually look like?
>>
File: Jack's Truck.png (1.06 MB, 2048x1133)
1.06 MB
1.06 MB PNG
>>4543792
It's a normal truck that would look something like pic related. It is not one of his work trucks. It would have the standard front two seats, a few backseats, and the bed of the truck has plenty of room. There is hunting gear inside because both Jack and Austin unloaded their gear in there as stated before, except for the guns that Austin and Jack would bring with them, and the hunting vests that they have not taken off yet. (I would let you know if they took those off).
>>
>>4543806
Thank you. And also, can we ask what Austin wanted to tell Jack before he interrupted him?
>“Wait-“
>>
>>4543810
Austin was going to ask Jack if he should come with him since it sounded serious. Since Jack hung up before Austin could ask, he decided to quickly pack up and go to the car. He had not heard the scream and would have no idea where to go, so he figured that getting in the truck and having it ready in case someone was injured would be his best course of action.

I'm really happy there is a lot of engagement with this choice. This is the most I have gotten from a choice so far. Feel free to ask any questions you have whenever you have them. And don't forget to vote once you've made up your minds!
>>
>>4543820
Also, is it possible to change my vote, after I already vote?
And, I suppose Jack is older and more experienced that Austin, right?
>>
>>4543829
You can change your vote as long as you do so before I end the voting period. This time, it is at 5pm PST which is about 3 hours from now.
>And, I suppose Jack is older and more experienced that Austin, right?
Austin is about as old as Jack and about as experienced, give or take a few years. Jack isn't the type to have many friends, but he does have a few like Austin. However, Austin is the only friend of Jack's you will meet, so don't worry about any of the others.
>>
>>4543708
As much as I think that that buck will be a lot of trouble to get and then get rid of. I trust Jack's intuition as he got more experience than Austin, at least with zombies. I also got this weird gut feeling about NOT taking that buck, as it might be crucial in some breaking moment.
So I think they should
>Get the buck and go back to the truck. They will make sure to bring their guns with them.
>>
>>4543708
>Get the buck and go back to the truck. They will make sure to bring their guns with them.
>>
Last call for votes! There is about 20 minutes left!

So far, we have:
>>4543902
>>4543852
>>4543730
3 votes for "Get the buck and go back to the truck. They will make sure to bring their guns with them."

>>4543728
1 vote for "Drive away without the buck. It’s too dangerous to go back in the forest."
>>
No more votes! Writing it out now.
>>
Austin grabs his gun and they both set out to retrieve the buck. Both Jack and Austin are surveying the area, keeping a close eye on anything suspicious.

As they approach the location, their worst fears are confirmed. There are zombies around. They must have heard Jack’s gunshot earlier. They aren’t close to the buck yet, but they are there. Luckily, it looks like the zombies haven’t spotted the buck or either Jack or Austin yet. There are 2 in total and they are facing the opposite direction. They are about 40 feet (12.2 meters) from the buck.

“Jack, we can’t do this. They will see us, and we’ll be slow bringing the buck back. Let’s get out of here.”

“Not yet, Austin. If we are quiet, we can still do this without them noticing. Let’s just tiptoe our way to it.”

“Man, you’ve got some balls. But let’s do it.”

Slowly, but surely, the get closer and closer to the buck. They pick it up and start slowly taking it to the truck.

It’s much heavier than they expected. This is the first time either Jack or Austin have killed such a large animal. Jack is strong enough to hold his end of the buck without issue, but Austin is clearly struggling. “Come on, Austin. Don’t give out on me.” Jack whispered.

As they get closer to the truck, they start to notice more zombies approaching the area. There seem to be 8 in total. The forest is filled with foliage, so Austin and Jack are hidden, but one wrong move and they might be seen.

If they can make it to the truck without Austin dropping the buck, they can get away with no issues. If Austin gives out and drops it momentarily, some zombies will hear this. It is also not a good idea to set it down gently to take a brief break since there is only a small amount of time left before even more zombies will approach the area.

>Roll a 1d2.

Rolling a 2 means Austin can hold on and rolling a 1 means Austin will drop it. You only get one roll per poster. There needs to be 2 successful rolls in a row to keep Austin from dropping it.

For example: Let’s say Anon A rolls a 2, then Anon B rolls a 1, and then Anon C rolls a 2, that would not be a successful resolution. You need two rolls of 2 in a row to get it. If Anon D then comes in and rolls a 2 after Anon C, then that would be a successful roll. Since Anon C rolled a 2 and Anon D rolled a 2 in a row, that means the criteria is satisfied.

You have 2 hours to get this result. If you guys cannot roll 2 twos in a row, Austin will drop it. If you guys do get it, the rolling will end immediately. There is no way to fail after getting this successfully once.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

>>4544048
Seems reasonable.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

>>4544048
COME ON
>>
>>4544078
>>4544087
Damn, that was quick! No more rolling! Writing it out now!
>>
Jack, seeing Austin about to give out says. “Hey man, you can do this. We are very close. If you give out now, we could both get killed. Don’t you want to see your wife and kids again?”

Austin, who is happily married and has 2 sons, gets a newfound strength and puts all he’s got into this. Luckily, they are just about to approach the truck, so this last spurt of strength was all that was needed.

As they approach the truck, Jack says “Let’s get ‘em in the back seat. If we put it in the bed, zombies may be able to smell it decaying.”

“Good idea. Let’s do this quickly, I’m about to drop this big guy.”

Jack, using one hand to open the truck and one to hold the buck, is able to guide it to the back seat. After closing the door, Jack hunches over, putting his hands on his knees. He is out of breath and breathing quite heavily.

“Holy shit, Jack. I didn’t realize you were so strong. My arms are going to be sore tomorrow.”

“It wasn’t that heavy, man. It’s a good thing your family wasn’t here, or they would be embarrassed by how you’re acting. Come on, stand up straight and tough it out. Now let’s get in the truck and get the fuck out of here.”

Jack gets to the driver’s seat and puts his seat belt on. The car was already started up by Austin earlier. Austin is still collecting himself.

However, all the talking must have attracted one of the zombies from earlier. While zombies walk most of the time, they can run for short bursts if they believe their pray is getting away.

Jack, seeing the running zombie behind Austin, opens his door and shouts, “AUSTIN, GET IN NOW. A ZOMBIE IS COMING!”

Austin looks behind himself and sees the oncoming threat, so he quickly gets in the truck with haste. However, before Jack or Austin could lock the door quickly enough, the zombie grabbed the handle and started pulling.

Austin was already not the strongest, but with being exhausted from the previous lifting, can’t hold the zombie back. “Jack, help me!”

Jack quickly undoes his seat belt, gets out, and aims his gun at the zombie’s head. It’s already gotten the door open and is trying to take a bite from Austin. However, the angle that Jack would shoot would cause the bullet to hit Austin. Jack hesitates a bit, but he needs to act.

Bang

The sound of the Jack’s rifle pierces the air and is deafening. However, the zombie slumps over. Its brain was severely damaged. Jack pulls the zombie off.

-1 Ammo in Jack’s gun. Jack has 9 bullets left.

“Are you okay, Austin?”

After looking at him, Austin was clearly not okay and was writhing in pain. It seems like the bullet hit him in the chest.

“This isn’t good. Fuck, I need to get him to a hospital.” Jack closes the door, gets in his seat, locks all the doors, puts his seat belt on, and starts thinking of a plan.

>Take Austin to the nearby hospital.
>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there.

This will be it for me today. I will be back at 12pm PST tomorrow (about 17 and a half hours from now.)
>>
>>4544153
>>Take Austin to the nearby hospital.
>>
Crap, I almost forgot. You have also unlocked the ability to switch characters now. The next character is Sarah.

>Take Austin to the nearby hospital.
>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there.
>switch characters

>>4544165
I apologize for not posting sooner. Feel free to change your vote if you want. Or keep it.
>>
>>4544153
>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there.
Hospital is *the* worst place to be in an outbreak
>>
>>4544153
>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there.
I agree with the sentiment above
>>
>>4544291
>>4544307
> I agree with the sentiment above
I don't.
What makes you think that a during zombie outbreak the doctor will stay home, drink tea and watch world burn?
Hospital will attract more humans, including doctors and injured, and zombies alike, because of the injured. But I guess the chances that somebody will be able to provide first aid to Austin is higher in hospital. I doubt that during an attack en masse from big-brained hungry apes human civilization will fall apart at once, and that humans will immediately switch to free-for-all mode.
>>
>>4544153
>Take Austin to the nearby hospital.
If there's a large outbreak, it's very likely that the doctor would volunteer to help somewhere and wouldn't be home.
>>
>>4544153
>>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there.
>>
>>4544171
IDK Rick, maybe both are bad ideas, but QM, have a question: jack knows the doctor and have his phone number? I know about don't allow the write in at this point but in real scenario if we know the doctor, at least If I know him, I will try to reach him via a call. But well. Just, if I can ask, if jack have the phone number of the doctor and try to call him, the doctor take the call or not?
If don't have it, maybe call 911 and see what answer they give to us, before make a choice.
>>
>>4544153

>Take Austin to the nearby hospital.

Everyone was ordered to go to the police stations, right? Obviously the local doctor would also be there unless he was at a hospital.

On that note, Kyle's dad is the chief of police, right? While the police are likely putting most people in danger based on what I've heard, his connections make him a lot more valuable than most. I suspect the police station is probably one of the safest places for him in particular. If only we had taken the thumbdrive...
>>
>>4544674
Are they even in the same city? It seem to me like they are separate stories of same outbreak. Well, Larry definitely doesn't go anywhere off his ship.
As for Kyle. Actually, I wonder what relationship he has with his dad. Like, if his dad is very disappointed with his son, I wouldn't be surprised if he went as far as to kill him. Otherwise, police station would be safest place for him indeed. Albeit, I doubt it'll be that easy.
And with Jack and Austin. I agree that they should go to hospital.

>>4544617
>Maybe both are bad ideas.
Then we should obviously choose better of the two. I agree that calling either while driving would be great help. But it seems to me that we, players, are more of a subconsciousness of that particular character, not really in character's mind itself. So when Jack asks his subconsciousness which of two he should choose, that's our job, I guess. Am I wrong?
>>
>>4544153
>>Take Austin to the nearby hospital.
>>
>>4544721

The stories are definitely interconnected, given that QM referenced making choices for zombie characters and stating that the order of the character roster was important to the quest. As far as same starting cities, not sure, but they must be in nearby cities, at least.

Solely on a meta call, Kyle's happy ending allows him to survive with both of his parents. It's unlikely that his own parents are out to kill him given this information.
>>
>>4544153
>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there.
>>
>>4544674
I'm with u anon, can't imagine how the letter gonna help us in any case but this are the card what the destiny play against us, now is our turn to use the blue eyes white dragon against it in the Kyle's storyline.
>>4544721
Of course, I understand the point of "better of two bad situations", but if all two of them get the same ending? I mean:
>Hospital route: oh no, so many ppl together in a building get the attention of the zombies and now are trying to enter while the police is defending the entrances, we can't entry, Austin noooo you're ded. Oh no, a zombie, ah!!!!! *Ded*
>Doctor route: is anyone at home please? My friend get injured with a bullet, and... Austin noooo you're ded. Oh no, zombies are everywhere bcs we're in a residential area, ah!!!! *Ded*
You follow me? In any case... I believe this: Austin is already dead, and we need to chose where we should go between both of the options taking in count just our situation. Hospital can be surrounded. Residential area can be no man land. Maybe we can get some support for the police in the hospital IF they're there trying to keep the infected on the line. Maybe we can have more routes to escape in the residential zone... Sorry Austin but meta thinking, Jack have a family too and don't have a bullet in the chest.
>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there.
>>
>>4544740
You're right about Kyle.

>>4544781
>You follow me?
I do, but don't agree.

>Take Austin to the nearby hospital.
>>
>>4544617
Jack does have the Doctor's phone number, so we can have him call if that option is picked. However, I will not say whether or not he will answer. Remember, I will not spoil any part of any choice. However, calling the police is not something Jack wants to do. Remember what Jack said much earlier:
>They would take too long to be any real help, and it would be faster to take whoever it is to the hospital from the truck
And it would also be quicker to drive to the doctor's house as well. So Jack will not call the police at this time.
>>4544674
>Everyone was ordered to go to the police stations, right
Remember what time that order was given (the time was shown in Kevin's Discord messages to Kyle) and remember when Jack's story started. That's all I will say on that.
>>
>>4544813
>>4544153
>>4544674

Thanks for the tip. Then the Doc should still be in the house since the order didn't happen yet.

>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there.

I'm going to change my vote to this, and also ask that Jack first call the local doctor to see if he will answer.
>>
>>4544823
Wait, what?
Why would you go to his home? It's not like he should be ready or eager to do his job 24/7. That's what hospital is for.

Like, you can call him for an advice, but he'll probably tell you to go to hospital. It's not like you go to yours doctor home, when you got a problem. You go to hospital, where they are ready for you all the time, got right equipment, etc.
>>
>>4544830
>>4544781

I agree with the above theory. Austin is most likely doomed, and even if he isn't, I don't think his life is of much consequence to Jack's story. Even if going to the hospital will get Austin better medical care, they'll also be in one of the worst possible places when the ominous evacuation order comes up in 3.5 hours from the time Jack's story started. I'd imagine at least a half hour of that has been used up already, since we shot a buck, ran from a zombie, got in touch with Austin, and then went back to the buck we shot to haul it onto the truck.

Tl;dr, the clock is against us if we go to the hospital, and Austin's life is of little consequence to Jack's endings.
>>
>>4544833
You wanna play meta?
About that evacuation. I'm not sure what to think. If police are bad guys, then we're in a lot of trouble. You find Kevins evidence convincing? I mean, he might have interpreted wrongly what he heard.
>>
>>4544840
Based on what QM has told us, I suspect that playing meta is a key part of this quest. He wouldn't be as liberal with his hints otherwise.

I'm not going to completely jump the gun yet and say the police are themselves evil, but I do definitely think whatever plan they cooked up to keep people safe has gone horribly wrong, and they're inadvertently leading people to their own deaths at the very least. Either way, following them or asking them for help is not a good idea until we get more information, nor is putting ourselves in a position where we may be forced to follow them.
>>
>>4544846
Agree about how we should approach police. Albeit, I think we still got a lot of time. Apocalypse didn't even start properly and we're going to sacrifice a live? It's possible Doc will save him, but I got doubts.
>>
>>4544847
Either way, let's roll with meta then.
I'll change my vote too to
>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there.
>>
>>4544847

If the wound is so deep that basic medical supplies won't help him with ample time to recover, I doubt that 3.5 hours in a hospital will be able to produce better results. We did hear that Jack can't do first aid for shit, though, so that's pretty worrying if the Doc isn't home.

As for police, I want to continue to state that I think Kyle and Kyle alone is 100% safe in the hands of the police. Chances are they're taking him to see his parents or someone close to them right now, rather than the usual treatment ordinary civilians get.
>>
1 more hour until voting closes. Get your votes in if you haven't already!
>>
>>4544850
I wonder. If information Kevin gave us is correct. Then they definitely weren't shot. How would they die then? I think it definitely has something common with zombies. Maybe they do experiments on humans to find an antidote? I doubt that they got pet zombie and feed him with fresh humans just like that.
>>
>>4544850
I agree with you about Kyle.
>>
>>4544846
Support the "meta" play. This is the thing: we know a lot of info what the npc doesn't, we know future event for jack bcs the storyline of Kyle and virtually can't use that to preserve Jack life. And QM every time ask us to follow the reality. Just realized this: we have a lot of cases in sci-fi where are a zombie virus, but QM tell us this isn't the case; BUT following the reality and trying to think inside the game, the same sci-fi myths and stereotypes should exist, maybe the info of "the zombies don't gonna convert u in a zombie" was given BUT not reach everyone, so maybe, and this is more my perspective, the police is in the believe what there's a zombie virus and ppl get infected by zombie encounters or so. Dealing with the "living death" it's too much for the normal ppl so they can fall in paranoia and misunderstoods. We need the "meta" info to choose wisely.

In other topics, maybe Kyle is already fucked, and it's gonna be a good idea keeping jack and everyone away from the Kyle's route if is possible.
>>
>>4544857
Hmmm. We know that Kyle and Jack watched a video of first zombie outbreak a month ago. I think that majority or people, including police did too. And that they know some details, for example that bite won't turn you (I think that this information would definitely be there).
>>
>>Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there
>>
>>4544857
About Kyle. His parents are on vacation, that include his father who's police chief. So, question is who is commanding police now? Someone else, or still his father? What kind of "vacation" they went to? That letter is handy now. But if his father is off limits, then Kyle might be eventualy in danger from police too. I have serious doubts again. But I think that Kyle alone should roll with the police. Or rather, which is preferable, we should find out about police more before Kyle is doomed.
>>
>>4544861
Idk if that level of info will be shared, and if it is, everyone gonna believe it? There is my point. Try to play whit our privileged info but remember: if we know something doesn't mean it is public info. Or at least that is how i think the meta info work in the game.
>>
>>4544874
Good point, we should be cautious.

Actually, QM, do you have something to say on this matter?
>>
>>4544854

This is totally a crackpot theory at this point, but I think some company somewhere came up with an antidote that the police are forcibly administering. They think the success rate is high enough to save the vast majority of people, so a few people turning into zombies are within expectations. Problem is, it isn't, and soon most of the population will have become zombies.
>>
>>4544870
I do think Kyle will likely have to play a bit of politcs to make it to the good ending, but as far as brute force and zombies goes, Kyle is definitely safest there. He also can't exactly seek help anywhere else since he can't socialize for shit.
>>
>>4544880
I don't want to give too much info away this early on, but what the average person knows is from the news broadcasts at the time. Think about what you know when it comes to the news: they are sensationalist. Interpret this information however you wish, but since this may come up later, I do not wish to divulge much more on this.
>>
>>4544883
How do you expect Kyle to do politics if he's terrible at socializing? But that's definitely his best bet, if we just took that weed. Last of his PROS we got is that he isn't bad with computers... (Stockpile and his weapon collection is off limits now.)
>>
>>4544891
He has his dad's contacts and can likely get additional contacts through him. I suspect that secret package is also going to be a complete game changer once we open it. Keep in mind that you also only have to roll for conversation in groups. Kyle can privately deal with people 1 on 1 without rolling. In short, we have to identify the right people to persuade and then persuade them before shit hits the fan.
>>
>>4544890
Okay, I read you.
*gulp*

>>4544893
Sounds like a plan! You said earlier that you think that only Kyle is safe with police. I think that either with Sarah or Stacey we might have to follow police orders, you know, evacuation. Do you think we should defy them at all costs, or maybe try out luck?
>>
No more voting!

>>4544868
>>4544849
>>4544823
>>4544781
>>4544764
>>4544578
>>4544307
>>4544291
8 votes for "Jack knows where his doctor lives. He can take Austin there"

>>4544731
>>4544547
>>4544165
3 votes for "Take Austin to the nearby hospital."

This is the most votes I've had in any decision so far, so please let me know if I missed your vote. Some people have changed their vote, so I have made sure to accommodate that, but if I didn't catch your change, please let me know.

Writing now!
>>
I also want to say that the amount of interaction and speculation has been amazing so far. This is exactly what I was looking for. Thanks so much everybody for being so engaged. I'm glad to have captured everybody's interest with this quest! Anyway, I will write now.
>>
>>4544901

I think we should absolutely avoid police at all costs until we get more information.
>>
As Jack is about to take-off to the hospital, a worrying thought enters his mind. “The zombies are probably not only located in the forest. They are likely heading to major population zones and hospitals would be a place for easy pickings.”

But what else could Jack do? His friend is beyond needing basic first aid, so he needs to find somewhere that can treat him.

“I’ve got it.” Jack thought. Jack’s doctor, Doctor Gardner, has helped Jack out of many sticky situations in the past, so maybe he could take care of Austin. While he couldn’t do a complicated surgery alone, he could probably keep Austin alive until they can get him better care. Jack’s doctor lives somewhat close to the forest and away from the hustle and bustle of the city. His commute to work is longer than most, but he enjoys the long drives. It helps him think.

But another worrying thought enters Jack’s mind, “Is he even home right now?” Jack check’s his truck’s clock, it says 7:38. Jack decides to give him a call just to be safe. Jack pulls out his cellphone, locates Gardner on his contacts, and hits call.

“You have reached Doctor Gardner’s voicemailbox, please leave your name and number, and I will return your call.”

“Damn it, straight to voicemail. Fuck, this could mean he is either on duty or he is sleeping.” Gardner is getting up there in age, and hates having his sleep interrupted. So, against hospital protocol, he turns his cellphone off when he sleeps. He is such a long-time doctor and given the hospital many good years of service, so he knows he can get away with it.

Just then, the zombie that Jack had shot and dragged away from Austin got up and started pounding on the door, trying to get in. Luckily, Jack had locked the doors.

“What the hell? I shot it cleanly in the brain, how did it get back up? The police in that footage had killed the zombies by blowing their brains out. Why is it still alive? Fuck, I need to get out of here.”

Jack speeds away from there and decides to just take a chance with his doctor.

On his way there, Jack ponders about what happened. “How is that thing still alive? Could it be that the bullet didn’t destroy enough of its brain? I knew these things healed quickly, but can they really heal a brain injury this quickly?” Jack laments that he didn’t bring his shotgun with him since he could destroy a zombie’s brain completely with it.

Despite what happened to Austin, it was probably a good idea to grab that buck. If his rifle can’t kill one of those things in one shot, he could use all the help he can get.

Jack pulls into Gardner’s driveway. There is not a soul in sight. If he didn’t know any better, he would have assumed this day was like any other. Jack grabs his gun and gets out of the truck. He rings the doorbell.

No response.

“Come on. Come on! Answer the door!” Jack rings the bell rapidly. After what seemed like an eternity, a groggy sounding voice called out.

(1/2)
>>
“Who is it? It’s 7:50 in the morning. What is with all the damn ruckus?” The doc looks through the peephole and can only make out someone with a rifle. “Go away! I don’t have anything worth stealing. I’m going to call the police if you don’t leave right now!”

“Doctor Gardner, it’s me, Jack. It’s an emergency. I can’t talk here. Please open up. My friend has been shot and needs immediate assistance.”

“Then you should call 911. They will be much more use than just me. I can call them for you if you need me to.”

Gardner, still half-asleep and not understanding the importance of anything other than sleep is right now, goes back and forward with Jack for a solid minute. Jack is getting pissed off. His friend is dying in his truck, and he is out in the open and could potentially get attacked by zombies at any moment.

“Goddamn it, Doctor Gardner. Open this fucking door or I’ll break it down myself. Austin’s life if more important than your precious sleep. Open up, now.”

Gardner reluctantly opens the door, and says “Is that any way to talk to the elderly? You should mind your manners-“

bam

Jack punches Gardner straight in the face, not hard enough to knock him out, but enough for him to really feel it.

“I’ve had enough of your attitude. My friend is dying in there and all you can think about is how I address you?” Gardner shuts up and listens to Jack’s brief explanation of what happened.

Gardner finally understands what’s going on, apologizes to Jack, and helps get Austin into the house. As they are bringing Austin in, some zombies, too far for Jack and Gardner to see, have taken notice and are slowly inching closer. However, they are plenty far away.

“While I can’t do as much as a full team could do, I think I could at least stop the bleeding and remove the bullet. You were lucky, Jack. The bullet missed any vital organs and didn’t enter too deep. However, he is going to need to get real surgery to close the wound and to prevent any infections. Give me some time, maybe 8 hours, and I could probably get him stable.”

“Thanks, Doctor Gardner. I apologize for hitting you, but I was really worried about my friend. I’m sure you understand.”

After resolving any tension between the two and the doctor getting to work on Austin, Jack has a lot of free time. The doc said about 8 hours would be necessary for this. In the meantime, what should Jack do?

>Turn on the news
>Call Jacky and Lindsey to see if they’re doing alright
>Go scouting outdoors. It would be better to keep zombies away from the house for as long as possible.
>switch characters

I am going to be busy today, so I won’t be back until 7pm PST (about 6 hours from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4544953
>Call Jacky and Lindsey to see if they’re doing alright
>>punching the doctor in the face
>>getting him to apologize
Damn, Jack is based.
>>
>>4544953
>Call Jacky and Lindsey to see if they’re doing alright
They are top priority
>>
>>4544953

>Call Jacky and Lindsey to see if they’re doing alright

I'm conflicted about not choosing to scout first, but since we have no information about them at all, this is probably the best option.
>>
>>4544953
>Call Jacky and Lindsey to see if they’re doing alright
>>
>>4544953
>Call Jacky and Lindsey to see if they’re doing alright
>>
>Call Jacky and Lindsey to see if they’re doing alright

We have like 8 hours so the most important thing first
>>
>>4544953
>Call Jacky and Lindsey to see if they’re doing alright
>>
No more voting!

>>4544985
>>4545010
>>4545011
>>4545052
>>4545053
>>4545149
>>4545194
All votes are for "Call Jacky and Lindsey to see if they’re doing alright"

I have the next post fully ready. I will post it now!
>>
Jack is worried about his daughter and his ex-wife, so he decides to give them a call to see if they are okay.

“Jack, it’s odd for you to call this early. Is something wrong?” Jacky, quick to answer the phone, said.

“Where are you guys? Is Lindsey okay?”

“She’s in bed, sleeping. She has a cold, so she is missing school today. Why? What’s wrong?”

“Have you watched the news? There is something really bad going on right now.”

“What? The news didn’t say anything about something like that. In fact, the news channels are just showing re-runs of yesterday’s broadcasts.”

This revelation has dumbfounded Jack. He figured somebody would be reporting on this. Are they not able to? Is this already that deadly? He has a bad feeling about this.

“Jack, you still there?”

“I’m here Jacky, but I’m just a bit surprised by what you said. The zombies must be more widespread than I had thought.”

“The what???”

Jack explains what’s going on.

Regardless of what happens, Jack will be making his way to them. Jacky and Lindsey live in another part of the country, about a full day’s drive from Jack’s house. Jack never minded this arrangement since he was always on the road anyways. He was used to driving long distances.

However, Jack feels bad about what happened to Austin. He feels partially responsible. If it wasn’t for him insisting on collecting the buck, Austin wouldn’t have been injured. He feels an urge to stay until Austin is healed.

Before Jack could decide on anything, Doctor Gardner butts in, “Jack, I know you need to go see your family, but I’m a sitting duck here. I’m going to be working on Austin for a long time. I need someone to protect me or else we could both get attacked while your gone. Plus, if anybody else gets injured, it would be a good idea to keep me around. I’ll join you and we can even bring Austin with us. Maybe a farther away hospital won’t be so bad.”

Jack sides with the doctor on this. However, he doesn’t want anything bad happening to his family, so he is going to help them in any way he can.

“Jacky, there is something important I need to tell you.”

What piece of advice should he give Jacky and Lindsey?

>Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside.
>Call the police to hopefully be escorted to safety.
>Write-in
>Switch characters

You have unlocked the ability to do write-ins. We are sufficiently deep in Jack’s story to where a death caused by a bad write-in won’t completely ruin the story. However, if a write-in is truly awful and out of character, I will veto it and choose the next most chosen choice. It would have to be really bad for me to do that like “Make-out with a zombie” or something silly like that.

Also, I’m going to be pretty busy until tomorrow night at 8pm PST (about 25 hours from now), so the voting window will end then. I apologize for keeping you guys waiting for so long.
>>
>>4545450

>Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside.

We obviously know how it goes with police, frens.

As an aside, love the "hopefully" wording on the call the police option. Best schmuck bait I've ever seen in a quest. My props to the QM.
>>
>>4545450
>Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside.
>>
I was thinking maybe the cops aren't that bad, the screams could have been from a person who was infected or someone wounded, and they apparently respect Kyle because he is the chief's son. But still I would go for >Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside. Because it seems the safest.
>>
>>4544953
Phew, the doctor is at home. When was reading about jack calling and nobody answered I say "well Austin, thanks for everything" but hey, everything goes better than I expected. Now we have some new info about the public domain about, well, info:
>>Police Broadcast the video killing zombies shooting at the head and it work
Not false but incomplete, they show them killing zombies but don't clarify what is necessary to kill one, either don't know o don't taking care about it.
>>News repeating the programs from yesterday
A info blackout, someone or something (cof cof, QM) don't want the ppl know about what is happening, either for wait untill the last moment for panic or for something with power don't want the ppl know the end what is waiting outside.
>>Zombies at forest but also in a confined residential area like where the doctor home is
They're here, they're there, they're a lot and this is only get worst, at the point for zombies reaching a forest area is terrible by now, and putting the zombie outbreak in a study plane like a disease, for everyone we see, there is at least 4 or 5 we don't. So this is very bad already before the evacuation alert comes.
Something to think in the meantime:
-The police will come asking to leave, and we need to know what we gonna do then if we stay here.
-The outbreak only gonna be worst by time, need to act now.
-A doctor is a must in a group but Jack don't need a group for his endings, so Jack is our only priority.
-Austin gonna be good but need go to a medical center, and well, we gonna take him and the doctor there? I don't see it.

>>4544909
+1

>>4544893
Dad contact and info was clarified was in the memory stick, literally.

>>4544881
Maybe, this is viable. But come to think if the police having a antidote don't gonna use it the first line man first. Maybe an antidote make you half zombie, having the intelligence but also the hungry? If this come, the police is harvest ppl and use they like cattle. (In the police station: the deputy reading "101 ways to cook a fat geek" in this alternative.)

And my vote:

>Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside.

Now, a question: we gonna save the girls? Bcs I'm after the true ending, idk what do you want guys but the girls don't gonna be good placed in a zombie outbreak and they will be a charge and a vulnerability to Jack, but I understand if you want a happy ending and don't think what comes next.
>>
>>4545450
>Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside.

>>4545581
>I'm after the true ending
>the girls will be a charge and a vulnerability to Jack
Are you a psychopath?
>>
>>4545581
>Now, a question: we gonna save the girls? Bcs I'm after the true ending, idk what do you want guys but the girls don't gonna be good placed in a zombie outbreak and they will be a charge and a vulnerability to Jack, but I understand if you want a happy ending and don't think what comes next.
>Regardless of what happens, Jack will be making his way to them.
Happy ending is naturally what characters want to future be like and they'll definitely do their best to achieve that. So, we should rather go after happy ending.

>The police will come asking to leave, and we need to know what we gonna do then if we stay here.
They did so with Kevin and Kyle, but escorting this way whole city isn't really a realistic option. So, I wouldn't really worry about that. Rather, it seems to me that they cherrypick their victims

>The outbreak only gonna be worst by time, need to act now.
No need to rush. I'd rather get prepared a plan for the worst than jump off and hope we'll get out of the city easily.

>A doctor is a must in a group but Jack don't need a group for his endings, so Jack is our only priority.
>Austin gonna be good but need go to a medical center, and well, we gonna take him and the doctor there? I don't see it.
As for zombies, cooperating in groups work to some extent. I guess that should work for humans too. And that sticking with the group would increase everyones chances by great margin.

About that advice what Jack wants to give to Jacky.
I'd roll too with
>Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside.
But I'd like to remind of something some anon said a long time ago in a post far, far away.
>Don't drink tap water, only botteled one. If there's no other way around, then at least keep that tap water boiling at 100 °C (212 °F) for one minute.
We still don't know how virus has spread, so being cautious it even better option here. And hopefully boiling might kill that virus, if it's present in water

>>4545504
Agree here, we don't know what exactly Kevin heard. Some civilians might have got infected earlier, but turned zombies later, when police already escorted them, and wounded some other civilian.

Something definitely caused outbreak. If virus is really spreading by water, then most obvious point of interest would be local water purification plant. But I doubt that would cause outbreak in whole world. At this point, we don't know wheter it is local or world outbreak. And either, it might have been terrorist attack, by some corporation or few people, but I doubt as there isn't much to gain from turning people to zombies. Or it has to do something with patient zero, two people in our case that survived that human experiments.
>>
Before I head to bed for the night, I wanted to make sure I clarify something crucial, just in case. There was a bit of talk about the true versus happy/okay endings.

The true ending requires that you NEVER meet Jacky and Lindsey, even once. Phone calls are okay, but if you meet them, you are locked out of this ending. If you reunite with both of them and both die, even if Jack is alone and survives, that is the okay ending. The main difference is that Jack has no idea if they are alive in the true ending. So if you meet them, you know that you can never get the true ending. Since one player wanted the true ending, keep that in mind.

But on the flip side, you can't get the happy ending without reuniting with them. Phone calls do not count. You need to properly reunite.
>>
>>4545704
yeah true ending seems fine for me. No need to put Jack through all the pain of possible death of his family. Best to make his family's lives unknown to him.

>Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside.
>>
>>4545803
>yeah true ending seems fine for me. No need to put Jack through all the pain of possible death of his family. Best to make his family's lives unknown to him
> Yeee, fuck family who needs them. Who'll ever wonder what happened to them? Nobody should give a fuck about their close ones, especially not Jack.
>>
>>4545450
>Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside.
>>
>>4545813
It's pretty funny but that is exactly what I was thinking. About by a psycho well... If I was a psycho, can tell you in a easy way? Hmm something to think about. Maybe we need to put in vote about pros and cons of reach the family. At my side of view, there is no pro, but a lot of risks in the contrarieties side. I think Jack can live thinking "I warned them, they have to be safe, their mother is someone capable, they will be fine. " APART, if we do not reach the family, we directly prevent Jack by his actions, or inaction, from causing their death. After the story of the role, maybe Jack could go after them, And even find them alive and safe, but they would be in that "quantum" state until then. If we get close, we subject them to our actions and our dice, therefore we can kill them. If you think about it, we even protect them and Jack himself. As well as a point of neutrality, I propose that if we cannot agree with a majority on a course of action, we change characters. That would give us a chance to put the situation on hold and have more perspective, and give all of us a chance to think better of things.
>>
>>4545887
I think you're too detached from this world. Or maybe influenced by personal experience, but this not place to discuss such things.
While voting of pros and cons would definitely be very interesting. There's no need to do this. You don't make list of pros and cons when choosing whom to love. So doesn't Jack. He loves his family, his daugher. And he is friends with his ex-wife. What make you to believe he wouldn't like to reunite with them? Could the source of that be some kind of insecurity? Like when he gets too close, he might fuck up some things and cause their deaths, which would make him suffer a lot? Would he not pursue happines because of some fear, paralazying kind of fear?

>If we get close, we subject them to our actions and our dice, therefore we can kill them. If you think about it, we even protect them and Jack himself.
We would protect them only from Jacks failure. And Jack from letting them down. But he would still think and wonder what happened to them. He wouldn't be able to think about anything else. And he could break down and just end himself. I am maybe exaggereting bit. But you get the point.
Yes, they may eventually reunite and both Jacky and Lindsey could die. He would be probably broken, and he might actually kill himself.
My point is that I doubt he could live on without even trying to get to them, protect them, love them, etc.
>>
>>4545450
>>Hunker down, board up the doors and window

>>4545704
>true versus happy/okay endings.
bro who cares just play the game lol
>>
>>4546034
Is something just to take the time while wait for the update. But have to admit is interesting to see the PoV of everyone.
>>4545940
About this, well anon everyone play as his way, no need to take it personal but I know how it motivates you when I say "if I was him...", I'm in that way too just a bit. Personally, I think we lack information if the decision were to be made at this time, and that we would only be killing them by bringing them on stage.We can keep in touch with them and believe me, if there's a good chance to save them where they don't die and neither does Jack, I'll support it.
>>
>>4546074
>But have to admit is interesting to see the PoV of everyone.
It is.
>About this, well anon everyone play as his way.
I do. Oh... is it thaaat obvious?
>We would only be killing them by bringing them on stage.
Isn't that a bit gamey? I mean, in reality they could die anywhere and anyhow. Bringing them to Jack would probably increase their survival chances.
>I think we lack information if the decision were to be made at this time.
Okay... you're loosing me here. What are you talking about? What decision? I thought that plan is obvious:
>Get a big truck
>Make a fortress out of it
>Get food
>Save Kyles ass
>Straight to nearby town, about a day away (but we know it won't be thaat easy)
>Reunion
>Happy ending

>If there's a good chance to save them where they don't die and neither does Jack.
You're loosing me here too. What do you mean good chance? It's not like we'll be passing by and if it's safe we'll safe them.

>Is something just to take the time while wait for the update.
Damn... I think it's actually worth the time itself. I spent on this more time than I should, no regrets. Really enjoy the way author does narration.
>>
>>4546094
Well, Maybe we will not understand each other, but in order not to continue filling the thread of posts that do not contribute to the story, well, we agree to disagree. Let's wait until the next vote to present our points, that just as if we are going, the story can spin at any moment.
>Really enjoy the way author does narration.
Maybe we can understand each other, I'm with you 110% in this.
>>
>>4545581

Dad's contacts were in the memory stick, but dad's phone number was on the note, which we have. The hope is that we call dad and ask for other people we can turn to in the case of a crisis, which he should be able to give us from memory. We also have the location on the note, so we know where the police should drive us to so we can get to him. In either case, the politics/police route is still our best bet.

Personally, I think pursuing the happy ending is what the characters naturally strive for, so it'll be easier to achieve those than the true ending. We also have Okay endings if we fail the happy ending, which isn't the case with the true route.

>>4545675

While it's possible that the cops aren't bad, they could still definitely be misguided. I still think, with the exception of Kyle's story, it's definitely best to avoid police at this point.
>>
1 more hour of voting! Get your votes in before it is too late!

I apologize for being gone for so long today. This is a busy time for me. I believe I should be pretty free on Friday and the weekend. But I will always do at least 1 daily quest update.

>>4546094
>>4546102
>Really enjoy the way author does narration
>I'm with you 110% in this
Thank you guys for the kind words. I appreciate it.
>>
>>4546531
Things aren't going to change lol. Everyone voted for the same thing.
>>
>>4546540
True, but I promised that voting would be open until a certain time. I don't really like to go back on my word.
>>
No more voting!

All votes were for "Hunker down, board up the doors and windows, turn off all the lights, and make sure to not go outside."

>>4545675
Your write-in bit on top of the choice you picked is fine. It is plausible for Jack to say something like this, even with the choice that was picked. I will include it.

Writing now!
>>
“It is extremely dangerous out here. You two need to stay indoors, lock and board up all the windows and doors and keep all the lights off. You need to make sure no zombies even suspect you are there. I wouldn’t even cook anything that has a strong smell. Finally, we have no idea how these people turned into zombies, so I wouldn’t drink tap water. If you are completely out of drinks, at least boil the water for a while.”

“Jack, this is a lot to take in, but I think I got it. What are you going to do?”

Jack explains his situation at Gardner’s house.

“But I will come to you guys as soon as I can. Just be patient. Can you put Lindsey on the phone for a moment? I know she has a cold, but I want to talk to her.”

Jacky gently wakes Lindsey up. “Lindsey. Hey, Lindsey.” Her voice softly accompanies the gentle nudges to Lindsey’s shoulder to wake her up.

“What is it mommy?” Lindsey asks. As she wakes up, she notices that her mom has the phone in her hand. This could only mean one thing.

“Is daddy on the phone!?” It’s been nearly three weeks since she saw her father. Tomorrow being her birthday, she was excited to be able to hear from him even before then.

With Jack always being on the road, Lindsey doesn’t get to see him as much as she would like. While she loves her mom, life with mom is ordinary. The limited time she gets to spend with her old man are filled with many fun activities and adventure.

Just 2 months ago, without telling Jacky or his boss, Jack took her with him on a cross-country trip that he normally does for his work. She had a blast seeing all the new sights that Jacky never showed her. When the trip was over, he even had a little time to spare, so he took her to the forest to show her what hunting was like. Lindsey always found hunting to be a bit mystical and always wondered what it was like. Needless to say, Lindsey was daddy’s little girl.

Jacky hands Lindsey the phone.

“Daddy, are you there?”

“Hey there, kiddo. I’m sorry it’s been so long.”

“Daddy, daddy, I drew you a picture. Can you look at it tomorrow? Are you coming for my birthday? When are you coming? I’ve missed you so much!”

“That’s kind of what I wanted to talk about with you, pumpkin. There is something bad happening right now. Daddy doesn’t know if he can come tomorrow, but he will try. In the meantime, listen to your mother. I know what she will tell you will sound weird, but I promise you that it will make sense soon. Be a good girl, okay?”

“Okay. But it sounds like you have to go already. Can’t you talk a little bit more? Pleaaaaaaaaase?”

“I’m sorry, kiddo. Daddy has some important work to do right now, but he will be sure to call when he leaves to come see you, okay? I love you, Lindsey. Talk to you later.”

Jack had to hang up before Lindsey could protest. As much as he loves talking with Lindsey, he has to make sure everything is safe for everybody here.

(1/2)
>>
File: Jack's Weapons.jpg (168 KB, 1406x713)
168 KB
168 KB JPG
Only a few minutes have passed, and it will probably still take about 8 hours for Austin to be able to go anywhere.

“Jack, you got a minute?” Gardner calls to Jack. “Jack, I’ve seen all sorts of zombie movies. I know damn well that our position here is more dangerous than almost anywhere else. Could you please do what you can to make this place harder for zombies to get in? Anything you can will help. I have a shotgun upstairs. The ammo is in the ammo box in the closet, near the bathroom. The code is 2243. Do what you need with it.”

Jack collects the shotgun and finds 6 shells. In total, Jack has two hunting rifles (including Austin’s), 10 rifle rounds (9 in ammo boxes and 1 in Austin’s gun), a shotgun with 6 shells, and a couple hunting knives.

You are allotted 3 hours to do whatever you can to make the house and area more secure.

What should Jack do first?
>Scout the areas around the house to see if any zombies are present, and if so, lure them elsewhere. This could buy them some time later. (takes 1 hour)
>Drive around the area to see if he can gather supplies from the surrounding area. There is a hardware store, a grocery store with a pharmacy, a gun shop, and a movie theater in the surrounding area. (takes 1-2 hours depending on how many stops Jack makes)
>drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)
>Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)
>Start boarding up the house (Note, doing this now will end this section of the story. Sometimes, it’s good to quit while you are ahead. Will not cost any time and will fast forward 3 hours from now)
>Write-in
>Switch characters

No choice this time will lead to immediate death, but options during these outings can.

I will be available next at 12pm PST (about 15 hours from now). Voting will be open until then.

(2/2)
>>
>>4546642
>Scout the areas around the house to see if any zombies are present, and if so, lure them elsewhere. This could buy them some time later. (takes 1 hour)
>>
>>4546642
>Switch characters
>>
>>4546642
>drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)
>>
>>4546642
>Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)
The police have not evacuated the civilians and no alerts of any kind have been issued as we know will occur in the not too distant future. The time to do this is now.
>>
>Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)
>>
>>4546642
>drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)
>Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)
>>
>>4546642
I'd go with these. In this order.
>Scout the areas around the house to see if any zombies are present, and if so, lure them elsewhere. This could buy them some time later. (takes 1 hour)
>Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)
>Drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)

Combined with run-as-fast-as-you-can strategy, we've got enough firepower.
About pillaging local area, I think we still got time for that.
What do you guys think about boarding up the house? It will take 3 hours, which we could spend doing something else. But I'd like to change characters soon.
>>
>>4546899
QM, using this as example, we should choose 3 options o just there first of the 3? because I thought that we would choose the first option, event occurs, then the next, event occurs, and then after 3 hours, a major event occurs. But seeing so many people with options in order, well I misunderstood?
>>
>>4546899

I agree with these three options, though I think looting our own house is more immediately important than getting fuel, as we do have limited ammo at the moment.
>>
>>4546642
>>Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)
>>
>>4546861
>>4546899
>>4546922
>>4546961
I apologize if I wasn't fully clear. I'm only looking for your first choice right now. So please only vote for the option you want to see first. If you voted for multiple ones and don't let me know which option you want first, I will assume the one you put at the top of your list is the one you want.

Oh and boarding up the house doesn't take 3 hours. However, it is the last thing that needs to be done. So doing that would just skip the story ahead until after this section, which is 3 hours from now.
>>
>>4546961
I thought that we'd use weapons only when necessary and prefer to run or evade zombies at all costs. And as I specified, I think we should secure area before moving out, then truck as it is running low on fuel and only then we'll get ammo, tools and rest of supplies.

>>4546922
>>4546988
Aight, my bad. I'll specify my vote when I'll decide later.
>>
One more hour of voting left. Get your votes in!
>>
>>4546642
>drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)
>>
>>4546656
>>4546899
2 votes for "Scout the areas around the house to see if any zombies are present, and if so, lure them elsewhere. This could buy them some time later. (takes 1 hour)"

>>4546664
1 vote for "Switch characters"

>>4546721
>>4546861
>>4547240
3 votes for "drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)"

>>4546730
>>4546747
>>4546978
3 votes for "Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)"

Two of the options have 3 votes, so there is a tie. Since this has ended in a tie, I will allow 2 more hours of voting. However, if there is still a tie after 2 hours, I've explained earlier how ties work. They do not get a dice roll. Instead, in the event of a tie, whichever of the options was higher on the list will be chosen.
>>
>>4546642
>>Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier.
>>
>>4546642
>>Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)
>>
>>4546642
>>4546656
>>4547285

Changing my vote to:
>Drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)
>>
>>4546642
>drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)
>>
What an interesting situation, we were out of a tie for a while, and now we are back to a tie. Well, I won't delay it any longer.

>>4546861
>>4547240
>>4546721
>>4547388
>>4547396
5 votes for "drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)"

>>4546730
>>4546747
>>4546978
>>4547294
>>4547330
5 votes for "Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)"

"drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)" is higher on the list, so that is what wins this.

Writing now!
>>
new theory: QM puts worse options higher on the list so they get picked in case of tie
>>
>>4547437

Based on what we've seen, that isn't entirely true. I think that sometimes he puts the better options higher up to help us with choices that may not be as obvious.
>>
“Doc, I’m going to head to my house. I have another shotgun and some more ammo there, plus I also have a pistol with plenty of ammo. I can also grab some power tools to make this place more secure when I board this place up. I’ll also look for any food, water, and anything else useful I can think of.”

Doc? When did we get so familiar, Jack? Well, considering the situation, it’s okay. Don’t worry, I have a pistol of my own nearby. I can defend myself in a pinch. But I’ll call you if I need to. Good luck out there.” Gardner waves Jack goodbye and continues his work on Austin.

Before Jack leaves, he goes upstairs and peaks through the blinds from the bedroom. “This is a good vantage point. While I can’t see what’s in the backyard, I could at least see if there are any of those things in front.” Jack thought.

Outside, Jack sees nothing worth noting. However, this can change at any point.

Jack heads downstairs and right before he leaves, Gardner says “Hey Jack, I almost forgot. My spare key is in the fake rock near the driveway. The rock is green in color, you can’t miss it.”

Jack retrieves the spare key from the out of place rock, gets in his car, and starts it up. Jack lives about 30 minutes away from Gardner’s house, but Jack has enough fuel for the round trip.

While things still looked peaceful at Gardner’s residence, that couldn’t be farther from the truth for the road. As Jack is halfway to his destination, he sees some troubling sights. Zombies are all over. From the surrounding forest to the sidewalks, there is not a soul in sight on this road.

That is, until Jack reaches a nearby suburb. There is a man who is screaming for help. He is unharmed, but there are five separate zombies attempting to catch him. The man is much faster than they are, however, they are flanking him from all sides.

Jack does not need to save him, but he could shoot a few of the zombies so the man can escape being trapped. However, he has a limited amount of ammo and he has no idea how much he will need. It may not be the best idea to use up too much of it. However, Jack also feels like not at least trying to help this man would be a wasted opportunity to do good in these trying times.

(1/2)
>>
Will Jack be altruistic and save this man or will he put his own survival first and let the man die?
>Save the man
>Drive away
>Write-in
>Switch characters

Finally, there are two mechanics in the quest that I was hoping to let everybody figure out, but I think it would be a good idea to reveal it now before we go too far in Jack’s story. The switching characters mechanic does a bit more than just allow you to have a new experience.

1. Some characters will interact with things in their story that another character could utilize for the future. For example, if there is an obstacle too heavy for Sarah to move and blocks her way, Jack could have moved it out of the way in his story since he is the strongest character in the quest. (Note: This specific interaction does not happen. This is just an example.) This can happen at any time.

2. When a character has gone far enough in their story to allow for write-ins, one purpose for this is so you guys could find a creative way to allow 2 characters meet. While this cannot be a long-lasting meetup, one character might have an item another could need. Or perhaps one knows something the other doesn’t and should relay the information so more choices open up. This can only happen if both characters have the write-in option. So, Jack currently cannot meet anybody else since nobody else has gotten that far. If we do switch to another character and get to another write-in, I will explain how to do this.

All endings are achievable without either mechanic. However, this may make for more interesting scenarios or more ways/easier ways to each ending. But if we want to continue with Jack until an ending before we switch, we certainly can. I just wanted to make everybody aware of this.

(2/2)
>>
>>4547453

>Switch Characters

I want to save the man, but I don't think we have enough information to do that without risking getting ourselves killed. Tagging out to get more information on the zombie epidemic would be best for now.
>>
>>4547453
>Save the man, but ram the zombies with the car instead of shooting.
>>
>>4547453
>Switch characters
pretty cool stuff QM
>>
>>4547453
>Switch characters
This person is probably important in the story. Maybe Sarah's husband. I want to help him but it's best to switch first.
>>
Oh, and I almost forgot to give a voting window. I will allow this one until 4pm PST. That is about an hour and a half from now.
>>
>>4547453
>Switch characters
>>
>>4547453
>Switch characters
>>
>>4547453
>Switch characters
>>
No more votes!

>>4547456
>>4547463
>>4547466
>>4547473
>>4547481
>>4547517
6 votes for "Switch character"

>>4547460
1 vote for a Write-in

>>4547463
>pretty cool stuff QM
Thanks! I appreciate it.

Writing now! For those who may not remember, switching goes in the order that was voted for in the beginning. The next character is Sarah.
>>
File: Teenage Sarah.jpg (57 KB, 626x417)
57 KB
57 KB JPG
When people think of being successful in life, they tend to imagine becoming rich with as much money they could ever need, or maybe they imagine becoming a celebrity that people adore. Some people do not feel like they ever did anything with their lives if they couldn’t be special in some way, and as they grow old, they have many regrets.

This wasn’t the case with Sarah. While only being in her twenties, she has already accomplished all that she ever needed in life. She had no dreams of grandeur or any aspirations to become the next top model.

As a child, Sarah’s mother was a workaholic and her father was a drunken bum who never could hold a steady job. He was abusive, so Sarah’s mother would stay at work even longer to escape him. During high school, her father was arrested for assaulting and accidentally killing a clerk at the local liquor store, and her mother was killed in a car crash.

Sarah developed depression in her teen years and was only going through the motions because everybody expected her to be normal. Life was a chore, and it held nothing of value, she thought at the time.

However, in Sarah’s freshman year of college, she was required to be in a group for her biology lab. This is how she met John. While initially, she treated him like she would treat any other person in a group. She paid him no mind. She would work quietly, doing only what was needed to be done and what was asked of her.

John, on the other hand, had a normal childhood with a loving set of parents. He was raised to be kind to other people, even when they weren’t to him. While most people tend to be nice, at least on the surface, John was a unique individual. If the school needed a volunteer for an event, he would volunteer. If someone complained that their parents forced them to pick weeds in their front yard, he would offer to help.

Now, Sarah is a good-looking girl, and with the way men tend to be nowadays, it wasn’t abnormal for some to try to be nice to her to get her in bed. While it never worked, it was something she was used to dealing with. It was so easy to spot, too. If they ever tried to do something nice, it was always overly overt to make sure they were noticed. They would always talk to her about things they obviously didn’t care about but was trying to get her to open up to make her easier to get with. They would invite her to things when they didn’t know each other that well and would invite her to places she wouldn’t care about.

John, on the other hand, did not act like them. He could easily pick-up on Sarah’s negative emotions, even through her normal facade. Instead of offering to do her part for her like so many other guys tended to do, he instead tried to help her when she seemed to be stuck. She didn’t even need to ask for help, but he could tell when she was struggling.

(1/2)
>>
One thing that stuck out to her is that John never told anybody or bragged about what he would do for other people. She remembers one time she saw John in the student dining hall. He was sitting by himself, studying and eating his lunch. One student got up from his spot to buy some food, but when he got to the front counter, he didn’t have enough money for it. The student was clearly not the richest and was living penny by penny. He began to plead with the worker if he could pay for it later, but to no avail. Defeated and hungry, he slinked back to his seat. But right on that’s student’s seat was a twenty dollar bill just sitting there. While the student had no idea who gifted him this, Sarah saw John place it on his seat.

It was things like this that caused Sarah to take an interest in him. John also took an interest in Sarah because he sensed that she had nobody to lean on. John wanted to be that person for her.

Soon, it was clear that they both liked each other, and they both started dating. For the first time in a long while, Sarah felt a bit of happiness. But that was nothing compared to how happy she felt when he proposed to her at her favorite restaurant.

John could notice something changing in Sarah over time. She was beginning to smile genuinely. She would start talking about things she liked more openly, and she even felt comfortable telling John about her past.

Sarah had truly become a happy person and decided that her purpose in life was to start a happy family. Something her parents never gave her. After the birth of Adam, she decided to drop out of college with John’s okay. She wanted to be there for him whenever he needed her.

Fast forward to today, and Sarah is practically nothing like she was before. She always seems to find the positive side of things, and always does whatever she can to make John and Adam happy. She believes that she owes John her life, so she has always been loyal to him and genuinely thinks the world of him. She also dotes on Adam and wants the best for him. One day, she hopes they can have another.

6:30 AM. Sarah wakes up at about the same time as John. John has work at 8:00 and is getting ready. Sarah enters Adam’s room and softly wakes him up since he has school today. She makes them both breakfast, and then gives John a big kiss goodbye. Adam takes the school bus each day.

While John has a decent living, they wouldn’t be able to afford a second car just yet. Besides, Adam has a lot of friends on the bus, so he looks forward to getting on each day. After making sure Adam has everything, Sarah waves him goodbye. After watching the bus drive off, she decides to get busy and start some cleaning.

Sarah always turns on the TV to listen to the early morning news while she cleans, but strangely, it seems to be a re-run of yesterday’s broadcast. “Odd” She thought.

(2/3)
>>
Sarah has a few errands to run after cleaning. While she doesn’t have a car, everything is walkable and she is used to this routine.
>walk to the grocery store to pick up some groceries
>walk to the bank to deposit a check
>walk to the electronics store to buy Adam his Christmas present

I will leave the voting window open until 8pm PST (about 2 hours and 30 minutes from now).

(3/3)
>>
>>4547684
>>walk to the grocery store to pick up some groceries

The other two choices seem pointless. Money won't have much value in an apocalypse, and I'm not really sure what we would do with electronics when we don't know how much time we would spend there. We currently don't know about the apocalypse yet, so we may not take anything of value, or the store may not even sell anything of value. I suppose the electronics store could be an interesting line to take, as it could lead to getting a secret item or event, but it could also be a complete waste of time. Hope to hear everyone else's thoughts on this.
>>
>>4547684
>walk to the grocery store to pick up some groceries

The check is useless and I don't know what could be useful from the electronic store, a phone maybe? But still food is better
>>
>>4547684
>walk to the grocery store to pick up some groceries
>>
>>4547684
>>walk to the grocery store to pick up some groceries
>>
No more votes!

All votes were for "walk to the grocery store to pick up some groceries."

Will write now!
>>
File: Sarah's Zombie Bite.jpg (303 KB, 1936x1936)
303 KB
303 KB JPG
Sarah decides to go to the grocery store since she is out of ingredients for the dinner she wanted to make for tonight. She also plans on picking up a handful of other things, but since she doesn’t have a car, she must be able to carry them on her own.

It is about 8:00 AM as she heads out. Sarah’s family lives in a quiet suburb in a decent part of town. They aren’t too close to the hustle and bustle of the city but are nowhere near as remote as Gardner’s house is.

Luckily, the grocery store is only about a 5 minute walk from home, so this trip shouldn’t take too long, or so she thought. After reaching the parking lot, it was clear something was going on. The store had a lot more people parked than normal at this time. And the people seemed to ignore the painted parking spots. This is unusual for this kind of area.

However, she continues on thinking that there may be some special event she wasn’t aware of inside. Before she can make it to the entrance, she is suddenly stopped by a homeless-looking man. His clothes were tattered, his eyes were bloodshot, and Sarah could definitely smell him even from a distance. He also had his hands outstretched.

Sarah has taken a page from John’s book and tends to give some change to the homeless. Before even hearing the man speak, she pulls out her change purse to give the man some. As she is about to hand the man some money, instead of grabbing the change, the man grabs her wrist and starts acting crazy.

Sarah is freaked out, so she screams. The man inches his face closer to her arm, and he takes a bite.

At this point, Sarah is screaming so loudly that anybody in the vicinity could hear her. This seemed to get the attention from some people inside the store and a couple of burly man came out armed with baseball bats. One swung it at the “man” and started pummeling his head repeatedly.

The other man quickly escorts Sarah inside. Her wrist is bleeding profusely and needs medical attention.

“Do we have a doctor in here? A woman was bitten!” Said the man.

“Yes, I can help her. I’m a doctor at the local clinic. Let me take her to the pharmacy,” said a much thinner, scrawny man.

As she is being escorted to the pharmacy area, Sarah notices that this store looks nothing like it did last week. There are barricades surrounding the entrances and exits. There seems to be at least 30 people inside who all seem startled by Sarah’s entrance.

Sarah is sat down on a nearby chair and the doctor grabs various items from the isles nearby to treat the wound.

The doctor starts taking care of the wound for her and it eventually starts to not hurt as badly as it did initially. Sarah, while still in pain, is able to calm down a bit. The doctor starts asking her questions.

“What is your name miss? I’m Doctor Johnson, but you can call me Dave. That’s what everybody calls me.”

“I’m Sarah. What’s going on in here? I have so many questions I don’t even know what to ask first.”

(1/3)
>>
“We don’t really know. After waking up and going about our daily routines, some people started acting funny and began attacking others. Many people are calling them zombies and bringing up the news reports from last month. Do you remember them?”

“I do, but I thought they were all killed.”

“I thought so too, but it looks like they are back now. Many of us came to this store to grab the essentials to bunker down, but it became too dangerous outside, so we started barricading in here. Look, I know that the previous zombies did not infect people from their bites, but many people in here are terrified right now. They might start reverting to what they know from fiction. Be careful about trusting anybody. And since Mark so graciously announced you were bitten, everybody seems to know now. I’ll vouch for you where I can, but you need to be careful.”

The doctor finishes his business and asks Sarah what she wants to do. Sarah cannot leave currently since Dave needs to be able to monitor the wound.

Sarah does not currently have her phone on her, it fell and broke during the scuffle with the zombie outside.

What should she do?
>Sit in isolation, relax a bit, and think about things (Stress -1)
>Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations (Worry -1)
>Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)

Now it is time for me to explain a unique mechanic in Sarah’s story. Sarah is happy, but that is based on how much John can be there for her and in her thoughts. If she does too many things that John wouldn’t want her to do, she will start slowly reverting back into her depressed self. This depressed self is severely limited in various attributes and choices she can make.

John or Adam dying will nearly fully revert her back to this state, but there is a hope to come back if one survives. If both die, she will permanently stay depressed. While you don’t have to worry about this part quite yet, I still wanted to make sure you guys were aware of this.

(2/3)
>>
The more important thing right now is this new stat system. There are 3 specific stats that Sarah has. Each decision will tell you what they are and during the story, I will inform you of any changes. These three stats are:

1. Stress – How many things is she doing at once without taking a break? Is she expected to do too much? Does she have to make important decisions with no guidance from John? Etc.
2. Worry – Sarah will slowly start to worry more and more about her loved ones and the state of the world as this story continues.
3. Happiness – Are conditions good? Are there good things happening? Can we find a way to think positively about things? Will everything work out? Etc.

Each choice I give you will have a set value to either subtract or add points in each category. You need to keep Sarah at manageable levels in all three of these things. If a stat gets bad, certain choices will be locked until the stat gets better.

Good stat levels:

Stress: 0-5
Worry: 0-5
Happiness 5+

Current stat levels:

Stress: 7
Worry: 7
Happiness: 3

You need to balance what you think would be good for the ending you want to receive and where Sarah’s stats are. Do not just look at one or the other. These need to be balanced. Keep in mind that death is always possible after a certain point (not yet, luckily). You need to balance the best decisions to stay alive and what her current stats are.

She will start reverting back to her old self, and thus, less good decisions will be possible if one of her stats are either: 1. not at a good stat level for 5 consecutive choices, 2. If stress or worry get above 10 and happiness gets below 0. 3. If John or Adam dies.

I will keep this choice open until 4:00 PM PST (about 19 hours from now).

(3/3)
>>
>>4547976
>Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations (Worry -1)
>>
>>4547978
>Sit in isolation, relax a bit, and think about things (Stress -1)
Pragmatically, she needs to call John from the store's phone and ask him to pick up Adam with the car. I assume high Worry or low Happioness is less likely to prevent this than high Stress.
>>
>>4547976
>Sit in isolation, relax a bit, and think about things (Stress -1)
>>
>>4547976
>Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)
Maybe if she talks to them they may not kick her own (because of the bite)
>>
>>4547978

>Sit in isolation, relax a bit, and think about things (Stress -1)
>>
>>4547976
>>Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)
>>
>>4547976
>Sit in isolation, relax a bit, and think about things (Stress -1)
>>
>>4548367
+1
Sarah seems like the most needy and dependent on others character thus far. Also the least fit to cope with a zombie apocalypse on her own. She'll need help from others if she's going to survive.

As a side note, people in groups tend to make the dumbest decisions possible without the direct presence of strong leadership making decisions for them. (Evidenced by the current toilet paper situation in the United States. This is not a political statement in any way.) I'm just saying that if there is somebody who has already firmly established themselves as the leader of everyone in the grocery store, we need them on our side. And if there isn't, we need as many people on our side as soon as possible before someone panics and accuses Sarah of being a zombie. (To quote Tommy Lee Jones from MIB: "A person is smart. People are dumb, panicky, dangerous animals and you know it.")
>>
>>4548451
That may be important, but realistically, we intend to get out of here ASAP. As far as stats go, happiness is probably the worst stat to increase. It seems to me from the way QM described the stats that making good choices will increase Happiness while also increasing stress, since we'll have to make tough choices that will lead to better times. Stress is important to keep in check early on so we can make good choices, and worry is something I think we'll just constantly have to manage since it innately increases over time. The fact that happiness is on a 5+ scale rather than a 0-5 for worry and stress further solidifies this theory, QM expects us to have a lot of redundant happiness points.
>>
>>4548483
You make a decent point, and I agree that Sarah needs to eventually get out of there in order find John and Adam. But there are some factors that need to be considered:
Sarah's decisions are heavily influenced by John. Not only in getting back to him, but what he would want her to do. John is a selfless person who would try to help others. He would likely want Sarah to interact with everyone else to see if she could help in any way before trying to leave.
Also, Sarah's skills are better suited for a supporting role, not for doing things on her own. Her best chances for reuniting with John and Adam is to use her advantages in the social aspects of her story. If she helps others, they will be more likely to help her in finding or reuniting with her family.
Also, Sarah's phone broke, someone else probably has a working phone and would let Sarah call John.
And socializing will give Sarah a better idea of what is happening outside the store which would give her better information on how to reach John and Adam.
>>
>>4548483
She was just bitten by a zombie. People are afraid and as the Dr said, they may go back to relying on fiction for their information on zombies. Sarah needs to show that she's not going to turn into one. Isolation will not help that. In the movies, the one who gets bit always ends up separating themselves from the group somehow and that's when they turn. That's the logic they will probably use if they start to panic. Staying with others and showing that you're fine will prevent suspicion and benefit you by getting more information on the current situation.
>>
>>4548608
>>4548629

If that's true we need to vote to tour the accommodations. Worry is still better to buff than happiness, and our presence would be similarly recognized since we'd be walking around and touring the place. Unfortunately nobody seems to be flipping so my vote is staying where it is for now. I'd rather risk drawing a bit of suspicion from this relatively unimportant group than end up fucking our stats and locking ourselves out of good choices this early on.

Side note, I suspect that if our worry is too high it will lock us out of the true ending, since we'll be compelled to look for John and Adam. Important to keep in mind.
>>
1 hour left. Get your votes in while you can!
>>
No more voting!

>>4548083
1 vote for "Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations (Worry -1)"

>>4548254
>>4548367
>>4548451
3 votes for "Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)"

>>4548208
>>4548372
>>4548126
>>4548288
4 votes for "Sit in isolation, relax a bit, and think about things (Stress -1)"

Writing now!
>>
File: Sarah's Bandaged Arm.jpg (41 KB, 800x534)
41 KB
41 KB JPG
After an event like that, Sarah needed some time to compose herself. Luckily, this area of the store was pretty quiet. This was a room in the pharmacy used to give people yearly flu shots, so it was a good place to take a breather.

“I think I just want to relax for a bit, Dave. I want to take in everything that just happened and figure out what I should do next.”

“That’s fine and completely understandable. I will be nearby. Holler if you need me for anything.”

“Thanks.”

Sarah is now alone with only her thoughts and some medical posters adorning the walls. She starts inspecting her arm. Dave had done a phenomenal job with the wrapping and disinfecting. While it still hurt, he had given her over the counter pain relievers. He told her that if the pain becomes unbearable to let him know so he can find some stronger prescription medications from the stockpile that customers have not picked up. Normally, it would be standard practice to give her those, but he worries that pain medications could either make her too sleepy or loopy for a situation like this.

Sarah begins to contemplate what has happened so far. She laments on how naïve she was to mistake the zombie for a man, but she decides not to dwell on this. She knows that she should try to find the positives in a situation, something John taught her.

She thinks about how grateful she is to the men who helped her outside that she never got to thank. Maybe she should do that sometime soon. She is grateful that there was a doctor willing to help her. She is also happy that there was only one zombie that approached her.

This calms her down a bit. Sarah feels like the situation has become a bit more manageable for her.

(Stress -1)

But a sudden realization hit her like a ton of bricks. What about John and Adam? Were they okay? They are located in places with a lot of people, but that could also mean more zombies. Sarah starts panicking.

(Worry +10) (Please note that whichever choice was made, this was bound to happen. This choice was much less consequential to your overall stats than they normally will be. This was to get you familiar with the system.)

“I can’t just be sitting here and thinking. I need to do something.” Sarah frantically thinks.

She gets up and exits the little room. She sees Dave and almost sprints at him.

“Dave, do you have your phone on you? If so, can I please borrow it? My son and husband are in danger.”

“Sure, you can use it. But the battery is dying, so it won’t last that long. Here. Just don’t look at my texts okay?”

Sarah couldn’t give a damn about Dave’s private conversations through texts. She is laser focused on seeing if her loved ones are okay.

“I won’t. Please hand it here.”

(1/2)
>>
It looks like the battery has about 5 minutes left of charge.

Sarah could either call John, who always has his cell phone on just case Sarah needs him. He always makes sure to give time to her, even if he is busy. He will even stop during a presentation to take a call from her if she wanted to talk to him. He cares a lot about her. However, during this kind of situation, that may be harder.

Sarah could call Adam’s cell phone. It is unlikely that he turned off his phone for school just yet, but it is possible.

Who should Sarah call? She’ll only get one from this phone.
>John (If he answers, it will be -5 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +5 worry.)
>Adam (If he answers, it will be a -10 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +10 worry.)

If you choose John, I will roll 1d2. If I roll a 2, John answers. If I roll a 1, John does not answer.

If you choose Adam, I will roll 1d4. If I roll a 4, Adam answers. if we roll a 1, 2, or 3, he does not answer.

Current Stats:

Stress: 6 (-1)
Worry: 17 (+10)
Happiness: 3

Don’t worry, they are not dead if I roll poorly. They will just not be able to answer because of their personal circumstances.

I apologize, but I am still busy now. But I should be more free on Friday and the weekend. I will leave this voting open until 10AM PST (about 17 hours from now).
>>
>>4548876
>John (If he answers, it will be -5 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +5 worry.)
>>
>>4548876
>John (If he answers, it will be -5 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +5 worry.)
mean of +0 stress
>Adam
mean of +5 stress
the choice is just math and without stats I'd prefer John anyways


Voting for
>John
>>
>>4548876

>John (If he answers, it will be -5 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +5 worry.)
>>
>>4548918
>>4548962
>>4548998
Agree! There's nothing to discuss.
>John (If he answers, it will be -5 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +5 worry.)

>>4548451
>>4548483
>>4548608
>>4548629
>>4548663
Agree with those points.
Stress is definitely most important stat to keep in check.

>He would likely want Sarah to interact with everyone else to see if she could help in any way before trying to leave.
Agree, but she should get herself together before helping others. If her stress is too high, she'll be useless and unable to help or socialize with anyone.

>Side note, I suspect that if our worry is too high it will lock us out of the true ending, since we'll be compelled to look for John and Adam. Important to keep in mind.
Isn't our goal to find John and Adam? I presume that high worry will rapidly increase stress, and that will have severe negative impacts on Sarah. That would imply that worry is most important stat to worry about.

>relatively unimportant group
I don't think we should neglect our relation with this group as we don't know wheter it will fall apart or not. But more importantly, Sarah needs people around her, as it will greatly increase chanes to find John and Adam. While she probably wouldn't be able to do much on her own.

>Sarah seems like the most needy and dependent on others character thus far. Also the least fit to cope with a zombie apocalypse on her own.
Agree.

I think we should stay in group and wait for John, as I doubt he'll be clueless about what to do. While increasing chances to meet with them, by pushing this group to some favorable place or state of affairs to make it easier for John.
>>
>>4548876
>John (If he answers, it will be -5 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +5 worry.)
>>
>>4549139
The Happy ending is meeting John and Adam and surviving with both of them. The True ending is survivng alone. If we want the true ending we have to not know what happened to them, meaning we likely have to keep our worry low.
>>
>>4548876
Speaking of which, we may learn what happened to them if someone answers here. Please clarify QM, if we get an answer during this phone call, will we be locked out of Sarah's true ending?
>>
>>4549159
Like with Jack, phone calls are okay for the true ending. However, if she reunites with either of them, she cannot get the true ending. This also means that phone calls are not good enough for either the happy or okay endings. I apologize if I wasn't super clear with the ending criteria.
>>
>>4548876
>John (If he answers, it will be -5 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +5 worry.)
>>
>>4548873
>John (If he answers, it will be -5 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +5 worry.)
>>
>>4548876
>John
>>
>>4549156
I think we already agreed that we and characters would prefer happy ending.
I don't think that low worry means that she doesn't care, but rather that she isn't paralyzed by being overly worried about them.
I see your point. But I doubt she wouldn't do her best, even with low worry.
>>
>>4548876
>John
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

No more voting!

All votes were for "John (If he answers, it will be -5 worry, if he does not answer, it will be a +5 worry.)"

Rolling now and will start writing!
>>
File: Phone dying on Sarah.jpg (13 KB, 531x612)
13 KB
13 KB JPG
“I need to call John. I don’t know what I would do if he got hurt... Plus, he’ll know what to do, and he may have already tried contacting Adam.” Sarah thought.

Sarah dials John’s number, and it rings for a while. However, John does answer.

“Hello? Who is this?”

“Thank God, I am so glad you answered. It’s me, babe. Are you okay?”

“Sarah? I’ve been trying to call you for half an hour. Did something happen?”

Sarah explains what she’s been through.

“I’m at a loss for words. I’m so sorry that you had such a bad morning, honey. I’m here for you. I haven’t heard anything like that over here, but some people have been gossiping like crazy and it got me worried. That might be what that’s all about. I’m going to clock out early and come get you. I’ll be there as soon as I can! Afterwards, we need to check on Adam.”

Sarah feels a large wave of relief that she hasn’t experienced in a long time. John is her hero. If something happened to him, she wouldn’t know what she would do.

(Worry -5)

“Be careful-“ Click. The phone had died while she was mid-sentence. Sarah hands the phone back to Dave.

“When John gets here, he’ll know what to do. I should make the best of my situation while I wait for him.” Sarah thought. John works at a large office building about an hour away, but with this current situation, there is no guarantee that he can make it that quickly.

In the meantime, Sarah will stay at the store like John had suggested and will wait diligently for him. There are a variety of things she can do now.

Current stats:

Stress: 6
Worry: 12(-5)
Happiness: 3

>Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations (Worry -1)
>Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)
>The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -1 and Happiness +1)
>Switch characters

You have also now unlocked the ability to switch characters.

I have promised that all endings are possible without utilizing other characters. However, I want to give a warning that keeping John alive will be more difficult without utilizing another character. That’s all I will say on that.

Another thing to keep in mind is that you have not unlocked the write-in function yet. So, while switching can help early on in certain cases, you do not have the full functionality involved with it for Sarah yet.

Tomorrow is Friday, so I should be able to do more than one update a day. I will be available on Friday at 12pm PST (about 25 and a half hours from now).
>>
>>4549492
>Rolled 2 (1d2)
Damn.

>>4549532
>I want to give a warning that keeping John alive will be more difficult without utilizing another character.
Damn it.
Didn't Sarah said that John can take care of himself?

>Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations (Worry -1)
I'd like if Sarah would go to socialize, but we should get worry a bit down. As anon earlier suggested, we might be able to socialize with this options too.
>>
>>4549542
>Didn't Sarah said that John can take care of himself?
That is why he won't outright need another character to survive. But help from others, especially in a zombie apocalypse, makes life a lot easier.
>>
>>4549532
>Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations (Worry -1)

What do you all think of making one more decision with Sarah, other than this one, and then switching MCs again? In order to soon have the most global panorama.

>>4549543
QM, In the case of Larry who is at sea, can his actions also affect others? Because the only thing I can think of is that the Kyle parents are coincidentally on the same cruise, otherwise... Please give me that sneak peek as, at least so far, all of the characters seem to be quite physically distanced from one another.
>>
>>4549532
>>4549542

It sounds to me like the guy Jack is considering saving might be John. Wasting time in Sarah's story might end up screwing him over if we aren't careful. I think we should switch ASAP to figure out more about what to do with her next.

>>4549553
Definitely agree, we need more information. The pain meds choice also interests me, that may be what turns people into zombies. Definitely should stay away from that one until we learn more.

All in all, we need to:

>Switch characters
>>
>>4549553
I really don't want to spoil anything about Larry's story if possible. However, I will say this. All characters have the ability to affect other characters unintentionally and can also meet at some point. Larry has less opportunities than most, but he definitely can affect other stories. I will give you an example of how that is possible with already revealed information. Look at Larry's true end. Can you see how by going that route, it would be possible to meet with others?
>>
>>4549532
>Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)

>>4549542
2 is good anon
>>
>>4549532
>Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)
Then switch.
The rationale is that raising Happiness from 3 to 5 seems easier than lowering Worry down from 12
>>
>>4549587
+1

>>4549591
I feel as though Jack is most definitely at one of these points right now. I also feel as though Kyle's parents are on the cruise ship with Larry.
>>
>>4549833

While it's possible that Kyle's parents are on the ship, the note also referred to "a resort," which sounds unrelated to cruise ships. Kyle's parents are probably just staying at a nearby hotel.
>>
>>4549532
>Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)
>>
>>4549532
>The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -1 and Happiness +1)
>>
>>4549532
>>Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)
>>
No more voting!

>>4550424
1 vote for "The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -1 and Happiness +1)"

>>4549542
>>4549553
2 votes for "Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations (Worry -1)"

>>4549587
>>4549833
2 votes for "Switch characters"

>>4549672
>>4549692
>>4550232
>>4550543
4 votes for "Try to talk with the other survivors, some might be nice (Happiness +1)"

Writing now!
>>
“It may be a good idea for me to get in the good graces of the rest of the group here. They must have had it pretty rough today, so trying to talk with them might help calm them down. Plus, it would be a good idea for people to realize that the bite isn’t as bad as they might think.” Sarah thought.

After discussing this with Dave, he understood her point of view and let her enter the general population.

“Hey everybody, this is Sarah. I was able to fix her up to the best of my abilities. She should be fine now. And I just want to reiterate to everyone that we have no evidence that shows that the zombies are caused by bites. While we ultimately have no idea how this outbreak occurred, it seems highly unlikely that the bites are causing this. Remember, we also have someone who was scratched by a zombie a few hours ago and he is doing just fine.”

“If we don’t know, why should she be allowed to mingle here? She could turn! She should be escorted out of the building!” a middle-aged, soccer mom shouted.

“A scratch is very different from a bite. A bite has their saliva which could carry the zombie virus,” said an older gentleman.

“If we don’t know, she should, like, at least be locked in isolation for a day or two. You’re totally risking all of our lives by just having her here,” a teenage girl said.

There was other jeering and anger coming from the general population. Dave, worried that Sarah may be in danger by being around these people, decided to bring Sarah back to the pharmacy.

Sarah was utterly devastated by how those people treated her.

“I apologize for how they were talking about you, Sarah. They are all terrified and aren’t in the right state of mind. If it means anything, I don’t believe you are a threat. I know for a fact that some people kept quiet because they were worried of getting ostracized for defending you.”

This calmed Sarah down a bit, and she starts feeling a bit sympathetic to how they felt.

A little later, a few people came to the pharmacy to apologize for the others had treated her. The man with the zombie scratch was one of them. He too was initially reviled and hated by them, but they eventually came to accept him. He assured her that they will come around to her too and to stay strong. She even received some hugs by some of the more emotional people.

These minor acts of kindness made Sarah feel better about everything. She has more hope that there is still kindness in the world.

(Happiness +1)

Sarah is still killing time for John to arrive. It has only been 20 minutes at most.

Current stats:

Stress: 6
Worry: 12
Happiness: 4 (+1)

(1/2)
>>
What should Sarah do next?

>Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations. Since Dave is with her, the group won’t object. (Worry -5)
>The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -4 and Happiness +2)
>Explore parts of the store on her own. These are locations with few to no people. (Stress -2 and Worry -3)
>Switch characters

Now that you guys have had a few choices with stats and understand the system better, I will start adjusting them to be worth more. This is how the stats are going to be from now on. It will rare for them to worth only 1 point.

I will let the voting window be for 2 hours since I have more time to spend on this today.
>>
>>4550628

>Switch Characters

Don't get me wrong, these choices seem interesting, but every move we make in this story brings us closer to screwing John over, as I initially suspected. We need to switch NOW.
>>
>>4550628
>>Switch characters
>>
>>4550628
>>Switch characters
>>
>>4550628
>Switch characters
>>
>>4550628
>Switch characters
>>
No more votes!

All votes were to "Switch Characters."

Writing now!
>>
Retirement, something that many working people strive to achieve. You get all the freedom of an adult without the expectation to spend countless hours working or studying. If you save your money wisely, and if you live in one of the many countries with retirement benefits, you could live quite comfortably. You get to do many of things you had no time for before and get to truly relax.

The main drawback from retirement is how old the average person needs to be to retire. While this varies depending on the country, you will more than likely be elderly by the time you retire. Tasks that require physical labor become much harder, hair loss and the greying/whiting of hair is the norm, mental and cognitive abilities start to wane, and the skin starts to wrinkle.

Larry was born after the end of World War 2 and was luckily never drafted into other wars. After graduating from high school, he was able to find work at a local factory on the assembly line. However, he didn’t enjoy this kind of mindless work. After a few months, his father was able to get him work at a laboratory that focused on creating more fuel-efficient car engines. This was at a time where companies were willing to take people with high school degrees and train them properly.

Larry enjoyed this work since he felt like he was making a difference and understanding the technology instead of just putting things together. He was even able to start working on many different types of machines, like planes and boats, not just cars.

During this time, he found a wife and had children.

After 25 years of this kind of work, Larry wanted to experience new things and try something else. While mechanical engineering was always interesting, Larry started to take in interest in other kinds of technology like generators, radar and navigation systems, and communications systems.

While his experience looked nice on his resume, the times were starting to shift a bit. Specialized fields like this were beginning to look for higher education degree. However, this was still not any sort of requirement just yet, just a preference. Larry could have easily found work without any sort of degree with his level of experience, but he also wanted to try out college. He thought it could be a new and fun experience.

College was cheap at that time, but on top of this, one of his new prospective employers offered to pay for his tuition on the condition he join the company after graduating. Since there seemed to be no reason not to, Larry enrolled into his local university. He studied electrical engineering for 4 years, graduated, and became an electrical engineer.

He spent the rest of his career in this field and loved every moment of it. In fact, he didn’t even retire until he was in 70s when the company offered to double his pension. Since he started with the company back when pensions were common, he was able to keep it.

(1/3)
>>
A couple years after retiring, his wife had passed away from cancer. Larry mourned for her, but over time, he was able to move on with his life like anybody else would. His children have all grown up, had children of their own, and are in different parts of the country.

Larry now spends his days doing whatever he wants. Sometimes he will golf on the weekends or travel to different vacation spots. This week, Larry had booked a 3-month long cruise to tour the world. It was primarily targeted to richer families, but Larry had always wanted to go on a cruise, plus one of his old work buddies was friends with the company’s CEO. He was able to secure a free ticket this way.

Today is the third day of the cruise. It is currently 8:00 AM and Larry is heading to the dining hall for some breakfast. On his way, he meets up with one of the people he has befriended during the trip. His name is Jerry. After eating a meal that is still much more high-class than Larry was used to, he heads back to his cabin to use the bathroom. The bathroom is connected to his room and also has a door leading directly to the passageway. This is used as an emergency exit just in case someone needed to leave the bathroom and get somewhere on the ship quickly.

As Larry is about to exit the bathroom, he hears something a bit strange coming from his cabin. Larry is a pretty old-fashioned guy, so he tends to leave his room door unlocked. However, the bathroom door something he always locks.

Larry calls out, “Hello? Is someone there?”

No response. However, the weird sounds start getting closer to the door now.

(2/3)
>>
What should Larry do?
>Open the cabin door to investigate the sound (Wisdom Check, bad choice)
>Put his ear to the door to hear better
>Exit using the emergency exit
>Use Larry’s cellphone to call the cruise security to have them check his room

I will now explain one of the two special mechanics of Larry’s story. Larry is older and has become wise over the years. This causes him to be able to instinctively be able to tell what a bad decision would likely be. This is called a Wisdom Check. On this choice, I have given you what the bad decision would be and made it obvious that is was bad even without the Wisdom Check. However, this is not the standard way it will be done.

By default, Larry will not have a Wisdom Check on to see what a bad choice is. You are given a specific number of Wisdom Checks for Larry’s story: 7 in total. There may be some secret ways to get a few more, but that is not the standard. Make choices as if there are only 7 in total.

Larry will be given a lot more difficult choices than you are used to, so to compensate, you are free to use one of these wisdom checks to tell you which choices are bad in a given decision.

On any decision, instead of choosing a choice, you can reply “Wisdom Check”. I will then show the choices again, but this time, you can see what the bad choices are. This requires a majority vote to do.

On this vote, I have given it to you as a freebie, but there are no more freebies.

Larry’s story will have more deaths and bad ends than any other. Do not take this advice lightly. His story is the hardest to get something other than a bad end. This very first choice has a death in it, but you already know which one that is.

I will leave this voting window for 2 hours.

(3/3)
>>
>>4550784


>>Exit using the emergency exit

We pretty much already know it's a zombie in there, no need to waste time checking just so we can be sure. It's also irresponsible to endanger cruise security over this. Security also may not be trustworthy since they might be in league with the police. Too early to say though.
>>
>>4550784
>Exit using the emergency exit
>>
>>4550784

Question about Wisdom Checks by the way, you said you made this one obvious "even without the Wisdom check." Does that mean when we use Wisdom Checks in the future, that it's possible that good choices will also come up as "likely bad?"
>>
>>4550784
>>Exit using the emergency exit
>>
>>4550813
This is part of the mechanic, yes. I was planning on explaining it after the next choice because this was already pretty wordy. But yes, Wisdom checks aren't foolproof. It could mark a decent or good choice as bad, but it is mostly accurate. However, it will never fail to mark a bad choice.

For example, if there were three choices: one lead to death, one lead to a good thing, and the other lead to a good thing. The wisdom check will always reveal the one that leads to death, but it may also false flag one of the ones that leads to a good thing. It's an added layer of strategy.

I will make sure to explain this again when we get to the next choice. Luckily, this choice has no false positives.

I also worded it like that because I wanted to make it clear that it won't be so obvious what the bad choices are without using a wisdom check. Seemingly normal choices can lead to death without this. However, I will tend to give a minor clue, but I won't always. One further thing still is that, since you have only 7, you guys need to be smart with how you use them. There are much more than 7 choices in this story.
>>
>>4550820
Thank you so much for the explanation, and thank you even more for an incredible quest. It's one of the best I've read in here in quite a while.

One more question, when we use a Wisdom check, will we get any flavor or hints from Larry's inner monologue explaining why choices are marked a certain way, or will we literally just see the same choices repeated with no additional information besides the markings?
>>
>>4550836
You're welcome! And thank you for the kind words. It means a lot, especially since this my first quest.
>One more question
I was planning on having him explain why he thought this way in his mind. However, he may also explain a false positive in a logical, but incorrect way. This choice didn't have it because I was introducing the mechanic and didn't want to add any complexity other than showing exactly what it did.
>>
>>4550784
>Use Larry’s cellphone to call the cruise security to have them check his room
>>
No more voting!

>>4550802
>>4550807
>>4550819
3 votes for "Exit using the emergency exit"

>>4550857
1 vote for "Use Larry’s cellphone to call the cruise security to have them check his room"

Writing now!
>>
>>4550819
+1
>>
File: The Cruise ship.jpg (174 KB, 1200x818)
174 KB
174 KB JPG
Larry is extremely worried about the sounds he is hearing from his room. He suspects that is might be thieves. However, he is in no shape to combat or even stop them. Larry believes the best course of action is to leave the bathroom from the emergency exit and try to find a security guard to help.

The door opens with a loud creak. “It must not have been used for a few years. I bet every emergency exit is like this.” Larry thought. He could easily grease the door to make it not so loud later if he had the right tools.

As Larry exits the bathroom, he looks around the passageway. Not a single soul in sight. This is pretty odd since people start waking up at this time and they tend to start leaving their room. There was a bigger thing on Larry’s mind, however.

He can see that the door to his room is open, but not only that, there are bloody handprints all over it. “Someone might be injured and trying to get help.”

As Larry approaches his room, his gut feeling tells him that there is danger in that room. It was like in the bathroom. Something in his mind is telling him that there is immense danger by going into his room. Larry has no idea why this is, but he is frozen in place. He is terrified for no discernible reason.

Larry has always relied on his gut instincts since it has gotten him out of some bad situations in the past, so he does so again here. Instead of going in the room, he decides to stick to his initial plan and find a security guard.

Now would be a good time to explain the layout of the ship.

1. There is the main deck. This is primarily to enter and exit the ship. But there is also a swimming pool here, lounging chairs, and a stage for live performances. Economy guests can also go here.

2. Above the main deck are 4 floors of luxury cabins. Floor 1 is the first one above the main deck. Floor 2 is the one above that, etc. There are also medical facilities on each floor.

3. Above these is the recreational deck. This is primarily used for entertainment and fun. There are all sorts of restaurants, a general dining hall, movie theaters, and much more! Only luxury guests can be on this floor.

4. Above these are various structures used to lead and navigate the ship. The primary ones of note are the Captain’s Quarters and the control room.

5. Below the main deck are 6 residential floors. The first 3 floors below the main deck house guests who bought economy tickets, and there are also medical facilities here as well.

6. The next 3 floors are meant for staff housing and emergency accommodations. There are also medical facilities here.

7. There is one final floor below this that is meant to operate certain aspects of the ship.

There are security stations found on the main deck and the recreational deck. Plus, they tend to roam the halls in all the floors. Larry is located in Floor 2 of the luxury cabins.

(1/2)
>>
Where should Larry go?
>Find security on the recreational deck
>Find security on the main deck
>Look for a security on the current floor
>Change plans and instead go to a medical facility
>Wisdom Check

There is another mechanic of the Wisdom check that needs explaining. If this option is chosen, I will flag any choice that leads to a bad end or death. You will see “Wisdom Check. Bad Choice” for these.

However, Larry isn’t psychic, so he can’t know everything. Occasionally, Larry will mark a choice as “Likely bad”. This means that it MAY be a bad choice, or it MAY be a perfectly reasonable choice. If a choice is marked as “Likely bad” you will need to come to your own conclusions and read Larry’s thoughts closely to determine if it is ultimately bad or not.

Larry’s secret item/event will be behind a “Likely bad” choice. This is to make everybody really think and perhaps even discuss among themselves what the best course of action with a “Likely bad” choice.

However, this specific choice does not house the secret item/event. But any choice after this can have it. Finally, remember, you only get 7 Wisdom Checks (assuming you don’t unlock more, but this is rare).

I will leave the voting open until 10PM PST (about 4 hours from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4550945
>Find security on the recreational deck
The exclusive places are usually the safest
>>
>>4550945

>Write-in: Use Larry’s cellphone to call cruise security for help.

No reason why we wouldn't do this at this point, since no danger is in sight. I assume this is such a reasonable write-in that QM should also have no problem allowing it. This way we have no need to use a Wisdom Check here, since the information we currently have is near-useless for helping us make the right choice.
>>
>>4550957
You guys had voted earlier when this was a choice and did not pick it. I assumed you wouldn't go for it again. I suppose this is okay since you guys did the same with Jack calling Austin. However, I am only allowing this because it is something that I feel like I may have overlooked and is a reasonable choice.
>>
>>4550957
+1
>>
No more voting!

>>4550957
>>4551150
2 for "Use Larry’s cellphone to call cruise security for help."

>>4550955
1 for "Find security on the recreational deck"

Writing now!
>>
File: The Zombie Larry Sees.jpg (413 KB, 2400x1350)
413 KB
413 KB JPG
Larry decides to instead call for security. He pulls out his cell phone.

“Loving Cruiseline Industry Security, how can we help you?”

“Hello, my name is Larry. I am on Cruise #3128 and my room number is 618. I am a few feet from my room, but it seems like someone entered without my permission. They seem to be bleeding because there is blood all over the door. Can you send some people?”

“Sir, we’ve been getting a lot of calls from your cruise. We’ve been trying to get in contact with one of the stations on-board, but nobody is answering. I would suggest calling the police and then finding a safe location. I’ve got a lot of other callers on the line, so I’m going to hang-up now. Stay safe!” click

“What a bizarre phone call”, Larry thought. But he took her advice and called the police. There are no police on-board, but it couldn’t hurt to let them know.

They gave him similar advice but added that they would be trying to send out rescue boats for people soon.

“Rescue boats? Is there really something big happening here? Well, I shouldn’t just stand here, I need to do something,” Larry thought.

As Larry was formulating a plan of what to do next, the person who was in Larry’s room must have heard him talking on the phone and is shambling out of the room.

The door opens outwards, so the exiting zombie has no way of seeing Larry yet. It couldn’t pinpoint where the voice is coming from, so it goes the other way.

Larry doesn’t get to see it and can tell that he wants nothing to do with that “person”. He quietly turns around to get out of this passageway.

However, someone, or something, was right in front of him. Larry must have been so preoccupied with the call and the “man” leaving his room that he didn’t hear this thing sneaking up on him. It is getting closer, within arm’s reach.

Larry does not yet know what this is, but he knows that it wants to do him harm. Larry has no guns or weapons on him, and the bathroom’s emergency exit is always locked from the inside. Even with that thing gone, Larry still hears something in his room.

What should Larry do?
>Run back to his room and get into the bathroom. If he can make it, he will be trapped, but at least he is safe. But there is no way of knowing what is currently in his room or where it is.
>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough.
>Try to get around the thing that came out from his room. It’s back is currently turned, and it may not notice until Larry slips past. But that is not a guarantee.
>Wisdom Check

I will be back tomorrow at 12PM PST (about 13 hours and 15 minutes from now).
>>
>>4551333

Aw shit, I really do not want to burn a Wisdom check here.

The guy in front of us is probably another zombie, based on its movement patterns. While the exiting zombie already knows its prey in the room is dead and has nothing edible left on it, the zombie approaching now does not yet realize this, and will approach the scent of rotting flesh over the living, harder-to-catch Larry.

Therefore, we should:

>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough.
>>
>>4551333
>>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough.
>>
>>4551340
> the exiting zombie already knows its prey in the room is dead and has nothing edible left on it
There's been a couple of minutes at most, no way a zombie can eat a whole human in this timeframe.
>scent of rotting flesh
Recently killed humans do not emit such.

That being said, I have no idea what to vote for.

>>4551333
Is the zombie in front of us blocking our way down the hallway?
>>
>>4551333
>Wisdom Check
Larry's probably doomed anyways
>>
>>4551456
>Is the zombie in front of us blocking our way down the hallway?
Larry is currently facing forward. There is a zombie in front of him, within arms reach. Behind him, there is the zombie that left his room, but is going the other way. Finally, there is whatever is making sounds in his room. The second choice refers to the zombie in front of Larry and the third choice relates to the zombie behind Larry. If you choose the second choice, the assumption is that Larry is going to try to get around this zombie in front of him. Does that clarify things?
>>
>>4551333
>Wisdom check.
There's no point trying to save them if we die as a result.
>>
>>4551333
>Try to get around the thing that came out from his room. It’s back is currently turned, and it may not notice until Larry slips past. But that is not a guarantee.
Yeah, Larry is probably fucked
>>
>>4551333
>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough
Fuck it
>>
>>4551333
>Wisdom Check
>>
>>4551340
No.
>>4551430
No.
>>4551525
No.
>>4551539
No.

>>4551461
>>4551492
>>4551553
Wisdom checked. All of them are bad options.

Trying to get around that zombie in front of Larry doesn't seem to be bad idea, it is bad idea. I doubt that zombie would let slip an perfect opportunity like this by.
Trying to get around that other zombie that didn't notice us isn't much better idea either.
I'm really scared that they might do rare sprint or jump and when they get grip of him it's practically over, unless someone comes and saves him. I wouldn't count on that though.

Out of options and in despair, anon gave me a cunning idea.
>>4551430
Whatever is back in the room didn't lock that zombie's attention for long. As anon suggested, it probably isn't food. Being it another zombie without food is unlikely. And everything except zombies without food is not grave threat for us. If it is indeed a zombie with food we might sneak past it quite easily. But I doubt that other zombie would leave his mate to satisfy it's hunger, without even trying to steal his prize.
So whatever is inside is probably better than either of zombies outside.

This wall of text being written, here's my plan.

While running back to room is likely bad idea, I think it's best so far. If we can get into bathroom, that one or in worse case two zombies, will follow Larry into his room. But! He'll hide in bathroom and when they try to breach that indoor door he might escape through emergency door once again.
Being sneaky is Larry's only way to survive this carnage.

QM, can I make Larry do quick scent and sound checks?
>>
>>4551604
>Out of options and in despair, anon gave me a cunning idea.
Oops... this one >>4551456
>>
>>4551604
There is 100% a dead or dying human being in our room, since Larry saw the bloody handprint on the door himself. The zombie may have not wanted to eat the rest of them for whatever reason.

>>4551456

Then in that case there's still meat and blood to emit scents the zombie can track and follow. If you can remember from Jack's story, the zombies could smell a buck that Jack had practically just killed a few minutes ago, which is why Austin was attacked.

The zombie in front is explicitly not blocking out way, as QM said the hallways were wide enough to get past it.
>>
>>4551632
>>4551633
If...
I want to be completely sure that there is something edible that drawns zombie in front of us. If not, we're in big trouble. Because that other zombie is leaving, there might not be anything worth consuming. Agree with other anon that it's improbable that he just ate whole human, got his stomach full and is leaving for whatever zombies do on cruise ships.

>>4551636
Are you ready to risk life of Larry to test wheter that zombie is going to pursue that scent? It also possible he'll jump on us regadless what direction we'll take since he's very close.
>>
>>4551638

I don't really see a better choice, based on what we know. Wouldn't going to our room just be a dead end?
>>
>>4551639
Best thing to do would be getting past this zombie.
But I doubt he'd let us. Yet, it is still possible that he would. If this was true, then we would get another clue about behaviour of zombies. That you can walk past them when they're focused on scent of dead meat. But, I am really reluctant to try this theory on Larry.
Other option that I suggested was to run back to cabin, enter bathroom, wait till zombies pass, or enter that cabin to feast on that dead human. And then we would exit by emergency door in bathroom. As with other option, I am not sure wheter that zombie will jump on us second we turn back on them.
I think that using wisdom checks is pretty useless as it's pretty obvious that this is bad situation and options aren't much better either.
>>
>>4543708

>>4551641
We already got this exact clue in Jack's quest. See above.
>>
>>4551641

Then again, zombies also never feel full and would fight to the death with another zombie over food. It's possible that the one leaving now is injured from fighting with a third zombie in his room, so it may not pursue us if we move past it. Fuck, really not sure how to handle this one.

>>4551333
QM, can we at least see if we notice any differences between the zombie in front of and behind us? Knowing a bit about the sound could also help.
>>
>>4551644
I see.
But that was a different situation, since food was in near proximity. While now food and zombie are separated by Larry.

>>4551647
>Would fight to the death with another zombie over food.
Why would he retreat then? This is really confusing indeed.

And since we are within arms reach from that zombie... wait.

>>4547975
>He also had his hands outstretched.
QM does this zombie outstretched his arms on us? Because some other did same thing with Sarah, this way we could figure out wheter he's attacking us or not.
>>
>>4551650

He would retreat because he either lost the fight and is injured, or because the thing in his room was bloody so he could smell it, but there wasn't much actual food there to catch his attention. It could be the cabin phone or the radio or something.

He could also retreat because he won the fight, and the thing in our room is the loser of that fight, which was mauled to near-death by the zombie behind us.

>>4551333
QM, if nothing else, could we at least know about the layout of our own cabin? That seems like something we should 100% know without help.
>>
>>4551654
Where did that blood came from, if there's no food in near proximity?
Also, didn't we actually lock bathroom from inside?

>It could be the cabin phone or the radio or something.
>QM, can we make Larry do quick scent and sound checks?

>Would fight to the death with another zombie over food.
In QM's posts, there's nothing that implicitly tell us they are fighting to death over food. Albeit, I got similar impression.

>>4551654
Our cabin has only two exits, right? The main one and emergency one.
If that human got in, he's probably still there, or at least what remained of him.

Also, I wonder wheter zombies would eat other zombies when in need.
>>
>>4551656

Theoretically, zombies should eat each other when no other food sources are present, since they are still biologically human and need to eat meat to survive. However, zombies are stronger than other food sources and thus harder to catch, so they will target living humans and animals before going after each other.

I do think it's more likely that there is a human or zombie and not a radio in the cabin, but the possibility is there. However, if this is the case, I'm still not sure why the zombie would leave the room. None of the explanations I have put forward so far satisfy me. Zombies should never feel full, so they would normally eat until nothing is left.
>>
>>4551656
>>4551654
The bloody handprint could've been made by the zombie itself. It wouldn't be unusual for it to have bloody hands.
>>
>>4551656
>Also, didn't we actually lock bathroom from inside?
Shit, you're right. Running into the cabin is a dead end.

Now, do we only have one bad option in this choice?
>>
>>4551658
>Zombies should never feel full, so they would normally eat until nothing is left.
Agree, and would like to point out that it's possible to learn more about it. (Implying we can take a peek into that room.)

>>4551661
Good point. Albeit, how it would get into our room by self?

But guys, I want to hear from you what do you think about this.
>QM does this zombie outstretched his arms on us? Because some other did same thing with Sarah, this way we could figure out wheter he's attacking us or not.
>>
>>4551664
About that bathroom door. It's possible that it might be un/lockable from both sides since... it's only a bathroom after all. Ehm... ehm... QM?
>>
>>4551665
>how it would get into our room by self?
Larry doesn't lock the door, it was mentioned. And these zombies are smart enough to open doors.

>this way we could figure out wheter he's attacking us or not.
I don't think a zombie would NOT be attacking us.
>>
>>4551668
Even if it has an emergency unlock, it's probably something finicky and hard to do in a hurry.
>>
>>4551669

We don't know if it has prepared to strike us yet, though. It could just be moving past us towards the thing in our room. He brings up a valid point, if his arms are outstretched towards us it could be a sign that we're its primary target.
>>
>>4551669
>And these zombies are smart enough to open doors.
I'll believe you only after I see one do such thing.
And why would that zombie even go to our cabin then? No stench should be smelled from Larry since he was in bathroom.

>>4551670
It's likely. Nonetheless, QM?

>>4551671
Yes.

It may be possible to get past him. I already stated my concerns. Also, I wonder why is that other zombie leaving. But I guess we might never learn that, or not yet. Since our priority is Larry's life.
>>
>>4551604
>QM, can I make Larry do quick scent and sound checks?
Unfortunately, no. The only way something like this can come up is if you use a wisdom check. Larry's quest is not easy and is not even meant to be super fair. That is why this mechanic exists. However, the speculation everybody has been doing is really nice. I like this kind of interaction.
>>4551647
>can we at least see if we notice any differences between the zombie in front of and behind us
Their are no real physical deformities on the one in front of us. As for the one behind us, Larry cannot see it all to well. Remember, the door opens outwards. This is why that zombie has not seen Larry yet, but it also means Larry can't see much of it.
>>4551650
>QM does this zombie outstretched his arms on us
No. But it could at any time.
>>4551654
>could we at least know about the layout of our own cabin
I'm not sure I agree that this information should be given without a wisdom check. Convince me and I might.
>>4551668
>Ehm... ehm... QM
The normal bathroom door needs to be locked manually and the only way to unlock it is from inside or with a key. The emergency lock automatically locks after a few seconds and is only unlockable from the inside.
>>
>>4551746

Larry has lived in that cabin for a few days. By now he should be familiar with the cabin's basic amenities, furniture, etc. Obviously he may not be able to know exactly what has changed since he returned from breakfast and the zombie entered the cabin, but he can at least recall what it looked like when he woke up this morning, what was there, etc.
>>
>>4551746
>It is getting closer, within arm’s reach.
>No. But it could at any time.
Do we believe him guys?

I vote for that we don't, so let's hope for the best.

>Bathroom door something he always locks
>Bathroom’s emergency exit is always locked from the inside.
>The normal bathroom door needs to be locked manually and the only way to unlock it is from inside or with a key.
>>Run back to his room and get into the bathroom. If he can make it, he will be trapped, but at least he is safe. But there is no way of knowing what is currently in his room or where it is.
No way to get into bathroom. Bad option. Dead end. Game over.

So, it's either zombie we're facing or the other one. Since that other one didn't notice us I'd like to keep it that way.
Only thing to do is to go all in.
>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough.
>>
File: Larry's Cabin.jpg (23 KB, 474x219)
23 KB
23 KB JPG
>>4551768
Alright, I'll go ahead and let you know. See the attached image. It's exactly like this image, except the emergency exit from the bathroom is also included. It leads to the same passageway as the normal exit.
>>4551770
>No way to get into bathroom
I should clarify that Larry does have a key to the bathroom, but yes, it will take a bit to unlock and get in.
>>
>>4551770
Actually. What are pros and cons choosing either of them?
I agree that zombie we're facing might be going straight into our room, while the other might be looking for something to eat. It would be obvious whom to choose to pass by.
And turning our back to this isn't good option either.
>>
>>4551777

So no radio to speak of, and there's no reason why the stove or bath would be turned on at this point. Clearly whatever is in there right now making noise is a living thing, either human or zombie.

>>4551780

I think trying to pass the thing in front of us is the choice that gives us the best chance of survival. The zombie in front of could kill us when we turn our back, or when we go into our room and fiddle with the key, and the zombie behind us could also just turn its back and kill us while trying to pass it. Whatever is in there is probably barely edible, so it won't attract the attention of the zombie in front of us for long, if at all. No matter how I look at it, the best option is to keep moving forward.
>>
Wisdom Check! No point in saving them if we die here and now.
>>
>>4551799
Wisdom check is useless here since all of these choices logically suck. All of them will be marked "likely bad." It is literally a waste of a check.
>>
>>4551799
Anon, it's okay to be scared.
But we'll make it just fine.
See this >>4551801, probably already did, but do it again.

>But we'll make it just fine.
If not. Then we'll know that zombies doesn't have tunnel-vision and are open-minded to all types of food along the way.
>>
>>4551802

Actually, we already got the aforementioned clue from Jack's quest saying that Zombies are laser-focused on food and will prefer dead, easy to catch food sources over living, harder to catch ones. The only thing that makes this situation different is that the zombie is not yet able to see the food sources, but we know they can smell them. The only thing making this hard is that the same hint could also suggest that it's better to follow the zombie behind, since it may be injured from fighting another zombie. However, Murphy's Law tells me there's less that can go wrong when we go straight forward than when we go to our room or go past the one behind us. So I think my faith is best put in the choice with the least needed to go right to succeed.
>>
>>4551812
>However, Murphy's Law tells me there's less that can go wrong when we go straight forward than when we go to our room or go past the one behind us. So I think my faith is best put in the choice with the least needed to go right to succeed.
Agree.

>Actually, we already got the aforementioned clue from Jack's quest saying that Zombies are laser-focused on food and will prefer dead, easy to catch food sources over living, harder to catch ones. The only thing that makes this situation different is that the zombie is not yet able to see the food sources, but we know they can smell them.
I think this is very different situation, since with Jack's they already had food, so why to bother. But this time we cannot apply same principle, since zombie has yet to get food. It's all up to him, he'll probably do easier thing and he has to decide what that is. We just have to hope he doesn't think that Larry will be easier prey.
About smell. Since zombies are basically humans. They should have smell no better that regular humans do. So, if we could just extract from QM what does Larry smell, it would greatly help is to decide.

>Since it may be injured from fighting another zombie.
That should be a noisy business, I mean fighting. I'm not going to bargain with QM over wisdom check point over that wheter Larry heard such sounds.
We need to check on this later. How zombies behave, to each other, how they fight, wheter they fight to death (since they're still some kind of animal, I think they preserved their self preservation instincs), etc. This could and will prove critical to how we should apporach them, and then ultimately to survival.
>>
>>4551837
This isn't true, zombies are known to have some superhuman abilities, and since they were able to smell a recently shot buck in the forest during Jack's quest, they should be able to smell a dead thing a few feet away.

I have to agree that fighting probably didn't happen, making the choice to go the other way even worse.
>>
One more hour of voting! Get your votes in while you still can!

>>4551842
>since they were able to smell a recently shot buck in the forest during Jack's quest
I want to clear up something here. Remember, they were attracted to the area the deer was because of Jack's gunshot. Zombies do use their sense of smell extensively, but that case was because of a loud gunshot.
>>
>>4541974
>>4546640
>>4544153

This is my case for the strong sense of sell. Maybe one of the "zombies" in Kyle's quest was Kevin, but Jack's suggestion to not even cook things with a strong smell cements it for me.
>>
>>4551842
>This isn't true, zombies are known to have some superhuman abilities, and since they were able to smell a recently shot buck in the forest during Jack's quest, they should be able to smell a dead thing a few feet away.
QM already said that they could heal severe injures in mere days and even could regrow lost limbs. But smell...

>>4551845
Good point. Thanks QM!

As with smell...
>>4551848
I don't mean that they cannot smell or smell poorly.

>Humans have about 10 cm2 (1.6 sq in) of olfactory epithelium, whereas some dogs have 170 cm2 (26 sq in). [wiki]
That is area with you catch odorant molecules, read how well you smell. My point is, zombies are still former humans, they couldn't magically enlarge and enhance their ability to smell.
>>
>>4551850

They could have stronger breath strength, allowing them to smell molecules from farther away. I think that if something was dead in there we'd also be able to smell it, especially the blood on the door. Still think our best bet is to bank on the sense of smell somehow working out for us.
>>
There were quite a lot of replies, so please let me know if I accidentally missed your vote.

>>4551340
>>4551430
>>4551539
>>4551770
4 votes for "Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough."

>>4551525
1 vote for "Try to get around the thing that came out from his room. It’s back is currently turned, and it may not notice until Larry slips past. But that is not a guarantee."

>>4551461
>>4551492
>>4551553
>>4551799
4 votes for "Wisdom Check"

Since we have hit a tie, I will allow for 2 more hours of voting. However, after that, if there is still a tie, the normal tie-breaking rules apply.
>>
>>4551888

Guys, I basically already got at least half the wisdom check done. We really shouldn't use it here, since we won't get much additional info and all of the choices will be logically marked as "likely bad." It's practically a waste of a check at this point.
>>
>>4551888
What treason is this? Weren't you supposed to break this tie using your super complicated method of first-come-first-serve?

>>4551900
No more words. Albeit, I think they might not read this in time, as they aren't lurking here all the time, unlike others.
>>
>>4551904
Each time there has been a tie, I have always allowed a bit of extra time to see if it would be resolved without any measures from me. Then, if there is still a tie, whatever option was higher up on the list gets picked. Currently, in a tie-breaker, "Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough." would be picked since it is higher up on the list than "Wisdom Check". I like to see if it gets resolved without me needing to resort to this if possible.
>>
>>4551911
Okay, roger that.
Sorry for implying you're traitor. :P
Won't last two more hours :/, let's hope it'll go well. Night!
>>
File: big_brain.gif (789 KB, 500x278)
789 KB
789 KB GIF
>>4551888
>Wisdom Check
>>
No more votes! We have broken the tie.

>>4551938
Now there are 5 votes for "Wisdom Check"

Will write out the new choices with explanations from Larry now!
>>
>Run back to his room and get into the bathroom. If he can make it, he will be trapped, but at least he is safe. But there is no way of knowing what is currently in his room or where it is. (Wisdom Check. Bad Choice.)

Larry’s Thoughts: I have no idea what is in my room. There could be another one of these things in there. And since I never unlocked the bathroom door, it could take me a bit too long to fumble with my keys and get the door unlocked.

>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough. (Wisdom Check, Likely Bad)

Larry’s Thoughts: He is right in front of me. I’m not as nimble as I used to be, so getting around him would probably be difficult. But it doesn’t seem to have its hands outstretched to get me yet, so I may just barely get around him. It would be tricky.

>Try to get around the thing that came out from his room. It’s back is currently turned, and it may not notice until Larry slips past. But that is not a guarantee. (Wisdom Check, Likely Bad)

Larry’s Thoughts: If I turn around, there is no telling what this thing will do. But I think I have a better chance to get around the one with its back turned. However, if it catches me, I’ll have two of these things to deal with.

Remaining Wisdom Checks: 6 (-1)

The voting on this is completely reset with each option having zero votes. I will leave the voting window open until 6PM PST (about 3 hours and 45 minutes from now).
>>
>>4552080
>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough. (Wisdom Check, Likely Bad)
>>
>>4552080
I told you all, and you didn't listen. Way to burn a wisdom check guys...

>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough. (Wisdom Check, Likely Bad)
>>
>>4552080
>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough. (Wisdom Check, Likely Bad)
>>
>>4552080

QM, the choice here is fairly obvious, and progress on this story has been pretty slow between all the bad choices and draws slowing things down. If the current choice leads by a large amount of votes, say 5-0 or 6-1, can we just end the voting early so we can proceed with the story?
>>
>>4552097
The time limit is there because I have personal matters, and I strategically pick times that I will be free. But look, if it is too slow, I suppose I could make the voting window until 3:30PM PST, which is less than an hour from now. I will be free at that time.
>>
>>4552080
Anon was right(

>Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough.
Better not to turn our back to it, I think.
>>
No more votes! Sorry guys, I'm ending this one early!

All votes were for "Try to get around this thing. The passageways are spacious to make this possible. But with the zombie so close, this will be tough."

Writing now!
>>
While every possibility for Larry seemed to not be the best, he decided to take a big risk and deal with the threat right in front of him.

Larry, in a burst of energy, tries to fake out the monster by pretending to go to its left, but then quickly change directions to go to its right. While it does seem a bit surprised by this maneuver, its attempt to get Larry, even to him, seemed to be half-assed.

Larry is able to easily get around it, and while the zombie did attempt to grab him once, it completely gave up and continued forward.

“What the hell? I thought it was trying to get me.” Larry thought.

However, as many people correctly predicted, this zombie was in fact trying to go elsewhere.

When Larry was in the bathroom, a different man had been running from pursuers from down below. After getting to Larry’s floor, he noticed that there were more of those creatures on the stairs above. Nowhere else to go, he started running down the passageway. Luckily, most of the zombies did not notice that he went this way, but a couple did. The rest of them either kept ascending the stairs or descended the stairs after not being able to find him.

While running down the passageway, a third zombie emerged from the stairs in front of him, on the opposite side of the passageway. This man was trapped with two zombies chasing from behind and one in front. With few options left, he tried getting into any room he could.

Since Larry always kept his door unlocked, he entered after trying a few other doors. However, the man was not fast enough in locking the door and two zombies started pulling on the other side. Zombies are smart enough to know how doors work, as evidenced back in Jack’s story. The zombies’ bloody handprints marked the door. Eventually, he couldn’t hold them off anymore and they came in.

These were the initial sounds Larry had heard. The man was brutally savaged by these undead monsters; however, they had bitten into his neck, so his screaming was minimal and drowned out by the flushing of Larry’s toilet.

The two zombies in the room already began to fight now that their pray is dead. These were some of the other sounds he had heard. One of the zombies was clearly stronger than the other in this scuffle, but normally, this was not enough for any zombie to give up. However, with the abundance of sounds that Larry made like flushing the toilet, opening the creaky door, and talking on the phone, the weaker zombie decided to give up and instead start hunting this new potential pray. The weaker zombie had no real winning chance in that fight anyway.

However, it could not determine where the sound came from, so it tried the opposite way, away from Larry. The victorious zombie began eating its pray, which was the sound coming from Larry’s room after one zombie left the room.

Finally, one of the initially pursuing zombies was slower than the others and only caught up as Larry exited the bathroom.

(1/2)
>>
The zombie would try to get Larry, but it deemed that its initial target was easier.

A zombie can instinctively discern the sound of another one of its kind eating a dead animal/human. Zombies fighting each other for food is a very, very common practice and is ingrained in their minds. This is normal for them. They would normally prefer to fight other zombies instead of hunting a live animal/human. These facts are extremely important.

Remember, that one zombie who gave up the fight only did so because it was losing the fight and the prey was close by. That is one of the only circumstances that a zombie will give up a fight.

Larry quickly escapes, takes a moment to catch his breath since there are no more of those things in the passageway in front of him. It had been years since he did any real exercise, so he was pretty winded. After recovering, he needed to get out of there.

There are only a few places for Larry to go: the medical facility close by, or he could try going up the stairs or down the stairs. Going down the passageway and trying the stairs opposite is not something he wants to try since there is still that one zombie heading that way.

Larry scouts the medical facilities first. It seems like a ghost town in there, but he can see some shadows in the distance. He gets a bad feeling from it, so he stays away.

He then checks the stairs. The stairs are unassuming normally with just your average steps and handrails on both sides. Each floor has a landing halfway up and a fire extinguisher behind a little door.

There seems to be sounds coming from above and below. However, Larry also hears some people talking. But with the crappy acoustics of these stairs, he cannot be sure if they are coming from above or below. He decides to try climbing up instead of down just because he wanted to get away from the passageway, and he needed to pick one of them.

Larry slowly, but surely, climbs the stairs, but stops on the landing halfway up. There appears to be a zombie walking up the stairs.

What should Larry do?
>Head back down the stairs and check the stairs that descend. There coast may be clear or it may not be.
>Stick behind the zombie and try to match its footsteps so it doesn’t notice. But once it gets to the landing, there is no telling what is up there.
>Quietly open the little door, grab the fire extinguisher, and hit the zombie in the head with it. This could lead to it falling off the ledge to the left and cripple it. However, this could be loud.
>Wisdom Check

I will keep this voting open until 6PM PST, a little less than 2 hours from now.

(2/2)
>>
>>4552219

Write-In: Quietly open the little door, grab the fire extinguisher, and then stick behind the zombie and try to match its footsteps so it doesn't notice. If the zombie notices, hit it in the head with the fire extinguisher.
>>
Crap, I almost forgot. You have also unlocked the ability to switch characters. The next character is Stacy. So you can choose the option below if you wanted.

>Switch characters
>>
>>4552219

To be honest, with how difficult this quest looks, I'd advocate allowing Write-Ins early for Larry, because death could come at any moment anyways and it seems like either creativity or a lot of knowledge is our only way to resist death or Bad Ends. Of course, this is entirely at your discretion, QM. I trust you to make this quest great.
>>
>>4552225
I'm going to veto this write-in. Please pick one of the available options instead. If Larry does it this way, the zombie will be too far up the stairs for a hit to knock it off the stairs.
>>4552233
I appreciate the enthusiasm for the write-ins, but this story has just barely begun. I do not want them to happen this early on for Larry. There is a specific point I have in mind for Larry's story for write-ins. Trust me, in Larry's story, there will be plenty of opportunities to write-in. Please utilize the Wisdom Checks if a choice is difficult to make. Most choices will not have all of them flagged like the last one.
>>
>>4552219
>Quietly open the little door, grab the fire extinguisher, and hit the zombie in the head with it. This could lead to it falling off the ledge to the left and cripple it. However, this could be loud.
>>
>>4552219
>>4552236

Aww, alright.

Then in that case...


>Stick behind the zombie and try to match its footsteps so it doesn’t notice. But once it gets to the landing, there is no telling what is up there.

We know this is going to the recreational deck, which is near the Captain's Quarters and bridge. This is probably the place where the Captain, his officers, and maybe a few luxury passengers are holing up, with the rest of the crew escorting passengers to the Main Deck to prepare for an emergency disembarkation with the police. Personally I want to stay as far away from the police as possible, that whole situation still seems super sketchy. If we whack the zombie, and there are other zombies up there, odds are good that we're screwed. But if I'm right, and there are just people up there waiting for us, they can take care of the zombie for us if things go wrong. Overall this is the best choice, worst case scenario we get some light injuries.
>>
>>4552219
>Stick behind the zombie and try to match its footsteps so it doesn’t notice. But once it gets to the landing, there is no telling what is up there.
>>
No more votes!

>>4552250
1 vote for "Quietly open the little door, grab the fire extinguisher, and hit the zombie in the head with it. This could lead to it falling off the ledge to the left and cripple it. However, this could be loud."

>>4552251
>>4552276
2 votes for "Stick behind the zombie and try to match its footsteps so it doesn’t notice. But once it gets to the landing, there is no telling what is up there."

Writing is done! Posting right after this!
>>
File: Larry's hiding spot.jpg (74 KB, 727x802)
74 KB
74 KB JPG
It would probably be a good idea to not make too much noise, and Larry would bet that going down the stairs could be a bad idea. So, he resolves himself to ascend the stairs in-step with the zombie, carefully making sure to not make much noise.

Luckily, the sounds from elsewhere can drown out minor noises, but if Larry makes too much noise, the zombie will hear.

Step .... Step ........ Step

The zombie is walking at an agonizingly slow pace. It seems to have difficulty on stairs. Larry can get used to how this zombie walks while keep a good distance away.

The zombie is getting close to the landing, but Larry still can’t see anything yet.

Step .... Step ........ Step

The zombie has finally made it to the landing and is seemingly trying to figure out where the voices are coming from. Its still hard to tell, so it picks a direction and starts walking.

Unfortunately, it decides to keep climbing the stairs. This means if Larry stays on the stairs where he is, it will see him if he doesn’t act quickly. It would take too long for Larry to descend the stairs now, plus it would be loud.

Luckily, there is a pretty unusual way to hide on stairs like these. When attempting to face the next set of stairs to climb up, there is a small blind spot that it wouldn’t be able to see, and thus, Larry could hide their briefly. (See the circled part of pic related to get an understanding of where this is and how small of an angle it is).

Larry quickly hugs the railing and squats down, out of sight of the zombie. The zombie is slowly, but surely climbing the stairs. However, Larry is not capable of hiding in a position like this for long without getting muscle cramps. This is a sticky situation. He needs to hold out for a while longer, he may accidentally make a sound because of the pain or his body might give out entirely.

Please roll a 1d6, and if you guys can make two sequential rolls of the same number, Larry will be able to stay quiet and hold his hiding spot. You can roll up to five times per poster, but there needs to be two of the same numbers in a row, like a 2 and then a 2 or a 3 and then a 3 to be successful.

I will leave the dice rolling open until 10PM PST (about 4 hours from now) or when you guys can get a proper roll, whichever comes first.
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4552316
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4552316

Let's see if we can pull this off!
>>
>>4552319
>>4552320
Are you kidding? The very first try? Well, shit. Writing now!
>>
>>4552316
>>4552319

We did it! Holy crap anon, we must be on a serious luck high right now.
>>
File: Captain's Announcement.jpg (48 KB, 1300x866)
48 KB
48 KB JPG
Larry resolves himself. “I can’t give out now. I need to hold on.”

Even with this newfound strength, the zombie is taking way too long on these stairs. You would think it could handle something this simple. However, it seems to not be able to.

Finally, the zombie makes it to the next landing and continues further to where it thinks the voices are. Larry finally can get out of the crouching position and sit on one of the stairs.

Larry is out of breath and is taking his time recovering. That zombie must be fully gone by now. After a few minutes of relaxing, he stands back up. He slowly creeps up the rest of the stairs. To his luck, there is not a soul in sight on the landing.

Larry has been in sticky situations this whole time, so this is his first time he can really stop to plan out his next steps. It must have been less than thirty minutes overall, but it felt like an eternity. But before he could even ponder what to do next, a voice comes over the speaker system.

“This is the Captain speaking, and I have an urgent message to everybody. If there are any survivors, please make your way to the main deck. We have set-up a large barricade on the concert stage. It is safe there. I repeat, any survivors please make your way to the main deck.”

“Well, this is great. I spent all of this time going the opposite way, but now I have to go back? Today is just not my day.”

As Larry starts descending the stairs, another announcement starts blasting throughout the ship.

“This is the Captain again. The ship has sustained some kind of heavy damage to the engine and our main power generator has stalled. We are currently using the backup generator. However, we have sustained some causalities from our most important crew. If anybody has any knowledge of ship engines or power generators, please report to the Captain’s Quarters immediately.”

What should Larry do?
>Head to the main deck and find the barricade.
>Head to the Captain’s Quarters
>Switch Characters

This is the first pivotal moment of Larry’s story. The choice you make here will decide on the route Larry will take. One choice will lock you out of the Happy and Okay endings and one choice will lock you out of the True ending.

Larry can ONLY meet the other characters and affect other stories if he goes for the true ending. This is an important mechanic, don’t throw it away lightly. On the flip side, there is a second mechanic of Larry’s story that will only come into play if he goes for the Happy/Okay endings. Something unique to his story and will affect the style of play more than the Wisdom Checks.

This is the most important choice for his story, so I want to give a proper amount of time for it. Think about it and discuss with others.

I will leave the voting window open until 12PM PST (a bit over 17 hours from now).
>>
>>4552357
>Head to the main deck and find the barricade.
This is the one for the true ending isn't it?
>>
>>4552361
Correct. What you picked is for the true ending and the other option is for the Happy/Okay endings. I tried to make this a fairly obvious choice because I wanted the decision to be made based more on which kind of route you guys want to go on versus debating which does which.
>>
>>4552357

>Switch characters

This seems like too tough of a choice to make right now. I want to get a closer look at Stacy before we decide.
>>
>>4552319
>>4552320
Well played guys.

>>4551938
*face slap*

>>4552080
Thank you for summarizing stuff we already discussed.

>>4552383
>Switch characters
If you'd like you, sure why not.
But I thought we already determined what ending to pursue. I won't point out that Larry's closer to Captain's Quarters. But it'll be definitely more interesting to help repair ship than getting in with the rest of passengers.
>On the flip side, there is a second mechanic of Larry’s story that will only come into play if he goes for the Happy/Okay endings. Something unique to his story and will affect the style of play more than the Wisdom Checks.
Are you not curious?
>Larry can ONLY meet the other characters and affect other stories if he goes for the true ending.
Also, I think there's no need for this.
>>
>>4552555
>Thank you for summarizing stuff we already discussed.
I had pre-written these when I made the choices. There wasn't much more for me to add without completely spoiling each choice. If anything, you guys should be proud of yourselves for being able to deduce so much, even when I didn't give you that much to work with. However, more people voted for the Wisdom Check, so I needed to go for it.
>>
>>4552357
>Head to the main deck and find the barricade.
Larry's story is pretty detached from others so we can play him for a while longer without accidentally killing anyone.
>>
>>4552570
Heading to the main deck is choosing true ending and only with that we'll be able to directly influence other characters. But why would you want that over happy ending? You even get another mechanic!

>>4552567
You see, democracy doesn't work.
>If anything, you guys should be proud of yourselves for being able to deduce so much, even when I didn't give you that much to work with.
You're right.
>>
>Head to the Captain’s Quarters
Cruise ship life sounds more fun to be honest.
>>
>>4552357
>Head to the Captain’s Quarters
I feel it'd be more in-character for Larry. Also maybe I want to try to save the ship's crew.
>>
>>4552357
>Head to the main deck and find the barricade
>>
>>4552704
>>4552570
Explain me your reasoning.

You too. >>4552383
>This seems like too tough of a choice to make right now. I want to get a closer look at Stacy before we decide.
>>
>>4552715
Not an anon you checked but they probably want the true ending as well.
>>
>>4552719
Oh right, I didn't check you, but question applies to you as well.
>Explain me your reasoning.
Why do you want true ending?
>>
>>4552721
Easy enough, I want Larry to help other characters.
>>
>>4552737
Why should helping other characters be more important than helping captain and crew?
I mean, not like Larry can single-handedly save four other characters. Did you read that part when he climbed staircase? If we'll go this way, I suspect that other characters will end up saving Larry, not the other way around.

I bet that QM would be angry at you, for I think that he has prepared interesting story on this ship in his mind, with exciting new mechanic along the way.
>>
>>4552742
>I bet that QM would be angry at you
Lmao that's quite a reach
>>
>>4552743
You'd disagree with this statement?
>>
>>4552748
I think our QM knows his stuff well enough not to provide an option he wouldn't want us to choose.

>>4552737
>Larry can ONLY meet the other characters and affect other stories if he goes for the true ending
This can be read as "Larry can help other characters", but it's a very optimistic reading. There are many other ways of affecting other stories. Like inadvertedly fucking something up. Or being in need of help.
Also, don't you think sacrificing an old guy to use him as a tool is a bit dickish?
>>
>>4552762
>I think our QM knows his stuff well enough not to provide an option he wouldn't want us to choose.
You're right. I shouldn't speak for our QM, that is.

>This can be read as "Larry can help other characters", but it's a very optimistic reading. There are many other ways of affecting other stories. Like inadvertedly fucking something up. Or being in need of help.
Also, don't you think sacrificing an old guy to use him as a tool is a bit dickish?
Agree. I think that from Larry's point of view, there's nothing for him on land. Family? Possibly, but they got their own lives. I don't know what relationship he has with them, but he had his share of it I'd say. And when in emergent situation like this someone needs his skills, I'm talking about captain, I think it's great opportunity for Larry to feel, to be needed for last time before he passes away. Not like he got much time without zombie apocalypse anyway.
>>
>>4552357
>Head to the Captain’s Quarters
>>
>>4552771
+1
>>
>>4552715

QM's making it sound like we may really need Larry for the other stories. While he said it was possible to beat them without the help of other characters, it may be significantly difficult or even less than likely to achieve good endings with other characters without Larry's help.

On the other hand, Larry's quest is clearly difficult and unforgiving, seeming to require information from other quests to succeed without the help of Wisdom Checks. I suspect that without the new mechanic Larry will get on the Happy route, this already hard quest will only get harder.

Therefore, I'd like to switch and see if we can find a point in another story that we actually need Larry for. If we can't seem to find one, I'd rather choose the Happy route.
>>
>>4552851
>QM's making it sound like we may really need Larry for the other stories. While he said it was possible to beat them without the help of other characters, it may be significantly difficult or even less than likely to achieve good endings with other characters without Larry's help.
What made you think so?
>>
>>4552357
>Larry can ONLY meet the other characters and affect other stories if he goes for the true ending. This is an important mechanic, don’t throw it away lightly.
>>4552858
See above.
>>
>>4547453
>>4552858
Also see this
>>
>>4552869
>>4552872
I see. Good points, thanks.

>>4552851
You suspect that Larry's help may be critical? He is experienced mechanic and wise. He special, but not by great margin.
>Therefore, I'd like to switch and see if we can find a point in another story that we actually need Larry for. If we can't seem to find one, I'd rather choose the Happy route.
Agree, there's no need to rush Larry's story. I still doubt that Larry's part in other characters' story will determine wheter we fail or not.
But even if we find something that we could use Larry's help with, I agree with anon >>4552762. Well, except if it's something crucial to survival of whole town for example.
We'll need more than two votes to pick this choice though.

>On the other hand, Larry's quest is clearly difficult and unforgiving, seeming to require information from other quests to succeed without the help of Wisdom Checks.
Information we get about zombies and other stuff can be used by all characters to succeed, albeit as QM said, Larry's quest is supposed to be hardest of them all, so information we get from other stories will significantly help.

>>4544740
You think that they're interconnected? Or just cross like this >>4547453 at some point?
I'm not sure where I got this information, I tried to find it, but no luck. Didn't QM said something similar to that characters can meet, but their stories won't merge?
>>
>>4552913
>Didn't QM said something similar to that characters can meet, but their stories won't merge
This is correct. I did state earlier that, while characters can meet, they cannot permanently stick around in another's story. All stories are separate stories, but interacting with each character from time to time is possible.
>>
>>4552913

Your vote would help, anon. I also encourage anyone else who may want to choose a route now to just hold off for a little while longer. It's not a lot to ask and could really help our run
>>
>>4552913

As for your other points...

>You suspect that Larry's help may be critical?

He has some very unique skills that may be necessary for ending the outbreak. If, as some have suggested, water contamination has caused the outbreak, Larry could go to the water plant and tinker with it to end things. Other characters might have to blow it up instead, which could be significantly harder. Just for an example.

>You think that they're interconnected?

They definitely are, just look at the timestamps in each story. Look at how Jack has to save a man who is, in all likelihood, Sarah's husband. They all definitely take place in a relatively close radius, so characters can definitely meet each other to affect the story. This is why QM tells us not to underestimate the power of characters to affect other stories.
>>
>>4552971
>Your vote would help
It already does >>4552555
But I doubt you'll get any more votes.
3 for barricades.
3 for captain.
2 for change.
Doesn't look good, but after tie you can change everything.

>>4552982
>can fix many broken machines
That in his bio.

>If, as some have suggested, water contamination has caused the outbreak, Larry could go to the water plant and tinker with it to end things.
If... yes, we don't know at this point. But decontamination of water isn't in Larry's job description. You'd need properly trained personnel to tinker with water plant stuff. I suspect we can other people more than fitting for their job, so we shouldn't rely on Larry for this kind of stuff.

>They definitely are, just look at the timestamps in each story. Look at how Jack has to save a man who is, in all likelihood, Sarah's husband. They all definitely take place in a relatively close radius, so characters can definitely meet each other to affect the story. This is why QM tells us not to underestimate the power of characters to affect other stories.
They are interconnected very neatly. But my point was more like, wheter we can achieve happy endings on all characters or need to sacrifice one of them to help others. I think it should be possible.

>Look at how Jack has to save a man who is, in all likelihood, Sarah's husband.
I think we should that man nonetheless. But I doubt he's Sarah's husband. What would he do in outskirts of town, on the opposite side of town where Sarah probably is. Also, it's still not confirmed that they're in same town.

>This is why QM tells us not to underestimate the power of characters to affect other stories.
While it's no doubt important. Is it really that crucial as it seems?
>>
>>4552991
>3 for barricades.
>3 for captain.
>2 for change.
This count is incorrect. There are, so far, 4 for the captain, 3 for the barricades, and 2 for the change. I just wanted to clear this up.
>>
>>4552991

>What would he do in outskirts of town, on the opposite side of town where Sarah probably is?

I'm not sure, but it's likely that he gets into trouble somehow on the way back from work, which could be why Jack finds him near his home in the suburbs. At least we're on the same page about saving him, he seems important nonetheless.

> But decontamination of water isn't in Larry's job description.

He has experience as a mechanical and electrical engineer. While he may not understand the chemical processes behind water decontamination, he can certainly manipulate the machines driving this process, right?


>But my point was more like, whether we can achieve happy endings on all characters or need to sacrifice one of them to help others.
Again, it's possible to get happy endings with everyone, but I suspect some true or happy endings may be significantly harder than others without help. This is why we need a combination of 2 true or happy endings to unlock the secret character, rather than 2 of one or 2 of the other. He accounted for the possibility that we may need help from other characters if we can't work through things with each character individually. Is it crucial to victory? Probably not. Will it make things a lot more likely to go the way we want them to? Probably.
>>
>>4552996
Oh, you're right. I missed this one >>4552838, thanks.

>>4552971
>>4552982
While I would go for captain too, this way we won't be able to switch characters.
>>
>>4553013

I'm leaning towards the captain myself, but we could also force a tie to allow further deliberation. If we both agree, I'll change my vote to barricades so we can get our tie.
>>
>>4553015
I won't be here when voting is concluded, so I'll vote. You can adapt to situation later when needed.
>>Head to the main deck and find the barricade.

Good luck anon, o7.
>>
>>4553015
>>4553024
Can you guys clarify for me what you are doing? Are you both changing your vote from "switch characters" to "Head to the main deck and find the barricade."
>>
>>4552357
>Switch Characters
>>
>>4553028

My vote is staying where it is, on "Switch Characters." I assume >>4553024 changed his vote to barricades.
>>
>>4553024

I'd also suggest that I keep my vote on barricades and not you, since if you're gone after the draw is called, you'd be one less vote to switch.
>>
>>4553028
Right this >>4553031, albeit...

>>4553034
You're right, votes do not reset after tie.
QM, I'd like to change vote again, sorry.
>Switch Characters

>>4553031
>>4553029
Good luck.
>>
>>4552357
>>4553028
>>4553036

Okay, now that this is happened, I'm going to change my vote to:

>Head to the main deck and find the barricade.

Apologies for the confusion.
>>
>>4553036
Noted.
>>4553039
Noted.

While I made the tie-breaking rules this way so that people would vote strategically, please try to keep it simple when changing votes. But I have the updated counts now.

There is a bit over half an hour left if anybody else wants to vote!
>>
>>4552361
>>4552570
>>4552704
>>4553039
4 votes for "Head to the main deck and find the barricade"

>>4552581
>>4552663
>>4552771
>>4552838
4 votes for "Head to the Captain’s Quarters"

>>4553036
>>4553029
2 votes for "Switch Characters"

Since we have ended in a tie, I will allow 2 more hours of voting. However, after that, I will do the normal tie-breaking measures.
>>
>>4552357
>>4553073

Since we cannot come to a decision, I would like to once again ask everyone here to hold off on locking Larry into a route for now, switch characters, and first try to determine how helpful he will likely be in other characters' routes. The information Stacy gives us in her quest will also likely be helpful for when we come back to Larry, since his challenging story seems to benefit even more than other characters from information found in other quests.
>>
>>4552357
>>4553039
>>4553073

That said, I will change my vote to:

>Switch characters
>>
No more voting! The tie has been resolved!

>>4552361
>>4552570
>>4552704
3 votes for "Head to the main deck and find the barricade"

>>4552581
>>4552663
>>4552771
>>4552838
4 votes for "Head to the Captain’s Quarters"

>>4553036
>>4553029
>>4553079
3 votes for "Switch Characters"

Writing now!
>>
File: What Larry Saw.png (476 KB, 710x273)
476 KB
476 KB PNG
“I may be retired, but I still know a thing or two about engines and generators. I should go help out. The last thing we need is a broken ship,” Larry thought.

The main issue standing in his way is how far the captain’s quarters are. Larry is currently on the third floor of the luxury cabins. There is one more floor of these cabins above, then there is the recreational deck above that, and then the captain’s quarters is at the top.

There is still that one zombie ascending the stairs slowly above him, and it has yet to reach the next floor. It is only halfway. Larry took some huge risks before with sneaking, but he is not confident that he could pull it off again.

Instead, he decides to peer into the passageway of the current floor to see if he could make it to the set of stairs on the opposite side. For some reason, this passageway’s door was closed. This gave Larry a bad feeling in his gut, but since there were no sounds coming from inside, he decided to carefully open it.

Larry had to hold back a scream. What he saw could only be described as horrifying. There were what appeared to be dead bodies covering the ground with hardly any space to walk. There must have been at least 20 people lying here. But strangely, there were no zombies walking about. Not only that, but there seemed to be no sounds coming from anywhere in the passageway.

No, that’s not right. After straining his ear to listen closely, Larry can hear the faint sounds of rustling and footsteps from one of the rooms inside. He can also hear some very, very faint breathing from an unknown location. Larry wants nothing to do with this passageway, so he closes the door and thinks about what to do next.

As if Larry’s day couldn’t get any worse, it seems like one of the zombies from the floor below has entered the stairwell and has started ascending the stairs.

“I should have closed that stupid door down there. Shit, shit, shit.”

It looks like other zombies from below are following its lead. Larry is running out of time. He needs to do something now. With a zombie above and no telling how many are up there, plus the group below him, it would be a bad idea to try to sneak or try to attack with a fire extinguisher. Out of options, he opens the passageway door again, gets in, and closes the door.

The zombie group ascending the stairs makes it to the landing and starts trying to open the passageway door. It must have heard Larry closing the door. The passageway doors are a bit unique with how they open and close, which seems to confuse zombies. However, they will figure it out within minutes.

Larry needs to either find a place to hide or he needs to get out of there. He runs as fast as he can to the opposite stairwell but stops before he opens the door. There a lot of footsteps outside. If he opens the door, there is no way he is getting out alive. However, they seemed to have heard his footsteps, and are now trying to get in.

(1/2)
>>
Larry then tries to find a cabin to hide in. Most are locked, but one seems to be unlocked. However, this is the cabin with the sounds of rustling and footsteps.

What should Larry do?
>Go into the unlocked room. It may be a survivor trying to hide as well. But it could also be a zombie or two.
>Hide among the corpses. Larry will hide in the middle of the room and hide under a few. That way, the zombies will pick closer ones to eat.
>Do nothing and hope the zombies get distracted by the bodies. However, there are lots of zombies outside. And it could easily cram the passageway.
>Wisdom Check (6 remaining)

Larry’s new mechanic does not kick in until he reaches the captain’s quarters. I will explain it then. But you guys first need to figure out how to keep Larry alive first.

Wisdom checks, from now on, will not flag every option. There will always be at least one option that won’t be shown as bad. If that does occur, that is a 100% safe option. And as I explained before, if one is likely bad, it could still possible be okay. Finally, one marked as a bad choice is always a bad choice.

I will leave the voting window open until 7PM PST (about 4 hours from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4553263

Hiding doesn't seem smart here, especially if we're under bodies. That would make us good as dead to the zombies, so we'd be considered easy pickings.

That leaves us with the choice to either go into the cabin or do nothing. I find it unlikely that the being in there is a zombie, considering just how many bodies are out here, though it could also be a looter or undesirable, which would explain why the bodies are here but not eaten from, the looter killed them all. I think we could probably do nothing long enough to slip over to the next staircase, considering just how many bodies are here.

So we should:

>Do nothing and hope the zombies get distracted by the bodies. However, there are lots of zombies outside. And it could easily cram the passageway.
>>
>>4553263

By the way, we still have the power to switch characters, right QM?
>>
>>4553280
Fuck, I have once again forgotten to put that in. I get so caught up in what I am writing that I sometimes forget. Switch characters is an option. If I forget again, I will do something nice for you guys regardless of the story it is in. For example, I will give Larry another Wisdom Check or I will give Jack more ammo.
>>
About 45 minutes left. Get your votes in while you can!

If there is only one vote, I may decide to extend the voting window. I'm not sure, but it is on the table.
>>
I think we are relatively safe from zombies right now. They have no reason to care about us with all this free food right there. I think its worth checking the room. If it is a zombie in there it won't care about us. Doing nothing is just going to get us trapped between zombies, but we could possibly sneak past while they are busy eating. Inside the room could be someone who might panic and scream or shoot us when we open the door. Something horrible could happen with any of these choices. I think we should wisdom check.
>>
Another tie. I'm going to extend the vote window.

>>4553278
1 vote for "Do nothing and hope the zombies get distracted by the bodies. However, there are lots of zombies outside. And it could easily cram the passageway."

>>4553488
1 vote for "Wisdom Check"

I will leave the voting window open until 10PM PST (about 3 hours from now). Vote while you can everyone!
>>
>Do nothing and hope the zombies get distracted by the bodies. However, there are lots of zombies outside. And it could easily cram the passageway.
>>
>>4553263
>>Do nothing and hope the zombies get distracted by the bodies. However, there are lots of zombies outside. And it could easily cram the passageway.
Shouldn't there be a switch character option?
>>
>>4553530

There is, QM already clarified that :)
>>
No more voting!

>>4553278
>>4553507
>>4553530
3 votes for "Do nothing and hope the zombies get distracted by the bodies. However, there are lots of zombies outside. And it could easily cram the passageway."

>>4553488
1 vote for "Wisdom Check"

Writing Now!
>>
File: Pool Area.jpg (262 KB, 1500x1000)
262 KB
262 KB JPG
Larry is not sure what to do. If he opens the unlocked door, that could be a zombie, or it could be some survivor who would briefly mistake him for a zombie and shoot. He also worries that hiding in the pile will leave him as live bait. Plus, he can still hear some light breathing. He has a minor hunch that someone or something is playing dead in the pile of corpses.

Stuck and with no other options, Larry accepts his fate. He decides to not do anything and hopes that he can find a safe route. Maybe they will be distracted like the one before.

Slowly, the doors on both ends of the passageway are opened, revealing two groups of these things. They are slowly piling in. Some get distracted by the corpses near the entrances, but some continue. The numbers begin to dwindle more and more as each zombie finds a body to snack on.

There are two zombies left that have not been distracted by the food. They seem to believe that Larry is not much of a risk of getting away, seeing how many of them there are. However, zombies, being as stupid as they are, did not consider how many couldn’t care less about Larry and are just chowing down on the corpses.

These two zombies are behind Larry, but none are currently blocking the exit in front of him. This is the first lucky break he has had today, so he takes the opportunity and runs to the stairwell in front. This is opposite from the stairwell he just came from. Those two zombies couldn’t even hope to catch-up.

Before Larry can close the door, he can hear somebody kick open the unlocked door he had thought about entering before.

“More of you undead bastards. Well, come and get me.” The man pumps his shotgun and starts getting to work. He starts blowing the brains out of each close zombie he sees.

However, Larry’s intuition appeared to be correct. A zombie pretending to play dead crawled out of the corpse pile and lunged at the unsuspecting man’s leg. The bite to the man’s ankle was just the beginning. As the man focused his attention taking care of his surprise attacker, some of the zombies from behind rushed him and knocked the man over. He put up a good fight, but he was no match for the imposing power of multiple zombies at once.

While Larry could probably quickly grab the man’s shotgun from the chaos, he is smart enough to not risk it and closes the door. Those zombies will be distracted for a while.

There doesn’t appear to be more zombies on the staircase, but just to be safe, Larry slowly and quietly ascends to the fourth floor. Larry has no business here, so he continues to the recreational deck.

This place was one of true luxury. There was an average-sized pool, Jacuzzis, a bar, a restaurant, and a theater just in this tiny part of it. However, Larry can’t focus too much on the amenities. He needs to get to the captain’s quarters.

(1/2)
>>
File: Restaurant and Theater.jpg (261 KB, 1770x494)
261 KB
261 KB JPG
There are three ways to the captain’s quarters.

The pool area has only a few zombies, but the walkways are narrow, so he would need to swim around. Larry cannot swim very well and has bad stamina, but he could at least swim. Zombies can, in fact, swim as well.

The restaurant area has more zombies, but he could veer around the multiple tables and chairs. They could trip some zombies up. But there are a lot of them to worry about.

He could also take a detour through the movie theater. The back door would lead to the same set of stairs located at the back of the restaurant. It is dark to conserve power, but movies theaters allow someone more coordinated to navigate. Zombies may have trouble here, but they do see better in the dark than we do. Larry has no idea how many zombies are here.

What should Larry do?
>Go through the pool area
>Go through the restaurant area
>Go through the movie theater
>Wisdom Check (6 remaining)
>Switch Characters

I will be pretty busy tomorrow, so I will leave the voting window open until 6PM PST (about 19 hours and 20 minutes from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4553784
>>Switch Characters
>>
>>4553784

>Go through the movie theater

Stealth and smart coordination are our speciality, let's stick to it.
>>
>>4553784
All I know is that the pool is a bad option. In a straight physical contest, in the open, we'll lose to the zombies.
I don't know which of the other options is less bad, so I won't vote for now.
>>
>>4553784
>Go through the movie theater
>>
>>4553784
>>Switch Characters
>>
>>4553784
>Switch Characters
>>
>>4553790
>>4553949
>>4554007

Can one of you please explain why switching characters now is a good idea, and not when we were choosing the ending we were going for? What do we get out of switching for this choice as opposed to one in the near future? We only get one every three choices with a character, so we need to make sure we count when we use them.
>>
>>4554020
I'm hoping that we might get more information about zombie habits/movement patterns in another story that could help with the choice here.
>>
>>4554021

I'm pretty sure we got all the information we needed in the most recent post from QM, and we know that Larry's bad at stamina and good at stealth and coordination, so the movie theater or restaurant make the most sense to me. Do you think Zombies might also suck at swimming or something?
>>
>>4554024
I was hoping we might get another chance to see how they are around obstacles like with the restaurant.
>>
>>4554028

Seems like a bit of a stretch to use our switch to look for that rather niche piece of information. I'd rather just pick either the restaurant or the theater and run with it for now
>>
Hey QM, got a question. How do you reslove tie after time is extended but nothing changes? Do you void votes and set new voting window?

>>4554024
>Do you think Zombies might also suck at swimming or something?
I'd like to know this as well. While Larry doesn't have good stamina, he could outswim them because of swimming technique. I believe that they would be only able to do dog paddle technique. QM, can we observe swimming zombies for a while?

>Larry cannot swim very well.
QM, please elaborate.

>Zombies can, in fact, swim as well.
Does it mean that they posses ability to swim too, or that their degree of ability to swim is at comparable level to Larry, or average human?

>>4553881
While swimming doesn't sound as good as other options. When you are in water, your body is kept afloat and becomes lighter, as well for zombies, but we might get that needed edge from technical advantage over zombies. However, as stated, they has that physical one. And with clothes on, it'll be even more difficult to swim for Larry, as well for zombies.

While I would really like to go through theater, tha fact we don't know how many zombies are inside is worrying. The route through back of theater shouldn't be frequented as much as other places, which could mean less zombies. Another question for QM, does Larry carry some kind of artificial light, or anything emiting such, as mobile phone for example? That could be either used as to light way, or bait to lure zombies towards it.
>>
>>4554109
>Do you void votes and set new voting window
Neither. Whichever vote appears higher on the list of choices I have given you is chosen in the event of a tie.
>QM, please elaborate
Larry knows how to swim, but since he is older, he has lower stamina than he used to. This makes swimming harder than it used to be. However, his ability to swim is normal for someone his age.
>QM, can we observe swimming zombies for a while
Anything involving zombies swimming will be revealed in a wisdom check.
>as mobile phone for example
Larry does have a cell phone that can emit light, but anything involving the use of it will be covered in a wisdom check.

If anybody is unsure of what to do, that is what the Wisdom Check function is for. It will reveal many key details and information I have not given.
>>
>>4554129
>Neither. Whichever vote appears higher on the list of choices I have given you is chosen in the event of a tie.
You're right, I forgot that, sorry.

>Anything involving the use of cell phone will be covered in a wisdom check.
What do you mean, that we can't touch it without wisdom check, basically?

>Anything involving zombies swimming will be revealed in a wisdom check.
Why did you start to barter with those wisdom check so much now? What's special about swimming zombies anyway?
>If anybody is unsure of what to do, that is what the Wisdom Check function is for. It will reveal many key details and information I have not given.
Oh, I see now, thanks.

But cell phone question stands.


So, guys, swimming zombies, take or leave it. What do you think?
As with restaurant. I don't like idea of many zombies around Larry. Outsmarting zombies is best bet we can make, but since there are lot of them I don't really want to go this way.
All of these options seem bad, as previously in story, but if I had to choose, I'd go with theater.

>>4554021
>>4554028
I agree with anon. There are three different environments, finding which is worst for zombies while counting in their amount. We could learn a lot from other stories. No need to rush with Larry's anyway, since he got the most difficult one.

>>4554020
>>4554024
>>4554043
I can't recall our encounter with zombies in such environments. Can you generally predict how will they behave? Learning more about their weaknesses and strengths would help us greatly here.
>>
>>4554152
>What do you mean, that we can't touch it without wisdom check, basically?
Larry will do any scenario the same way regardless of whether you use a wisdom check or not. However, what I am saying is that there are certain things relating to the phone and lighting from the phone that I will not just outright tell you either until you use a wisdom check or when you choose the theater option.
>Why did you start to barter with those wisdom check so much now
Larry's story is meant to be more difficult than any others. If I give you a lot of information like I did before, it makes a wisdom check pointless. I'm trying to make the mechanic useful and not a waste.
>What's special about swimming zombies anyway
As I said, you'll see if you choose the wisdom check.
>>
>>4554157
>Larry will do any scenario the same way regardless of whether you use a wisdom check or not. However, what I am saying is that there are certain things relating to the phone and lighting from the phone that I will not just outright tell you either until you use a wisdom check or when you choose the theater option.
Do you mean ringing or some music? Like if Larry used some good vibes to lure zombies to certain place to advance? Not like his speakers would be ideal for that. So far we had only bad experience with this cell phone. Could it be battery? Can we check current state of it? Some cell phones also got integrated flashlight, it that the case with Larry's?
>>
>>4554165
In any other story I would gladly answer each of these questions. I hate to sound like a broken record, but these kinds of questions will be answered in a Wisdom Check. It's not that I don't want to answer them, but this is how his story works. You're free to speculate with other posters, though.
>>
>>4554167
I understand. As you already said, I hope that other posters will elaborate on them or bring up their own theories. So far, you only one willing to post, albeit unfortunately unwilling to talk.
>>
>>4553784
>Switch Characters
>>
>>4553784
Since there isn't any debate over this, let just put this aside. No need to rush, we can always come back.
>Switch Characters
>>
>>4554152

The pool is instant death if we're wrong about zombies also sucking about swimming.

The restaurant is doable, but likely tough as hell because of Larry's poor stamina and the need to weave around those chairs and tables.

The theater is dark and has lots of places to hide, lots of ways to navigate, and we even have a light-emitting phone we could use as bait in a pinch. I think the choice here is pretty obvious. If you really want to blow the switch here so we can try to get lucky and learn about zombies swimming, go ahead. But I'd rather save it for a tougher choice down the road, since we only get to switch after doing 3 actions with Larry.
>>
>>4554262
How about the possibility to happen upon a zombie in the darkness? Or the fact that Larry can't hide for long without cramping up?
>>
>>4554363

We may have more trouble seeing in the dark but we're not going to be blind. Think about how your vision is in the dark, limited but not completely useless, right? Now account for the fact that we have limited lighting in the theater + we have a phone as a light source. We already saw the cramping mechanic earlier so I'm not worried about that either.
>>
No more votes!

>>4553790
>>4553949
>>4554007
>>4554201
>>4554215
5 votes for "Switch Characters"

>>4553823
>>4553895
2 votes for "Go through the movie theater"

Writing now!
>>
A man who has known poverty his entire life will be fulfilled by a modest life with few luxuries. He will be satisfied by working hard to improve the lives of himself and his family. If such a man were to become wealthy, he would never go a day without being grateful for all that he worked for.

A man who has known wealth his entire life will never be fulfilled by modesty. The wealthy man will keep fighting for more luxuries his entire life, never truly being satisfied. How could he? He will have started and ended his life at the same point.

It is ironic then, that the latter case is most often caused by the former. A man who worked hard for his riches and never took anything for granted will spawn ungrateful children who can never understand what he sacrificed for their success.

The first person you might be thinking of from this description is Kyle. His father did indeed come from nothing, rose to become a success, and raised an ungrateful child. However, it isn’t just money that can cause people to become ungrateful.

Looks are similar in many ways. An ugly man will be happy finding a girl who loves him, even if she is not the best looking. An attractive man, on the other hand, will never be satisfied with a girl who isn’t also attractive. The most attractive men will never be satisfied with even one equally attractive woman. They will often have many girlfriends before settling down, if they ever do.

Women are the same way. This is where the story of Stacy begins.

Stacy grew up in a middle-class, happy family. Her father and mother love each other very much and tried their best to give their daughter the best life they could. Even from a young age, she was a popular girl. She had large groups of friends and had her first boyfriend in second grade.

After graduating from high school with decent grades, she decided to pursue a career in nursing, like her mother. While she was no health fanatic, she believed staying in-shape was important for a healthy life. Therefore, she never let herself go and exercised at the gym each week. This is also partially the reason why she started becoming a nurse to begin with.

Unlike her mother, however, Stacy couldn’t settle down with anybody. She had tried many times, but she would get bored from her current boyfriend each time. Plus, she would always get a lot of attention from men, so she never had to worry about being alone. However, like every other time, she has resolved herself to being loyal to her current boyfriend. His name is Mark, but because of an inside joke, she started calling him “Boyfriend”. It’s a weird nickname, but it stuck.

Stacy is in her last year of school before joining the workforce, and she is excited to finally be able to get in the real world and help people.

6:00 AM, an alarm playing a familiar pop song can be heard from Stacy’s room.

“Ugh... Why did I ever pick a 7 o’clock class” Yawn

(1/2)
>>
File: Stacy's Class.jpg (188 KB, 620x414)
188 KB
188 KB JPG
Stacy groggily arises from her slumber and stumbles her way to the bathroom. She takes a quick shower, blow dries her hair, puts on some make-up, gets dressed in the scrubs she is required to wear for the class, grabs her purse, and departs from her dorm. Luckily, her dorm is close to her class, and she makes it just in time.

Stacy takes a seat in the third row from the front. The class begins like normal. After about 10 minutes, Stacy can tell that a guy who sits behind her is checking her out.

What should Stacy do?
>Wink at him
>Do nothing

Before any choices are made, I need to explain something about Stacy’s, probably highly controversial, story. If you look at the endings she can achieve, you will understand what I mean. Stacy has a mechanic in her story in which she can cheat on her current boyfriend.

This is strictly a mechanic I thought would be unique for a character, no more, no less. It will not be the focus of the story at all. It was necessary for me to explain why she was like this at the beginning of her story, so this will be the point where it will be discussed the most.

This is a zombie apocalypse quest, not a relationships quest. This will not be the focus of her story.

To briefly describe the mechanic: Stacy can get valuable items and get into survivor groups easier by seducing other men. However, by doing so, she can increase the likelihood of Boyfriend finding out, and if he does, it will lead to him trying to kill her. Notice also how Kyle is an easily seduced character, so him meeting Stacy could lead to an interesting interaction. Like the rest of the mechanics of this quest, there is more to it than this, but that is the gist.

However, I have left you guys a way to completely disregard this mechanic and never have it come up. A way to completely change what Stacy’s ending criteria and completely change her story.

If you choose “Do nothing”, Stacy will stay strong in her resolve to be loyal. This mechanic will be scrapped.

If you choose “Wink at him”, Stacy will not actually do anything with this man other than wink. However, this is a signal to me that you guys are okay with the mechanic. Note that you never actually have to seduce other men, even if this mechanic is active. Her happy end requires that she is faithful.

I leave the choice up to you guys. However, if you do choose to change this story completely, it will take me some time to come up with ways to re-imagine how it would go down. But I promise that it will still be a good experience regardless of what you choose.

If everybody votes in the same way, I leave the voting window until 11pm PST (about 4 and a half hours from now).

If there is some debate and people vote in different ways, I want to give a proper amount of time for this decision to be made since this is clearly a very important choice. If that’s the case, I will leave the voting window open until 12PM PST (about 17 and a half hours from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4554683

>Do nothing

I'm not down for a sex quest, let's stay pure virgins and save ourselves for marriage in true 4chan spirit.
>>
>>4554683
>Wink at him
>>
>>4554683
>Wink at him
Keep all our options open
>>
>>4554732

You do realize that we'll gain brand new mechanics and endings if you leave the guy alone, right?
>>
Just to be 100% clear, new endings and a new mechanic will be created if we scrap this one. It will just be different than what it currently is. Please only judge this choice based on whether you like or dislike this current system.
>>
>>4554735
Using the powers of the thot is fun
>>
File: Deus Vult.jpg (102 KB, 640x480)
102 KB
102 KB JPG
>>4554751

BEGONE, HEATHEN
>>
>>4554683
>Do nothing
>>
>>4554683
>Wink at him
>>
>>4554689
Agree. But I'd like to point out that Boyfriend is not waifu material. And, not because he's man.

>>4554710
>>4554732
Partially agree.

QM, does this mean you'll change requirements for endings, or just they'll have different story?
>Stacy’s Endings:
>True Ending: Find a group to survive with safely, and ditch Boyfriend for another man. Boyfriend can be in the group or he can die.
>Happy Ending: Find a group to survive with safely. Plus, Boyfriend and one university friend must survive, and Stacy cannot cheat on Boyfriend.
>Okay Ending: Find a group to survive with safely. Plus, Boyfriend and one university friend must survive, and Stacy can have cheated on Boyfriend without him knowing.

So far, from what OP said. I don't like Boyfriend and I'd like to ditch that guy into stratosphere. But I want happy ending. I am torn between choices, please help.

>Please only judge this choice based on whether you like or dislike this current system.
When you talk about current system, you mean
>sex quest
?

>>4554735
He said he'll scrap current mechanic, but there's nothing about brand new one.
>>
>>4554881
>QM, does this mean you'll change requirements for endings, or just they'll have different story
The endings will have different requirements. They will be completely separate from what they are currently. If we decide to get rid of the mechanic, I will completely change what the endings are.
>sex quest
This has never been, nor will it ever be a sex quest. The seduction system is a mechanic to gain items and such. The "sex scenes" will be entirely skipped and we will just see what happens afterwards. (For example, she wakes up lying next to the guy, or something.)
>but there's nothing about brand new one
See >>4554738
There will be an entirely different mechanic in play if we scrap this one.
>>
>>4554881
>>4554892

It was a joke, but yes, I know it's not actually
a sex quest

Personally, I think that sex, even if not explicit, as a mechanic is infinitely less creative than whatever QM can come up with for her. Clearly he's a creative genius and I'd like him to put that on full display for us.
>>
>>4554892
Aight, thanks.

>>4554903
I got you and agree. Whatever QM can come up with will be way better than current mechanic.

>Do nothing
>>
>>4554683
>Wink at him
>>
>>4554683
>Do nothing
I don't like what we know of Boyfriend as well, but we basically only know one thing. He may turn out to be a decent person yet. Meanwhile I know I wouldn't vote for cheating in the future.
>>
>>4554683
>Wink at him
>>
1 hour left. Get your votes in!
>>
>>4555097

Stacy's happy ending with the normal mechanics is actually her staying loyal to Boyfriend. With the new mechanics it could be so much cooler though. She could have purity powers, or we could focus on her medical student background. It could also be based on her love for Boyfriend.
>>
No more votes!

>>4554689
>>4554790
>>4554910
>>4555097
4 votes for "Do nothing"

>>4554710
>>4554732
>>4554851
>>4554961
>>4555120
5 votes for "Wink at him"

Since this choice was so close, and I don't really want to make a large group hate Stacy's story entirely, I'm thinking of making a compromise. Since more people voted to keep the seduction mechanic, I will keep it. However, I think I'm going to modify it.

How about Boyfriend breaks up with her for his own personal reasons, and she is single? Therefore, she won't be cheating on anybody, but the seduction mechanic is still active?

I will change her ending criteria and add a new mechanic, but this current mechanic of being able to seduce people will stick. I'm assuming this would make both sides happy.

I'll start writing now, but if anybody has any opinions or objections with this compromise, please let me know.
>>
>>4555442
Not cheating is fine, I just want to be able to suck people off for guns. An ending change would be appropriate (finding a new loyal bf for happy ending maybe) but I don't think a new mechanic would be necessary.
>>
>>4555442
New endings and mechanics sounds great! Thanks so much for the hard work, QM.
>>
>>4555413
>>4555442

As I mentioned earlier QM, here's some ideas you're free to draw from for the new mechanic.
>>
Stacy decides to wink at the student sitting behind her. She likes this kind of attention because it makes her feel pretty. The man, not realizing he made it so obvious, looked away with embarrassment.

But before she could properly enjoy this confidence boost, she can feel a vibration coming from her purse. This is nothing unusual. Stacy is a popular girl, so she gets text messages all the time. As the professor rattles on and on about things Stacy already knows, she takes her phone out and reads some of the messages.

“Babe, there is something I want to talk about. Look, I don’t think I’m ready to settle down and be in a serious relationship. I care about you, but I need to be focusing on other things now. Maybe sometime down the line, we could be together again. I’m sorry. Goodbye, Stacy.”
Sent at 7:13

Overcome with emotions, Stacy quickly exits the classroom and heads back to the restroom close by. After finding a free stall, she sits down, and starts tearing up. At first, she can keep it together and stay quiet, but eventually it becomes too hard to hold back. Stacy begins to loudly cry

While Stacy has had many boyfriends, Boyfriend was easily the one she was with the longest. She even stayed loyal to him, but even though she tried so hard to make this work, it still ended like this.

After a few minutes, she is able to compose herself a bit and exits the stall. She fixes her makeup and heads back to class. While she is heartbroken, she doesn’t want to completely skip class.

However, before she can get very far, there is some commotion coming from one of the classrooms she passes. These classroom doors do not have any windows, so she couldn’t see anything. Not wanting to interrupt another class, potentially embarrassing herself, she keeps walking to her class.

As she gets to her class, she notices something strange. All the students and the professor are gone, but most of their belongings like backpacks and water bottles are still where they normally would be. Stacy checks her phone’s clock.

“It’s only 7:32, where is everyone? Did the professor let everyone out early? Or maybe it was a mix between a lecture and lab today? I don’t remember reading about that on the schedule for today.”

Stacy decides to start heading for the Lab located on the other side of the building. On her way there, she once again passes by that class with all the commotion from earlier. Things have gotten much louder, and suddenly, the door swings open. Tons of students start pouring out of the room trying to run as fast they can away from here.

While this frightens Stacy, she also sees some injured students near the doorway. She quickly calls for an ambulance and pulls out her first aid kit to start treating them. Before she could make any real progress in treating their wounds, another student starts slowly walking towards the exit.

(1/2)
>>
He seems injured too, but also a bit dazed. Maybe he was high or something.

“Are you injured too? Don’t you worry, I will help in just a moment. Let me finish up with this guy first, and I’ll be right there.”

He seemed to ignore her and kept walking slowly towards her. In then slumped down and started to bite the man she was trying to help.

“What the fuck are you doing? Get off of him!” Stacy tried getting the man off, but it was no use. He was not coming off. Stacy was about to call the police, but then another “man” started taking bites from another injured man.

“W-What the hell... I don’t think I should stay here- Ah!” Stacy stands up and slowly starts backing up until she bumps into something. She quickly turns around.

In front of her is another one of these weird guys. It looks like it wants to grab her. Luckily, Stacy is much faster than he is, and she bolts out of there. Out on the courtyard, there seems to be even more of these things.

Stacy needs to get out of here and fast. She doesn’t have a car and her university is in the middle of the city, so it would be best to stay at the university for the time being.

Where should she go?
>Student Union building. This will have restaurants and emergency services.
>Dormitory 1. This is the dorm that she stays at. She lives on the fifth floor and there is a working elevator.
>Library. At this hour, there won’t be many students. But there are some basic amenities like a coffee shop.

I will now show Stacy’s new ending criteria.
True Ending: Find a safe place off-campus to survive either with a group or without.
Happy Ending: Find a group to survive with safely on-campus. No more than 3 of her friends can die.
Okay Ending: Find a group to survive with safely on-campus. More than 3 of her friends must have died. OR survive alone on-campus.

I will leave the voting window open until 6PM PST (about 4 hours and 20 minutes from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4555550
>Dormitory 1. This is the dorm that she stays at. She lives on the fifth floor and there is a working elevator.
Can we find a new boyfriend now? Is there a bonus for ending with one?
>>
>>4555550
Were the injured people unconscious? It sure seemed so from the lack of struggle.

>Student Union building. This will have restaurants and emergency services.
>>
>>4555570
>Can we find a new boyfriend now
If Stacy seduces the same man three times, I will give her options to get in a relationship with him. However, romance is not a focus of this story or any others in this quest. Please do not go into this expecting this kind of experience.
>Is there a bonus for ending with one
No. However, it can make getting each ending easier. The boyfriend could make it easier for her to escape for the true ending or he could help her try to keep her friends alive for the happy ending for example. Getting a boyfriend should be viewed as a means to make her story easier, and not the main focus of her story.
>>4555612
Yes, they were unconscious. However, they are now goners. Luckily, they were not Stacy's friends.
>>
>>4555550
>Student Union building. This will have restaurants and emergency services.
Most people should be here
>>
No more votes!

>>4555612
>>4555771
2 votes for "Student Union building. This will have restaurants and emergency services."

>>4555570
1 vote for "Dormitory 1. This is the dorm that she stays at. She lives on the fifth floor and there is a working elevator."

Writing now!
>>
Stacy decides to head to the Student Union since that’s where most people would be and that’s where the emergency services are on-campus.

“Hopefully, everybody is safe.” She thought.

Stacy made quite a few friends in college, but she had four close friendships in total: Jane, Jacklyn, Paul, and Cathy. While that may not sound like a lot, she treasures each one of them. They are family to her.

Two of her closest friends, Paul and Cathy, did not have early courses, so they always went as a couple to the Student Union to grab breakfast. She knows she can find them there. Jane would just be sleeping in at this time in her dorm next door, and Jacklyn would be studying at the library.

On her way to the Student Union, Stacy frantically group messages everyone to tell them what’s going on and to find where everybody is. Considering the circumstances, it may be a while to hear back from any of them.

Stacy then bolts to the entrance but is greeted with locked doors. The windows are covered with cloth, curtain, and wood, presumably to not let the zombies see inside. In one of the windows, a message reads: No entry. While we hope for your safety, we cannot risk zombies getting in.

“Zombies? Is that what these things are? I though they were all killed a month ago?”

As Stacy ponders what to do next, the horde of zombies in the courtyard is growing restless. There aren’t as many people outside to hunt as there was 10 minutes ago. Luckily for them, they spot just what they were looking for in front of the Student Union, food.

The zombies start to inch closer to her, but Stacy decides to take drastic measures. She runs the opposite side of the courtyard, hides in some bushes, and sneaks away with none of the zombies noticing where she ran off too. She is a fast runner and zombies are very slow by comparison. However, this was a very risky move and don’t expect it to always work. Zombies may be stupid, but they can learn from tricks over time.

Stacy is able to sneak around the multiple buildings in the courtyard and hide away from the zombies. Eventually, she makes it to the back of the Student Union building to try the back doors. It looks like they haven’t fully barricaded them yet.

It seems that they ran out of wood and nails to fully seal these doors, so Stacy takes this opportunity to try to get in. However, there is a student who was standing guard, and he sees Stacy trying to get in.

“Who’s there? You don’t seem like a zombie, but we are not accepting new people. For all we know, you could be infected or trying to trick us somehow. You’ll have better luck elsewhere. Now, beat it!”

(1/2)
>>
The student is clearly nervous, and it is a wonder that they even allowed just one person to guard this set of doors. They must all be busy with other things. Before Stacy gives up and leaves, she recognizes this student. It was the guy who was staring at her earlier.

“Wait, I’m from the same class you were just in earlier. Remember me?”

The man takes a good look at her and he realizes who she is. He has a crush on her and has been passing her glances and stares each day in class. She even winked at him earlier. He has thought about her more than he would care to admit.

“Y-Yes, I remember you. B-But I can’t play favorites. You can’t be here!”

Stacy, sensing the clear hesitation is his voice thinks she could easily charm him into letting her in. He would be a very easy target for seduction.

What should Stacy do?
>Seduce the man so she can be let in. Paul and Cathy are more than likely here, so Stacy will do anything to see if they are okay.
>Give up and go somewhere else. There aren’t any following zombies, so maybe she could sneak somewhere else.

I will explain the seduction mechanic a bit more in-depth if the option to seduce is chosen.

I will leave the voting window open until 11PM PST (about 4 hours or so from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4555975

Going near the campus police seems like a disaster, why are we going to the place they are most likely to be located at? I wish I was here before this choice was made but I had stuff to do...

>Give up and go somewhere else. There aren’t any following zombies, so maybe she could sneak somewhere else.
>>
>>4555975
>>4555995


Wait, we have friends here? Hold up, let me change my vote:

>Seduce the man so she can be let in. Paul and Cathy are more than likely here, so Stacy will do anything to see if they are okay.

We gotta risk it for the biscuit, boys.
>>
1 hour left. Get your votes in everybody!

I tend to not like having one single vote decide something like this, so if there are no other votes, I may extend the voting period to whenever I am free tomorrow.
>>
I think I will extend the voting window until 11AM PST (about 12 hours from now).
>>
>>4555975
>Seduce the man so she can be let in. Paul and Cathy are more than likely here, so Stacy will do anything to see if they are okay.
>>
>>4556250
>>4556256

There's your second vote, QM. No need to waste time.
>>
>>4556266
As much as I would like to continue, I need to go to bed. I'm sorry, but the next update will need to come tomorrow. I might as well leave the voting window open until then. I apologize if the timing is inconvenient.
>>
>>4555975
>Give up and go somewhere else. There aren’t any following zombies, so maybe she could sneak somewhere else.
Yes,our friends are inside. But this guy has a crush on us, and if we seduce him he will think we're his girlfriend now and are beholden to him. This will lead to trouble later.
Also, while two of our friends are inside, two are not. This place at least looks protected, while the other two friends might be in danger and need our help.
>>
>>4556273
+1
Hope our friends will message us in time.
>>4555995
Same, had I been here earlier, I'd go to library. That girl is probably not aware of apocalypse and still studying.
>>
>>4556256
+1
>>
>>4555975
>Seduce the man so she can be let in. Paul and Cathy are more than likely here, so Stacy will do anything to see if they are okay.
>>
No more votes!

>>4556080
>>4556256
>>4556319
>>4556346
4 votes for "Seduce the man so she can be let in. Paul and Cathy are more than likely here, so Stacy will do anything to see if they are okay."

>>4556273
>>4556280
2 votes for "Give up and go somewhere else. There aren’t any following zombies, so maybe she could sneak somewhere else."

Writing now!
>>
With Boyfriend breaking up with her, it shattered her self-confidence. If she can seduce this guy, it will make her a lot more confident in her looks and charm. And more importantly, it is dangerous outside. It would be silly to not at least try everything she can to join a secure hideout.

The seduction mechanic works like this: Stacy is very arousing; therefore, she will have an extremely high success rate in seducing men. However, it is still possible that she can fail, as unlikely as it is.

And when successful, there are two different ways she can succeed. The first way, she will be able to seduce the man without having actual sex, and thus cannot get pregnant. However, the second way is that she was too good at seducing, and the guy will not be satisfied unless they go all the way. Stacy has 3 condoms on her, so she can have sex 3 times without the possibility of getting pregnant. She can also seduce women, but it will be harder and obviously, there will be no chance of pregnancy.

If she seduces the same person 3 times, I will give the option for her to start a relationship with this person. This is not an ending criteria, but it can make achieving certain endings easier.

Normally, once this option is voted on, there will be a dice roll by me. Each person she seduces is different, so the chances of failing and the two types of success will vary depending on the person. And if she runs out of condoms and goes all the way, another dice roll will occur to see if she gets pregnant. If she gets pregnant, it will make her story harder. However, this time, I will give you guys a freebie. She will succeed and she will not need to go all the way with him.

Once again, there will be no actual details about what she does since this is a blue board. This is strictly a mechanic to make her story easier/more interesting.

“Before I go, can I ask you what your name is?”

“It’s Anthony, why do you want to know?”

“Anthony, you’ve been checking me out in-class every day, haven’t you? Are you sure you only want to look? If you let me stay, I can let you do whatever you want with me.”

“A-Anything? But aren’t you dating someone?”

“I was, but we’re not seeing each other anymore. You can have me all to yourself.”

Anthony doesn’t resist much, puts down the gun, and follows Stacy to the nearby bathroom. After about 15 minutes, she successfully “completed her task,” and Anthony was more than willing to let her stay.

“Stacy, that was... amazing. I’m glad to have you here, but I’m not in charge. They aren’t allowing anybody in the building. If they see you here, they’re going to try to kick you out. However, they are allowing family and loved ones of survivors to stay. For now, you’re going to need to pretend to be my girlfriend for them to allow you to stay. Can you do that?”

Stacy already went this far, so she might as well. But do not be fooled. As much as Anthony likes her, she does not have feelings for him.

(1/2)
>>
File: Student Union Main Hall.jpg (116 KB, 1024x727)
116 KB
116 KB JPG
As they walk to the dining hall, the main survivor area, Stacy holds hands with Anthony. They are stopped by a man in an Army Combat Uniform.

“Stop! Anthony, you were tasked with guarding the back. Go back to your post. And who is this?”

Stacy was a bit perplexed. What was the army doing here? And why is he ordering a normal civilian to stand guard?

“Sir, this is my girlfriend, Stacy. She came here to make sure I was safe. Can she join us?”

“You were assigned to guard the back door, not have a spat with your girlfriend. Return to your post. She can stay here, but do not let anybody else in without our permission. Got it? You can exit your post when we find more wood to barricade the doors.”

“Yes, sir.” Anthony, a bit saddened that he couldn’t spend more time with Stacy, goes back to his assigned post.

As Stacy begins to start looking for her friends, she is stopped by the same soldier who stopped Anthony.

“Halt. Before you start mingling with the other survivors, there are a few things that need to be said. I’m Sergeant Brooks, and you will come to meet the rest of my men in time. We are tasked with keeping this place secure and to keep any survivors safe. However, we only have a limited number of soldiers to work with, so some civilians will need to help. We require honesty and integrity to make sure with absolute certainty that everybody is doing what they should. That’s going to require you to be honest with me. Is Anthony really your boyfriend?”

“Yes, sir. We have been together for a few months now.”

“I don’t believe you. You’re too beautiful for a guy like him. No, I believe you lead him on to get him to let you in. I figured as much from when he first introduced you. I let you in because a pretty girl like yourself can be useful in these kinds of times. I have the ability to remove you from the premises as I please, so I suggest that you follow my orders. For now, you are free to do as you wish. But if I call for you, I expect you to listen. Do I make myself clear?”

“Yes, sir. I’m at your service.”

Brooks then leaves to attend to other matters, and Stacy starts looking for her friends. Stacy then gets a text message. It’s from Cathy. She says that her and Paul are on the far side of the main hall, at the back corner. Stacy makes her way to them and is relieved to see that they are okay.

After a brief reunion, one of the privates interrupts and calls for Stacy.

“Stacy, report to the second-floor art gallery immediately. Sergeant Brooks has an assignment for you.”

What should Stacy do?
>Head to the art gallery
>Refuse
>Switch characters

You have now unlocked the ability to switch characters. The next character is Kyle.

I will leave the voting window open until 6:00PM PST (about 6 and a half hours from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4556577

>Refuse

Perfect, we can get kicked out with our friends, away from the weird military people we have been trying to avoid this whole time, and we don't even have to fight for it! I'm amazed that we didn't have to work harder for this.
>>
>>4556577
>Head to the art gallery
>>
>>4556577
I feel like I know what kind of assignment this is.
>Refuse
This is a kind of man who should be avoided, so we'll have to get away from here anyway. Why not get kicked out?
>Spread rumors about Sergeant Brooks coercing us for sexual favors.
>>
About an hour and 15 minutes left to vote. Get your votes in!
>>
No more votes!

>>4556641
>>4556751
2 votes for "Refuse"

>>4556642
1 vote for "Head to the art gallery"

>>4556751
>Spread rumors about Sergeant Brooks coercing us for sexual favors.
Since Stacy is the type to gossip, I can add something like this.

Writing now!
>>
Stacy has a bad feeling about this, so she comes up with a lie. “Can you give me a minute? I need to use the restroom. Tell him that I’ll be there soon.”

The private heads upstairs to report this to Brooks. In the meantime, Stacy discusses this with her friends.

“That guy, Brooks, he seems to be a bit of a hardass, huh? But there is something about him that seems... off. I have a bad feeling about meeting him upstairs. Things don’t seem right, you guys. I think he wants to get me to pleasure him to let me stay. I want nothing to do with that creep. We should get out of here and make sure Jacklyn and Jane are okay.”

Paul chimes in, “While I can understand what you mean, I’m sure he is like this because the military makes them act like that. I’m sure whatever he is asking for you to do is related to our survival. Besides, you want us to go back out there? Are you crazy? While I care about them, I don’t want us to get killed because of such reckless decisions.”

Cathy also states her opinion, “That guy does give me the creeps, but I don’t think he wants to do anything to you, Stacy. But regardless, I don’t want to leave. We’re safe here.”

“Guys, neither of them has responded to our texts. We need to do something!”

Paul and Cathy don’t respond, but instead look away. They must be feeling guilty, but still don’t feel brave enough to leave.

Suddenly, Sergeant Brooks appears behind Stacy.

“So, you needed to use the restroom, huh? Looks like all you’ve been doing is gabbing with your friends. I told you that when I give you an order, I mean it. Now move your ass upstairs, now!”

Stacy, terrified that something would happen to her, quickly bolts before Brooks could grab her by the arm. She doesn’t know what to do, but she knows she wants nothing to do with this place. She quickly sprints to the back door.

Some of the soldiers try getting to her before she can escape and were trying to convince her of how dangerous it is outside. But it was no use. She bursts open the back door and quickly hides behind the adjacent building. Stacy is able to find some bushes to hide in.

Crunch. Crunch

Someone, or something, was trying to sneak up on Stacy. Their footsteps were deliberate, but seemingly trying to avoid stepping on the leaves below. However, they were not successful since Stacy could hear them. Unsure of what to do, Stacy decides to leave her hiding spot, but a hand grabs her arm before she can escape.

“Let me go! Let me fucking go, you asshole” She continues to struggle.

“Wait, wait, wait! Relax! It’s me, Anthony! I’m not here to hurt you.” Anthony lets go of her.

“Anthony? What are you doing here? It’s not safe.”

“I could be asking you the same question. Why did you just leave like that? I just followed you.”

Stacy explains the situation.

(1/2)
>>
“He found us out that quickly, huh? Geeze. It sounds like you made the right call. But it’s a real shame that none of your friends would come. Give them some time. They might come around eventually. Keep an eye on your messages for the time being.”

“I will. Now what about you. Why did you come out here?”

“I didn’t really like getting ordered around by those guys, and besides, I wanted to help you out and find your friends.”

“What about your friends?”

Anthony gets a little embarrassed. “Well, I don’t really have any friends. You were the first person to ever really be nice to me since I transferred here, so I was hoping we could... you know... work together.”

“I... see. You hardly know me, though. Are you sure you would be willing to risk your life to help me?”

“I don’t see why not. Besides, I’ve always had a cr-,” Anthony quickly bites his tongue. He was about to say something extremely embarrassing to the girl he had been thinking about for weeks.

Anthony starts talking again, “Well, it’s not like you would be totally against having me around right? We had a nice time together earlier right?”

Stacy doesn’t have the heart to tell him that she was just using him to get in before.

Should Stacy allow him to help?
>Yes, but she would use him to find her friends and then friendzone him. Anthony isn’t exactly the manliest, after all. This will add one more character to Stacy’s friend count and will also make Anthony much easier to manipulate. There are better men that she could find to date.

>No. He is slower than her and provides practically no help. He seems nervous to even hold a gun. In fact, she should “convince” him to give her his gun. Don’t worry, she will find a safe place to “convince” him.

>Yes. He seems to be a nice guy. Stacy will keep an open mind to him and his intentions. Anthony can no longer become just a friend. He can only become a sexfriend or a boyfriend. Stacy will lose some of her ability to manipulate him since she will slowly start to care about him. Stacy will also be less able to seduce men out in the open because Anthony will get upset and she will feel more guilty.

>Switch Characters

Those choices contained quite a bit of text, so like always, feel free to ask me any questions you may have.

I will leave the voting window open until 12PM PST (about 5 hours from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4557018
Actually, I mean 12AM PST, not PM. Regardless, that's about 5 hours from now.
>>
>>4557018
>No. He is slower than her and provides practically no help. He seems nervous to even hold a gun. In fact, she should “convince” him to give her his gun. Don’t worry, she will find a safe place to “convince” him.
>>
>>4557018

>>Yes, but she would use him to find her friends and then friendzone him. Anthony isn’t exactly the manliest, after all. This will add one more character to Stacy’s friend count and will also make Anthony much easier to manipulate. There are better men that she could find to date.

No reason to say no to a free friend, and if we can get our other friends on board because of his help, that's good enough for me
>>
>>4557018

Question by the way, if we have him join as a friend, will we be able to exchange items or weapons between ourselves or our friends? Seems like an important thing to ask about.


Also, when do you plan to introduce the new mechanic for Stacy you mentioned, aside from seduction? I'm really looking forward to it.
>>
>>4557101
>if we have him join as a friend, will we be able to exchange items or weapons between ourselves or our friends
Yes. Anything that a friend has, we could either get them to use or exchange with them. However, they need to be with Stacy. For example, Stacy cannot exchange items with Paul and Cathy currently because they are now in completely different locations. Contact is possible through the text messages, though.
>when do you plan to introduce the new mechanic for Stacy you mentioned
Like with Larry's story, there is a certain spot that we need to hit. I don't want to spoil what it is, but it will be introduced if Stacy can find all of her friends. She has found 2 so far, so 2 more to go (assuming Anthony doesn't become a friend, that is. If he does, then we have found 3 friends and 2 more to go).
>>
>>4557018
>>No. He is slower than her and provides practically no help. He seems nervous to even hold a gun. In fact, she should “convince” him to give her his gun. Don’t worry, she will find a safe place to “convince” him.
Wonder why anons are inclined towards the true ending for Stacy after choosing the happy ending for most of the previous characters.
>>
>>4557018
>>Yes, but she would use him to find her friends and then friendzone him. Anthony isn’t exactly the manliest, after all. This will add one more character to Stacy’s friend count and will also make Anthony much easier to manipulate. There are better men that she could find to date.
>>
>>4557115

The happy ending is to make friends and survive together on campus. I suspect that it will be much harder to survive in the Student Union than the story leads us to initially believe. The presence of the military there is especially a big red flag for us given how untrustworthy the police are appearing to be. We also need more than 2 friends to get the Happy Ending, which is all we really had at the Union. We did need to somehow make contact with our other friends.
>>
>>4557018
>use him
No, thanks.
>Yes. He seems to be a nice guy. Stacy will keep an open mind to him and his intentions. Anthony can no longer become just a friend. He can only become a sexfriend or a boyfriend. Stacy will lose some of her ability to manipulate him since she will slowly start to care about him. Stacy will also be less able to seduce men out in the open because Anthony will get upset and she will feel more guilty.
QM, I know this isn't relationship quest.
But why this option makes it unable him to become just a friend? I liked only first three sentences from this option.
>Yes. He seems to be a nice guy. Stacy will keep an open mind to him and his intentions.
Can't you just trim those options a bit, to make it more broad. You probably has a good reason to make those options like this, but I wanted to share my resentment for them.

>>4557189
We could have just madr Anthony a third friend, and voila you got happy ending.
So far, only contact with police we've got was only through Kyle (Larry too, but that doesn't count). I'd prefer if we had stayed a bit longer on campus and found out more about these military guys.
>>
>>4557200

There's other places on campus we can survive at, remember? The library and dorm both seem like places we can secure, and there may be other buildings to check out as well.

As for the military, we already saw how weird the Sargent was, and we are deliberately trying to stay away from the police. We'll probably have more chances to learn about them later.
>>
>>4557206
He was weird, but that could be just different culture, i.e. military one. But don't you wonder what a military does on a university ground, so soon after apocalypse began?
>>
>>4557229

>“I don’t believe you. You’re too beautiful for a guy like him. No, I believe you lead him on to get him to let you in. I figured as much from when he first introduced you. I let you in because a pretty girl like yourself can be useful in these kinds of times. I have the ability to remove you from the premises as I please, so I suggest that you follow my orders. For now, you are free to do as you wish. But if I call for you, I expect you to listen. Do I make myself clear?”

>I let you in because a pretty girl like yourself can be useful in these kinds of times.

Okay then.
>>
>>4557229
>>4557106

Also, we need to meet up with all 4 original friends to unlock that shiny new mechanic. See above.
>>
>>4557018
>Yes, but she would use him to find her friends and then friendzone him. Anthony isn’t exactly the manliest, after all. This will add one more character to Stacy’s friend count and will also make Anthony much easier to manipulate. There are better men that she could find to date.
>>
>>4557241
Aight, that's right.
I misread, again. QM says that no more than three friends can die to achieve happy ending. Making Anthony friend will make this more difficult as he could die too.

>>4557240
Do you really think he would rape her?
>>
>Yes, but she would use him to find her friends and then friendzone him.
Gotta keep our options open. Plus he could be a useful simp in the future. A Stacy without much physical strength or stamina will need to make use of her orbiters to survive.
>>
>>4557018
Do we really have to decide whether friendzone him or not right now? We know shit all about Anthony. Also shouldn't we be more concerned about ours and our friends' survival?

>>4557276
>Do you really think he would rape her?

>Called us "too beautiful for that guy"
>"You have no right to be here and can only remain by my mercy" right away
>Summoned for an assignment personally instead of passing down the orders through that private.
>QM said right from the start people will try to rape Stacy
I think the chances are fair.
>>
No more votes!

>>4557050
>>4557115
2 votes for "No. He is slower than her and provides practically no help. He seems nervous to even hold a gun. In fact, she should “convince” him to give her his gun. Don’t worry, she will find a safe place to “convince” him."

>>4557200
I am counting this as a vote for an edited version of what I wrote. So 1 vote for "Yes. He seems to be a nice guy. Stacy will keep an open mind to him and his intentions."

>>4557063
>>4557147
>>4557251
>>4557302
4 votes for "Yes, but she would use him to find her friends and then friendzone him. Anthony isn’t exactly the manliest, after all. This will add one more character to Stacy’s friend count and will also make Anthony much easier to manipulate. There are better men that she could find to date."

>>4557303
Currently, we are just setting up the initial framework for how she thinks of him. This is not a permanent thought process for her. All choices that affect character thoughts can be changed over time like anybody's thought process in real life. She is just currently more inclined to think this way. It can change.
>Also shouldn't we be more concerned about ours and our friends' survival
Yes, we are going to be focusing on that shortly.

Writing now!
>>
While Anthony isn’t really her type, Stacy is quite happy that he is willing to help her in a life or death scenario. While she doesn’t think she would want to have a relationship with him, it could be a good idea to give him what he wants for a bit.

“It was a nice time. Anthony, I want to reward you for being so kind to me. Come here...”

Stacy pulls Anthony close and takes his first kiss. While it only lasted for 30 seconds at most, to him, it felt like an eternity. For Anthony, this was pure bliss. He is having a lot of firsts today.

“My first kiss...”

“If we can find a safe place, I will let you experience another first,” Stacy whispers into his ear. After a bit more flirting and kissing, Stacy relents a bit. It was time to get out of here.

While they were both outside just behind some building, the vast majority of zombies were in the main courtyard. This may not always be the case since, eventually, they will need to hunt somewhere else.

Stacy starts to tell Anthony about where the rest of her friends would be.

“I think we should check the dorms first. That’s probably where more zombies are, but that also means that your friend is in more danger,” Anthony suggested.

“I think that could work. I also think I could grab some of my medical equipment from my room anyway. It may come in handy. Do you have any medical equipment in your room or anything that could be of use, Anthony?”

“I do have a few things that might be useful, but no first aid or anything.”

Anthony was a bit happy by this revelation. This means he may be able to be alone with her... in her room or his room. But before he could be daydreaming too long about this, she interrupts.

“What room do you live in? I live in room 524 and Jane is in 602”

“845, right next to the roof access door.”

“Great! I think we should head to my room first, grab everything we can, go to Jane’s room, and then go to yours.”

“Sounds like a plan. Do you have a weapon?”

“No, but I can run pretty fast. I need you to be on the lookout with your pistol. However, do not shoot unless it’s absolutely necessary, okay? It might attract them.”

After creating a plan, Stacy texts the group explaining everything.

“Wait, before we go... Can we swap phone numbers? J-Just in case?” Anthony sheepishly asked.

“Sure.”

After exchanging numbers, they get a move on. Stacy moves a bit slower than she would like to accommodate for Anthony’s slower pace.

After making it to the dorm’s back door, Anthony slowly opens it and takes a peak. It is not a pretty sight to say the least. There are zombies as far as the eye can see. There is no way they are getting in through there short of barging in with a tank.

There is a fire exit located on the west-side, but the zombies in the courtyard may be able to see them. The front door is an impossibility since that is where most zombies are. They seem stuck.

(1/2)
>>
What could they possibly do to make their way into the dorms? Or maybe they should do something else?
>Write-in
>Switch Characters

You have unlocked the ability to do write-ins for Stacy’s story! This is one of the extremely rare chances in a story where the only choice, aside from switching characters, is to do a write-in!

There are some restrictions:
1. Stacy (and Larry) have unique story conditions not allowing them to meet with other characters unless they are in their true end. Unlike Larry, however, other characters can make their way to Stacy if they unlock the write-in ability. I will explain this mechanic once we are on another character with a write-in.

2. The write-ins need to be in-character and cannot be completely contrary to information conveyed. For example, Stacy will not try to seduce a zombie, nor will Stacy kill Anthony to lure zombies to his dead corpse as a distraction.

3. While I would like to rely on a majority vote, I may just pick the option that sounds the best. Just because a write-in doesn’t get a majority vote doesn’t mean it won’t be chosen. Write-ins for this quest are more about generating good ideas, instead of trying to convince others of your idea.

It would be nice to see some debate and discussion of where to go from here. As always, I am here to answer questions. Though, I will be sleeping soon, so it may be a while for me to able to answer them.

I will leave the voting window open until 12PM PST (about 11 hours and 45 minutes from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4557316
>Text Jane again to get recon and see if she has any good ideas.
>We don't actually have to get inside the dorms, we need our things and Jane out.
>>
>>4557315
>>4557316
>“It was a nice time. Anthony, I want to reward you for being so kind to me. Come here...”
I am dying inside.
>It would be nice to see some debate and discussion of where to go from here. As always, I am here to answer questions. Though, I will be sleeping soon, so it may be a while for me to able to answer them.
Same here.

>>4557324
>Text Jane again to get recon and see if she has any good ideas.
Agree about text, though shouldn't she respon to our first message?

>We don't actually have to get inside the dorms, we need our things and Jane out.
Do you imply that there might be some emergency stairs?
>>
>>4557335
>Agree about text, though shouldn't she respon to our first message?
Paul and Cathy also didn't reply right away. Won't hurt to check.

>Do you imply that there might be some emergency stairs?
More like making a rope out of bedsheets and escaping, or something.
>>
>>4557337
>More like making a rope out of bedsheets and escaping, or something.
Shouldn't be get in in the first place?

Do you think it'll be difficult to open fire exit from outside? I'm not sure how those work. Maybe QM could help me out?

And second question. Do you think there'll be few of them on the other side of fire exit?
>>
>>4557340
>Do you think it'll be difficult to open fire exit from outside?
>Do you think there'll be few of them on the other side of fire exit?
Jane can help us with both of these things.
>>
>>4557340
>Maybe QM could help me out
The fire exit is potentially openable from the outside. There is also no alarm attached to this one. So if it is opened, it won't sound any sort of emergency alarm. However, the door hasn't been used in a while, so it may be a bit rusty.
>>
>>4557344
This may be a problem.
The fact that zombies see them won't be problem, unless they're stuck outside for a while. I hoped that getting in fast so zombies won't catch them. Since they're probably stuck at front door, I suppose that they won't be able to open fire exit soon, either.

By the way, got question about Larry's story. Where do you get a shotgun on a cruise ship?
>>
>>4557345
>By the way, got question about Larry's story. Where do you get a shotgun on a cruise ship
There may or may not be one on the ship. If there was one, it would be one of the security stations. Someone also may have snuck one on-board.

That's going to be it for me tonight. If there are any other questions, feel free to ask them! Just be patient and I will answer a couple hours before the vote closes. Plus, anybody on here can answer questions to the best of their ability if they think they know the answer.
>>
>>4557345
Oh wait, you were referring to the survivor from before who was killed that had a shotgun. He did, in-fact, sneak one on board. I had forgotten briefly that I already introduced him and killed him off, so there is no need to be secretive about that bit, I suppose.
>>
>>4557350
Exactly.
Why would you smuggle shotgun on board of cruise ship?
>>
>>4557351
BECAUSE 2ND AMENDMENT IS SACRED YOU FUCKING COMMIE
>>
>>4557366
Hahaha, aight.
>>
>>4557316
Find a rope/blanket so we can climb up to where Jane is.

>>4557315
What did we do with Anthony the first time? Sex or just a bj? What other first are we going to give him?
>>
>>4557351
Some people are really, really into guns. That's why that man smuggled it in.
>>4557427
>What did we do with Anthony the first time
Just a bj.
>What other first are we going to give him
Stacy was planning on taking Anthony's virginity if they find a safe place.

About 2 hours left guys! Get those write-ins in!
>>
>>4557316

>Throw a rock into a window to distract the zombies into an empty room near the back door, then make a break for the functioning elevator.

Zombies may be smart enough to know how doors work, but elevators are another thing. I don't want to ask Jane for help since that could put her at risk
>>
No more write-ins!

>>4557324
>>4557427
>>4557543
I think I'm going to take the best parts of all three of these.

Writing now!
>>
File: Jane Mountain Climbing.jpg (288 KB, 1500x998)
288 KB
288 KB JPG
“Do you think we should come back later?” Anthony asked.

“Hold on, let me think. There must be some way to get in.”

After a few more minutes of thinking, Stacy had a few ideas.

“Knowing Jane, she is probably still asleep. That might be why she hasn’t responded yet. But if I send a lot of messages back-to-back, that should be able to wake her up. If she responds, she might have some good ideas. But for now, I want to wake her up. If she doesn’t have any ideas, I want you to do me a favor.”

“What’s that?”

“Jane likes to mountain climb as a hobby, and we’ve all climbed the nearby mountains together. She would definitely have some rope in her dorm. If she can tie a rope to a secure spot, she could come down that way. But with all of these zombies, that’s going to be tricky. I need you to distract the zombies so she can come down. That’s plan A.”

“I’m assuming there is a plan B?”

“Plan A doesn’t have any way for us to get our stuff. We have next to nothing on us, except for your gun and my purse. And I only have things like tissues, makeup, and condoms in here. Nothing too useful. Well, nothing useful for survival, that is,” Stacy winks at Anthony, making his heart skip a beat. She continues, “Plan B will be riskier, but it could allow us to get some useful things. For plan B, I’m going to need to you distract the zombies, like in Plan A. Except that instead of Jane climbing down, I could get in through the fire escape and get in the elevator. For this plan, I’m going to need your gun.”

“Wait, why can’t Jane climb down, and you go inside to grab your things? Wouldn’t that be better?”

“While that would be nice, Jane’s window is on the east and the fire exit is on the west. It is unlikely that you would be able to keep zombies from being able to see in both of those locations.”

“I see. But why should I be the one to distract them? You’re much faster than me. You could run circles around them.”

Anthony does make a good point, but Stacy is worried that she will make a mistake and get eaten. She would much rather let Anthony do the hard part.

(1/2)
>>
Stacy pretends to start tearing up, “Anthony... I thought you wanted to help me... I thought you were a nice guy... All of my exes were selfish and mean to me... I thought you were different from my them... I was really beginning to like you...” Anthony, not having any experience with women, is not able to see through these crocodile tears.

“I-I’m sorry, Stacy. I didn’t mean anything by it. I care a lot about you.” Anthony, trying to calm her down, embraces her.

Stacy then turns up the waterworks and starts “crying” into his chest.

“I’m so worried about my friends... sob... I just want to help them... And I thought I had found the perfect guy to be there for me when I really needed it...”

“It’s okay. It’s okay,” Anthony starts patting her head, “I won’t force you to do anything you don’t want to do. I’ll distract them for you guys. I’m here for you.”

“You mean it?”

“Yes, of course. I care a lot about you.”

Stacy, sealing the deal, gives Anthony a big kiss. “It’s a promise then.”

This was a good effort on Stacy’s part to make sure Anthony would protect her during all of this. He is starting to fall madly in love with her and is much more likely to try to protect her than any normal friend would. Stacy only thinks of him as a friend and someone who can help her. No more, no less. And while this can always change, that is how they stand currently.

After using her tissues to blow her nose and wipe away her tears, Stacy begins rapidly texting Jane. Eventually, she responds.

“Stacy, WTF??? It’s so fucking early in the morning. Stop spamming me and let me sleep!”
Sent at 8:45AM

Stacy decides to call Jane and explains the situation.

“No way. I thought those zombies were dead. Don’t you remember the cute news guy saying that like a month ago?”

“I know, but it’s happening. Believe me.”

Stacy then explains her plans and asks if Jane has any better ideas.

“The only other plan would be for me to try to come down myself. But screw that. I’m going to die for sure if we do that. I’m okay with either of your plans.”

Which plan should they utilize?
>Plan A
>Plan B
>Write-In
>Switch Characters

I will leave the voting window open until 6PM PST (about 4 hours and 50 minutes from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4557657

>Plan B

We need to get all the stuff we can right now. Currently we're severely under-supplied, and the outbreak is only going to get worse the longer we wait to gear up. A little risk now could save us from a lot of risk later.
>>
>>4557657

Question by the way, is it possible to find more condoms when we loot locations such as the dormitory?
>>
>>4557666
Yes, there will be condoms to be found other than the 3 Stacy carries. Anthony has none on him, by the way, and no guy she seduces will have one. They will have to be found.
>>
>>4557657
>Plan B
>>
>>4557657
>Plan B, but have Jane throw down a rope anyway so that Anthony could climb up if he has to escape from zombies.
>>
>>4557657
Also:
>Stacy thinks of him as a friend
>Is using him as bait because she's afraid to get eaten
What kinda friendship is this. Especially from someone whose first instinct when seeing people fleeing in panic is to help the injured.
>>
>>4557729
She ultimately hopes that Anthony will be okay, and is not intentionally trying to get him killed. She just prioritizes the friends she's known for years and herself, over him. She can grow to care more about him and think of his as someone special to her like her other friends, but that is up to the choices you guys make.
>first instinct when seeing people fleeing in panic is to help the injured
Yes, but she did not think her life was in jeopardy at that point. Stacy does care for others, but she also can be a bit selfish.
>>
No more votes!

All votes are for "Plan B".

>>4557726
I can incorporate the write-in part. It's a good idea.

Writing now!
>>
“I think I want to do Plan B. Jane, could you still tie a rope and lower it? Don’t climb down, but Anthony can start climbing it if things get bad for him.”

Anthony was a bit touched to hear this. To him, this meant that Stacy does care about him.

“Got it. Do you plan on coming to my room immediately?” Jane asked.

“I don’t think that would be the best idea. It will be easier for just me to grab what I can from my room and Anthony’s room first, and then come to get you. Keep your door locked and keep a low profile. Start putting everything you can into your purse and backpack. We need as many things as we can get.”

Jane takes a moment to prepare a climbable rope for Anthony. “I’ve been meaning to buy a new rope for a couple of months. This one is on its last legs, and it can probably only last long enough for one trip. If he comes up here, we probably cannot use the rope again.”

“Got it, I’ll let Anthony know. I’ll talk to you later. Stay safe!” Click

Stacy relays Jane’s message.

“Since I’m going to be in close quarters with the zombies, can I have your gun?”

Anthony has no objections and hands it to her. “They didn’t trust me with a lot of ammo, so there are only 5 bullets. Be careful, Stacy. I don’t know what I would do if something happened to you.”

“Don’t worry. I will be okay. Have you figured out how you want to distract them yet?”

“Yeah, there are a bunch of rocks over in the courtyard. I can throw one into a window of the nearby bookstore. It always has an alarm set when it’s closed, so this will make plenty of noise. Some of them might see me, but I will try to get away.”

“That’s a great idea! But wait, how do you know about the alarm?”

“I’ll tell you once we get out of this. Now let’s do this. On my mark, I’ll start the distraction. Are you ready?” Anthony, taking charge, asked.

“I’m ready.”

“3...2....1... GO!”

Stacy gets into position, waiting for the distraction. Anthony runs into the courtyard, grabs one of the larger rocks, and throws it in the opposite direction, shattering the glass of one of the bookstore windows.

As predicted, the alarm triggers and across the campus, the blaring from its speakers can be heard. Most of the zombies start heading in the direction of the alarm, even zombies indoors start to find exits to follow the sound. The lobby of the dorm starts to thin out.

Some zombies, however, do spot Anthony, so he bolts. We will check-in on him later.

(1/2)
>>
File: Elevator or Stairs.jpg (86 KB, 1300x866)
86 KB
86 KB JPG
Meanwhile, the zombies have moved far enough to where Stacy believes she can sneak in. She opens the fire exit slowly, but the crappy door is all rusty. It makes an ungodly amount of noise while opening, but luckily, there aren’t any zombies in this part of the dorms. If there were, they already left the room trying to get to the alarm.

Stacy decides to close the door behind her. This way, zombies don’t have another avenue to just walk in. Since she did come in from the fire exit, the elevator is a bit farther away than normal.

On the way to the elevator, Stacy cautiously sneaks around the area, worried about stragglers. Her worries seem to have been founded since there are 3 zombies who seem to have not wanted to leave.

This is an important zombie quirk. If a distraction does not involve visible food, not all zombies will follow it. Some will stick around. It is a hunting strategy. If every other zombie is going somewhere to get food, it will be harder for an individual zombie to eat. Plus, there is no guarantee that there even will be food by the time they get there. Therefore, some will stay in the same area to hunt since there will be less competition.

Luckily, they are not blocking the elevator, so Stacy can hit the up arrow, and wait for it. However, elevators make noise and there may be zombies on the elevator. Stacy needs to be careful here. There is also always the possibility that when Stacy gets to a floor, zombies can be right in front of the elevator.

She could also use the stairs, but I’m sure many of you remember the trials and tribulations Larry has been going through with stairs. Plus, there may be zombies walking down the stairs to get to the alarm.

How should Stacy proceed?
>Use the stairs
>Call for the elevator
>Write-in
>Switch characters

I will leave the voting window open until 9PM PST (about 2 hours and 20 minutes from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4557933
>Call for the elevator
Get ready to use gun
>>
>>4557933

>Call for the elevator

Zombies will probably not be in the elevator, and while they make noise, it's not a massive amount. I bet they don't even know how to use an elevator. We should be ready to use our gun if necessary though
>>
No more votes!

All votes were for "Call for the elevator"

It's fully written, posting right after this!
>>
File: Zombies in the elevator.jpg (109 KB, 1920x1090)
109 KB
109 KB JPG
Stacy lives five floors up, so using the stairs would be a hassle; plus, zombies might be walking down the stairs right now.

Those three zombies in the room are the main issue right now. They are looking away, so she may be able to pull it off.

She slowly creeps her way to the elevator and hits the up button, and then quickly hides behind a nearby plant. As the elevator starts whirring to life and descending to her floor, some of the noises typical of an elevator are heard. The zombies, out of instinct, turn their gaze to it. However, since nothing is moving and the sounds don’t seem very loud, they start ignoring it.

Ding

The elevator is on her floor and the door opens revealing a group of six zombies and a pile of bones on the floor beneath.

“They must have chased a man into the elevator. Poor guy,” Stacy thought.

She was correct. The zombies had trapped a man inside the elevator and devoured him entirely. However, zombies are not smart enough to use elevators, so they were stuck in there for a while. With nothing left to eat inside, they desperately tried to leave the elevator. The elevator is now vacant.

None of the zombies notice Stacy, but she mustn’t be too hasty. She decides to wait until all the zombies are looking away before she makes her move. Luckily, Stacy was also smart enough to silence her phone before coming, so that is of no concern.

It felt like an eternity, but eventually, some of the zombies started moving towards the alarm and the others had their backed turned. Stacy finally had the chance she needed. She hit the button, the doors opened, and she hit the fifth-floor button. Before the doors close, the zombies do notice her, but they are too slow. The elevator doors close, and Stacy breathes a sigh of relief.

But she doesn’t get too comfortable. She knows that there could be zombies lurking right outside, so she hides in the front corner where no zombie would be able to see and keeps her hand on the “Close Doors” button, just in case.

The elevator stops on the fifth floor and opens the doors. The coast seems clear, surprisingly. It’s very possible that most of the zombies attracted to the alarm already made their way downstairs. And any others are in the dorm rooms.

(1/2)
>>
File: Looter in Stacy's Room.jpg (89 KB, 1392x788)
89 KB
89 KB JPG
Making her way to her room, Stacy notes that pretty much every door is shut. That is, except for hers. Stacy, in her haste to get to class, forgot to lock her door. Stacy facepalms, and thinks, “Of all the days to forget. Why did it have to be today?”

However, it doesn’t sound like a zombie is in her room. It sounds like someone is rummaging through her stuff with purpose. Curious, Stacy takes a peek. Her suspicions were correct. It seems like someone was trying to steal from her. The looter was a man, about her age, and seemed pretty frantic.

Stacy was about to give up and just forget about getting her things, when she accidentally bumped her elbow on the door frame, making some noise.

“Who’s that? Who’s there? God, I hope it’s not a zombie. Wait, it seems like it’s a girl.”

“I’m Stacy. I don’t want any trouble. I was just coming back to my room to get my stuff.”

“Your stuff? Finders keepers, Stacy. You’re out of luck. I need these supplies more than you do. So, beat it.”

“This is my room, not yours. Look, I can give you some of my things, but this is my stuff.”

“Maybe you didn’t hear me properly. It doesn’t belong to you anymore. It’s mine, and I’m not sharing.”

What should Stacy do?
>Seduce the man. She could use the medical supplies. (1d9. 1 is a failure, 2-5 leads to going all the way, 6-9 leads to just giving head)
>Let him be. She can live without it.
>Write-in
>Switch characters

Remember, I am the one who will be rolling if the seduction option is chosen. If she gets a 1, she will fail entirely. If she gets a 2-5, she will succeed, but will need to use a condom. If she gets a 6-9, the seduction succeeds, and no condom needs to be used.

I will leave the voting window up until 11PM PST (about 2 hours from now).
>>
>>4558043
>Seduce the man. She could use the medical supplies. (1d9. 1 is a failure, 2-5 leads to going all the way, 6-9 leads to just giving head)
We have more condoms in our room right? Honestly tempted to just shoot the guy though. Would that be in character?
>>
>>4558052
>We have more condoms in our room right
Yes, there will be some more in her room.
>Honestly tempted to just shoot the guy though. Would that be in character
While outright shooting wouldn't be, you could have her threaten him with her gun. So if you wanted to switch your vote to a write-in for that, you can, just let me know.
>>
>>4558043

>Write in: Hold the gun up to the man's skull and say you will shoot unless he drops everything he has and leaves the building.
>>
>>4558056
Changing to
>Pull gun out "And now I'm reclaiming my property back. Get out, drop everything you found here and find somewhere else to loot"
>>
>>4558068

Why tell him to drop everything he found here when we can also make him drop everything he had before? Also, why risk a misfire when we could just walk seductively towards him and hold the gun up to his skull, point-blank?
>>
>>4558071
I guess we could
>>
>>4558077
>>4558056

Sounds good! Hope QM is making note of this :)
>>
>>4558067
Support.
>>
No more votes!

All votes were for a write-in.

Writing now!
>>
While Stacy would normally take this chance to seduce the man to get what she wants, but this time, she won’t have to. She was smart enough to get Anthony’s gun. However, she needs to be careful. She has no idea if the looter is armed.

“I understand. You can have whatever you want of mine, just please don’t hurt me.”

“Good, it seems like you understand. Now close the door and lock it. I will just be a moment. You can stay here safely after I leave.”

Stacy closes and locks the door, leaving just her and the man inside.

“Wait. I have a better idea. It’s been so long since I’ve had a girl as pretty as you on my dick. Before I go, why don’t I drop a load in you? I’ll have you moaning like a bitch in heat before you know it.”

Stacy, for once, it quite offended by how vulgar this man is being with her. But this could be the chance she needs to get closer to him.

“Okay, just don’t hurt me!”

“Don’t worry, girl. I won’t. I’ll be nice and gentle.”

The man pulls her close and starts locking lips with Stacy. She just bears with it until a good opportunity arises. Growing impatient, the man guides her hand to his crotch. Stacy doesn’t have much time, it’s now or never.

Using her free hand she grabs her gun and positions it right against his temple. For good measure, she squeezes his balls as hard as she can.

The man starts screaming in pain.

“Put your hands up, you fucking asshole! Now! Put them up or I will blow your brains out.”

The man hesitates, so Stacy squeezes even harder. “Argh. Fucking hell, lady. I’m putting them up.“ The man puts his hands up.

Stacy lets go, steps back, and repositions her gun to his forehead.

“Before, I would have let you have some of my supplies. But now, you are getting nothing. Stacy quickly searches his pockets and removes everything from them.”

“Wait, some of that stuff was not yours to begin with.”

“Too bad. You’re the one being robbed now, you piece of shit.”

“Hell no. I’m not letting this happen. I’m not being robbed by some whore.” The man puts grabs for the gun and tries to wrestle it from Stacy. However, Stacy kicks him in the balls. The looter, unable to cope with the pain, falls over.

“I was going to let you live, but it seems like that wouldn’t be for the best. Even if I let you go, you’ll just try something later.” Stacy aims the gun at his head and puts her finger on the trigger.

The man, finally able to see the real danger he is in, begins to tear up and start begging for his life.

“Please lady-“

“It’s Stacy, like I said before.”

“P-Please Stacy, please don’t kill me. I promise you I will leave this room and never come back. I will never do something like this again.”

“After all you’ve tried to do to me, you want me to spare you? Why should I give you the mercy you would have never shown me. Besides a coward like you will just do this to some other innocent girl.” Stacy draws her gun a bit closer.

(1/2)
>>
The man winces a bit. “Please don’t! I have some information I can tell you! It’s about the zombies and some of the survivors. I’ll tell you if you let me live. Trust me, this is some important information. Please, I beg of you!”

What should Stacy do?
>Kill the man. He is just a liability waiting to happen. Besides, Stacy knows all that she needs to know to survive. If the gunshot attracts zombies, use his body as bait. Killing him now will make Stacy’s story much, much easier.
>Let the man live, but once he is done speaking, shoot him in a non-lethal area. He will come back and will become a major threat to Stacy and her friends in the future. However, his information will be useful. (You will not learn this information from any other source.)
>Switch Characters

As promised, I am letting you know that this is Stacy’s first pivotal moment in her story. This choice does not lock her out of any endings, but this choice has a lot of importance for later. And since choice is so important, I am not allowing any write-ins.

I will leave the voting window open until 12PM PST (about 12 and a half hours from now).

(2/2)
>>
Eh, I made way more grammatical errors than I am happy with in this set of posts. I apologize for the sloppy writing. I shouldn't write when tired. I won't let it happen again. But still, get your votes in!
>>
>>4558142
Can't we cheat and kill him after he's done?
>>
>>4558162
No. He will not actually do anything wrong after telling Stacy the information he has (for the time being). He will just leave. Killing him after he did something nice for Stacy would be a tad bit too cruel in her mind. Once he does something bad again, then Stacy will have no real qualms will killing him.
>>
>>4558164
Can we not shoot him, but just kick him out after he talks? Maybe he'll distract some zombies for us. Also we only have 5 bullets.
>>
>>4558125
>Kill the man. He is just a liability waiting to happen. Besides, Stacy knows all that she needs to know to survive. If the gunshot attracts zombies, use his body as bait. Killing him now will make Stacy’s story much, much easier.
In that case, no information is worth the price.
>>
>>4558173
I do understand the logic with this. However, Stacy wants to teach this looter a lesson. A non-fatal wound, in her mind, should do the trick. He will have gotten off too easy if she doesn't. Normally, I would be willing to listen to suggestions like these. But for this choice, Stacy's mind is set on one of these.
>>
File: aeG9rAQ_460s.jpg (61 KB, 460x652)
61 KB
61 KB JPG
>>4558125
>Kill the man
>>
>>4558125
>Let the man live, but once he is done speaking, shoot him in a non-lethal area. He will come back and will become a major threat to Stacy and her friends in the future. However, his information will be useful.
I want to know the information.
>>
>>4558231
Roses are red,
Violets are blue,
Am gonna kill that man,
And so should you.
>>
>>4558231
Seriously now. Do you think that...
>He will come back and will become a major threat to Stacy and her friends in the future. < However, his information will be useful.
Ie. Do you think it's worth it? I mean info WILL be useful, but he WILL become a MAJOR threat to Stacy and her group. However his information could be useful, him being a major threat is not barter I am willing to make. If QM didn't explicitly stated this, I'd let that man go. But now. I'd rather off him than to risk lives of our friends. Plus, there'll be one less asshole in the world this way.
>>
>>4558246
Dude coming back is just more content for the story.
>>
>>4558327
In the same way as fighting a crowd of zombies is more content for the story.
>>
>>4558125
>Kill the man. He is just a liability waiting to happen. Besides, Stacy knows all that she needs to know to survive. If the gunshot attracts zombies, use his body as bait. Killing him now will make Stacy’s story much, much easier.
>>
I think it's time to decide guys, are we going for the happy ending or the true ending? If we're okay with going for true, no reason to not get this information since we'll be leaving campus anyways, which will mean leaving this guy behind. Otherwise this choice will matter in the long run. Overall this info sounds pretty important, so I don't think we should kill him lightly here. I'd be down to take the info and prepare for the true ending if you all are down with that.
>>
>>4558369
I don't know which ending we should try to achieve but no information is worth a nemesis.
>>
>>4558392

I disagree, not having this information could seriously endanger us, if for example, we learn that certain types of survivors could betray us down the line for some reason. Having that information in our pocket could save us from multiple nemeses and potential deaths down the line
>>
Additionally, this information could help us across multiple stories, and cannot be learned from any other source. If it's as big a deal as I think it is, gaining this information in exchange for a single Nemesis in a single story is a cheap price to pay.
>>
I apologize everybody, something came up. I'm going to extend the voting window an extra 2 hours. So it will close at 2PM PST (about 4 and a half hours from now).
>>
>>4558369
Again, the same thing all over again. I think I would go for happy ending as always. Is there something I should think about related to true ending?

>>4558392
>>4558396
>>4558399
While that information could prove useful across stories. Don't underestimate that nemesis. QM clearly stated that he will be a major threat. And without him, his words, it will make Stacy's story much, much easier.
Do you really think it's something groundbreaking?
Are we gonna seriously risk Stacy's ending for this information?
>For example, we learn that certain types of survivors could betray us down the line for some reason.
I don't think that something like this example would be good enough to risk it.

While there's risk everywhere. It's easier to prepare and fight something you know about, such as this guy. And that information could reveal a great danger, something we might've missed. That depends on wheter it...
>cannot be learned from any other source

So again, could be there something that we couldn't learn ourselves and is so danegrous that we should know about it beforehand?
Think guys. What could that be?
Something police and army related? I doubt, it wouldn't be worth enough. - - - Or would it? Though, this is something we can find out ourselves.
About turning into zombie? Not worth it. While definitely helpful, either we are cautious or we turn into one.
About antidote? What information on that we could get from someone like him.
Info on safe place or lot of loot? Yeah, I don't think so, since this information should be something worth making our game more difficult.

>>4558435
Fine here. Oh and by the way, isn't there a tunnel system under university? I think there's pretty good chance that there is.
Since it's quite popular in the United States (I suppose that's where this story takes place), although probably quite popular in other countries too.
>>
>>4558459

>Is there something I should think about related to true ending?

The true ending allows Stacy to go off-campus and interact with other characters in their stories. If the happy ending is taken, characters can only come to Stacy, not the other way around. This is arguably an even bigger deal than with Larry, since Stacy is a nursing student and could have some crucial medical knowledge we need to have to deal with the outbreak as the story reaches its conclusion. Especially with the information we're being offered now, the benefits of the happy ending just aren't worth it.

>So again, could be there something that we couldn't learn ourselves and is so dangerous that we should know about it beforehand?

I'm not sure, but it could have something to do with a plot element that hasn't even been revealed yet. One thing is for sure, if QM considers this choice to be pivotal, that information must be a big deal, at least equal in value to the nemesis. Not having it will likely make things a lot harder in some way down the road, even if it isn't necessarily harder for Stacy, it will likely get harder in general.
>>
Additionally, with Stacy's true ending, she can take her friends and their talents off-campus as well, which is a way bigger deal than when it was just Larry leaving the cruise ship.
>>
>>4558459
>isn't there a tunnel system under university
To be honest, I've never heard of something like that for a university. That does sound interesting, and I wish I knew about the existence of such a thing before. Unfortunately, it does not exist for Stacy's university.
>>
Oh, and another point, we got ourselves kicked out of the Student Union already, which was most likely the most secure place on campus. QM, can you at least confirm that the info we'll get from sparing the looter will be a big deal?
>>
>>4558483
>can you at least confirm that the info we'll get from sparing the looter will be a big deal
Yes. The information is a very big deal. I cannot overstate how important it could be.
>>
>>4558396
>>4558399
>>4558477
>>4558479
>>4558483
>>4558487

Okay, that does it, my vote is decided. Stacy's happy ending is becoming a pain for us anyways for the reasons mentioned above.

>Let the man live, but once he is done speaking, shoot him in a non-lethal area. He will come back and will become a major threat to Stacy and her friends in the future. However, his information will be useful. (You will not learn this information from any other source.)
>>
>>4558477
>>4558479
>>4558483
>>4558487
>>4558491
Sounds alright.
>Let the man live, but once he is done speaking, shoot him in a non-lethal area. He will come back and will become a major threat to Stacy and her friends in the future. However, his information will be useful. (You will not learn this information from any other source.)

>>4558481
Apparently, there are. For example...
>Like many other colleges, Virginia Tech has an extensive network of steam tunnels that run beneath much of the campus. These tunnels carry steam, electricity, and telecommunications lines throughout the campus and support Tech's population of over 30,000 students and 1000 faculty. Although these people pass by the grates and manholes that lead to the tunnels every day, few realize what lies beneath.
or
>At the University of Rochester's River Campus, a system of tunnels connect many of the buildings so that students don't have to venture out into the cold when going from one class to the next. UR actually has many tunnels, including one that extends from the River Campus to the Medical Center, but this one, as well as most others, are for utilities workers only and are full of pipes and wires. However, this still leaves a sizable network open to students, faculty, and visitors.
>>
>>4558125
>Kill the man. He is just a liability waiting to happen. Besides, Stacy knows all that she needs to know to survive. If the gunshot attracts zombies, use his body as bait. Killing him now will make Stacy’s story much, much easier.
Could his info be useful? Yes
Will killing him make me feel better? Also yes
>>
>>4558125
>Let the man live, but once he is done speaking, shoot him in a non-lethal area. He will come back and will become a major threat to Stacy and her friends in the future. However, his information will be useful. (You will not learn this information from any other source.)
>>
>>4558690
simp alert
>>
>>4558125
>Kill the man. He is just a liability waiting to happen. Besides, Stacy knows all that she needs to know to survive. If the gunshot attracts zombies, use his body as bait. Killing him now will make Stacy’s story much, much easier.
>>
No more votes! I was prepared for a tie, but one last vote swooped in at the last moment and broke the tie!

>>4558174
>>4558187
>>4558364
>>4558690
>>4558729
5 votes for "Kill the man. He is just a liability waiting to happen. Besides, Stacy knows all that she needs to know to survive. If the gunshot attracts zombies, use his body as bait. Killing him now will make Stacy’s story much, much easier."

>>4558231
>>4558491
>>4558518
>>4558703
4 votes for "Let the man live, but once he is done speaking, shoot him in a non-lethal area. He will come back and will become a major threat to Stacy and her friends in the future. However, his information will be useful. (You will not learn this information from any other source.)"

Writing now!
>>
Ya'll have doomed us lol
>>
>>4558518

You were right, democracy really doesn't work.
>>
>>4558748
Palpatine.gif
>>
>>4558763
Palpatine did love democracy
>>
>>4558690
>>4558187
>>4558174

Serious talk, though, please pay more attention to the thread in the future so you don't vote based on feelings or incomplete information.

>>4558487

QM specifically said here that the information would be a big deal. I imagine at least one of these three anons would have changed their vote based on this information, maybe more of you. I don't blame any of you for playing the game the way you want to, but if you do care about succeeding, please try keep up with new information as it comes in. Hopefully this current choice doesn't screw us big time later on.
>>
>>4558775
The only way I can imagine for this info to be that important is to be one of the secret events that unlock the sixth character. But we have other ways to unlock them. I would dare say, easier ways.
>>
File: Looter's Dead Body.jpg (51 KB, 495x612)
51 KB
51 KB JPG
Stacy considers what the looter says but stands by her initial stance. This man has danger written all over him, and he could cause problems down the line. What if he wants revenge? Or what if he harms someone else? Stacy can’t take that risk.

But even after all of this, she still hesitates. The man is clearly begging for his life in a sincere way, and he could have some important first-hand knowledge relevant to her.

While feeling some remorse for killing someone, she still decides to go through with it and shoots him right in the forehead. The bullet punctures his skull and flies cleanly through his brain. The man collapses to the floor and begins twitching uncontrollably and frothing at the mouth. After a moment or two, the man stops moving entirely. (Pistol ammo 4 (-1))

Stacy has now killed a man. An avoidable death, but a justifiable one. Yet, Stacy begins feeling a wave of regret. This is nothing like the movies or a game. She really killed somebody and watched him suffer before dying.

While Stacy has no special feelings for the man, and definitely didn’t like him. She began to feel a tear run down her cheek. Stacy’s been through a lot today, even if it’s only been a few hours.

Weird thoughts begin flooding her mind. Thoughts that nobody would normally have. “Could all of this have been avoided if I never came here? Should I have just let him fuck me? Should I have just walked away?”

It’s too late for regret now. Stacy has killed another human being and there is no changing that. But she is at least able to feel a bit safer about the situation.

You have failed to secure the secret item/event. Choosing the other choice would have led to a possible way to obtain it. While unlocking the sixth character through the obtaining/seeing the secret item/event for each character is now impossible, I highly encourage keeping an eye out for these. They do help uncover how the outbreak started. Now you can only unlock the sixth character through the endings you achieve.

After taking a bit of time to recover, Stacy starts gathering supplies from her room. She loads her purse and her backpack with various supplies. These include: 2 more condoms (now she has 5); a first-aid kit; countless over the counter medications, creams, stitches, and bandages; some other medical equipment; some food and drinks; some knives and cookware; some toiletries, and finally, her phone charger. She also uses the bathroom and washes her hands.

Once she feels properly prepared, she texts everyone letting them know what happened and that she is okay.

“That gunshot may have attracted some of the stragglers in the building. I need to be careful. I should just quickly peak out into the hallway and see if the coast is still clear,” Stacy thought.

(1/3)
>>
File: Anthony's Dorm.jpg (74 KB, 653x558)
74 KB
74 KB JPG
After peering into the hall, Stacy sees that she did attract a few of the lingering zombies in the building. It took her a while to gather everything, so the zombies were able to come up and down from the stairs to get here. However, Zombies are not superhuman with their hearing. They have no idea which room it came from. They start aimlessly roaming the halls to hope for some sort of hint. Luckily for them, they see a pretty blonde face come from one of the rooms. That’s all the direction they need.

“Oh shit, shit, shit! They saw me. What do I do?” Stacy thought. And as quickly as she felt safe, danger had found its way to her.

The zombies start closing in and make their way to the door. There is pounding on the door from what must have been 4 of these undead bastards.

That crappy wooden door is not going to last long. Stacy needs to do something quickly.

Then she remembers something. Back when she was helping those injured students, the zombies paid her no mind and went straight to the injured. “Do they prefer dead/unconscious bodies? I could use this guy here. Hopefully, I’m right about this.”

Stacy decides to hide in the bathroom and lets the zombies break in. They quickly see the dead man on the floor and begin running to him. As always, a fight started breaking out. But since these were zombies created from college-age students, they were all about the same age and build. There is no clear dominantly strong zombie. This could be a long and drawn out fight.

Stacy, who has now cracked open the bathroom door, stares in bewilderment at the sight in front of her. “Are these things fighting each other? Maybe they will be distracted enough for me to get the elevator. Well, it’s now or never.”

Stacy slams open the bathroom door and runs as fast as she can out of there, making sure that she has her purse and backpack on her. The zombies literally couldn’t care less. They had their own worries. To get distracted by her would be giving another zombie a chance to overpower it.

There don’t seem to be any more zombies on this floor, so she gets in the elevator and goes to the eighth floor to get to Anthony’s room. He mentioned that there are some supplies there, and he also gave her the key.

The coast seems to be clear here too. All the zombies must have been distracted either by the alarm or the gunshot, so these upper floors must be safe for the time being. Stacy finds Anthony’s door, unlocks it, and enters.

Stacy does see some useful items, but with the amount of carrying space she has, she can only carry a couple more things. She does make sure to get Anthony’s cell phone charger, so now she can only carry one more item.

(2/3)
>>
File: Anthony's Supplies.jpg (1.36 MB, 2618x1582)
1.36 MB
1.36 MB JPG
What should Stacy grab?

>Anthony seems to have a crowbar. This could be useful for getting into locked rooms and as a blunt object.

>Anthony has a big flashlight with new batteries inside. This can be useful for seeing in the dark and will be much more useful than cell phone flashlights. Plus, this lets Stacy make calls with her phone while being able to see in the dark.

>Anthony has some nails and a hammer. This can be useful for boarding up windows and doors. Plus, the hammer can be used as a weapon.

>Anthony has some lockpicking tools. This can unlock doors without destroying the locks. This can be useful for breaking into places they may want to stay.

>Switch characters

I am going to be busy today, so I’m going to leave the voting window open until 10PM PST (about 6 hours and 40 minutes from now).

(3/3)
>>
>>4558846


>Anthony has some lockpicking tools. This can unlock doors without destroying the locks. This can be useful for breaking into places they may want to stay.

We already have a weapon, there's certainly better weapons to be found than a crowbar, and the lockpick does the whole "getting into locked rooms" thing a lot better since it's quiet.

The flashlight has its uses, but not as much use as quietly getting into rooms they need to get into. The lockpick is ultimately the smart move, as it helps us find better places to stay and can help us secure even more loot down the road.
>>
>>4558846
>>Anthony has some lockpicking tools. This can unlock doors without destroying the locks. This can be useful for breaking into places they may want to stay.
>>
>>4558846
>Anthony has some nails and a hammer. This can be useful for boarding up windows and doors. Plus, the hammer can be used as a weapon
Had a hunch that the information is too big for us to handle, there are easier paths to unlock the sixth character.
>>
>>4559063

You were right, but keep in mind what QM said in the future, the information we can gain from these secret unlocks are still very important, even if there's other ways to unlock the secret character.
>>
>>4559063

It also means that if we get too many bad endings we could screw ourselves. If we got the secret unlock for Stacy, we could later get a bad ending for her and be perfectly okay. Now if we get a bad ending for anyone, we're pretty nervous.
>>
No more votes!

>>4558987
>>4559001
2 votes for "Anthony has some lockpicking tools. This can unlock doors without destroying the locks. This can be useful for breaking into places they may want to stay."

>>4559063
1 vote for "Anthony has some nails and a hammer. This can be useful for boarding up windows and doors. Plus, the hammer can be used as a weapon"

Writing now!

I'm actually kind of surprised that Stacy's story is the story that we've gone the deepest in. I'm happy to write the full story of any of the characters, but since she had zero votes in the character selection option, I'm just surprised you guys haven't wanted to switch characters yet.
>>
Stacy decides to grab the lockpicking tools since they could be very handy. Before leaving, Stacy decides to take a moment to look around Anthony’s room. It seems to be safe on this floor, and it’s rare for her to be in a guy’s room by herself, so she wanted to take this opportunity. Plus, something in her mind, or maybe in her heart, is insisting that she get to know him a bit better.

Surprisingly, his room is organized and seems like it was cleaned recently. This was unlike Stacy who was normally kind of a slob in her own room. Heck, it was unlike many of her previous boyfriends.

Stacy, making sure to leave room for more food and water in her bag, opened his refrigerator and pantry. It was well-stocked with many different types of ingredients. It seems like Anthony was quite the cook, unlike Stacy. She tended to just order food from Uber Eats or go to restaurants with her friends. Stacy took as many different foods and drinks as she could fit.

After making sure everything was packed and ready, she decided to take a brief break and relax for a bit. It’s been quite the day, and when she goes to pick up Jane, she expects another exhausting outing.

She takes a seat on Anthony’s made bed and texts everyone to let them know where she is. She then notices a thick book on the nightstand, and curiously picks it up. It looks to be a photo album. Stacy, unable to resist, opens it up and investigates Anthony’s past.

She sees all kinds of loving memories like his High School graduation, his various birthday parties, and pictures of him as a kid. Stacy can’t help but smile at the touching moments captured on camera. Something deep down is also telling her to check if what he said about never having a girlfriend before was true. Stacy can’t see a single image of a girl Anthony’s age, so he must have been telling the truth.

After looking through it in its entirety, she closes it and sets it down. Stacy decides to re-evaluate her opinion of Anthony a bit. He seems to be a much more reliable person than any of the guys she has been friends with before. Stacy has been in many guys’ rooms and she knows that you can tell a lot about a man by how he treats his own living space.

Stacy is currently unsure of what she thinks of Anthony. Part of her will still think of him as a friend and another part is not so sure if he should just be a friend.

After wrapping everything up in Anthony’s room, Stacy is ready to finally save her friend. Jane lives on the sixth floor, so she should start heading there.

(1/2)
>>
Meanwhile...

“Good, they fell for the bait,” Anthony thought to himself.

It looks like his distraction was a resounding success, and the zombies are seemingly changing course to the sound of the alarm. However, he can’t stay for long since a few zombies did see him.

Anthony decides to run to the nearby bushes. However, since they are still coming his way, he decides to keep running.

Creaaaaaak....Slam

Anthony could hear the fire exit door close.

“Stacy... God, I hope you’re safe in there.”

Anthony can’t stop now; he needs to get to a safe location. He is currently about 100 feet east (30.48 meters) of the dorms. Further east is a public restroom. South of him is the tutoring center. Anthony is too far from the dorms to utilize the rope just yet, plus, he is a slow runner.

Where should Anthony go to hide?
>Restroom. The entrance is located on the other side. They will have no way of seeing him walk in, and he can hide in a stall. But there is no telling what could be inside. (Stalls in this school fully cover and don’t show the person’s feet or anything underneath.)
>Tutoring Center. It looks fortified. He can even see some Humvees. The military must have set up camp there.
>Write-in
>Switch characters

While you are controlling Anthony for the time being, this is still Stacy’s story, so switching characters will work like normal and switch to Kyle’s story.

I’ll leave the voting window open until 11AM PST (about 12 hours and 15 minutes from now).
>>
>>4559265

>Tutoring Center. It looks fortified. He can even see some Humvees. The military must have set up camp there.

This sounds like a good chance to learn about the military, hopefully without them finding out about us being there.
>>
>>4559265
>Restroom, but try to climb onto the roof instead of going inside
Going inside a place with a single exit is too risky. Meanwhile, if the Tutoring Center is set up like the Student Union was, we won't be able to get inside.
>>
>>4559265
>Switch characters.
>>
>>4559265
>Switch characters
It's a good time to do this
>>
>>4559265
>Switch characters
>>
>>4559265
>Tutoring Center
>>
>>4559265
>Restroom. The entrance is located on the other side. They will have no way of seeing him walk in, and he can hide in a stall. But there is no telling what could be inside. (Stalls in this school fully cover and don’t show the person’s feet or anything underneath.)
>>
>>4559265
>Tutoring Center. It looks fortified. He can even see some Humvees. The military must have set up camp there.
If they try to block us at the door say that Sergeant Brooks sent us.
>>
Is it just me or have we been getting a lot of ties recently? I will allow 2 more hours of voting and then do the normal tie-breaking procedures.

>>4559275
>>4559463
>>4559561
3 votes for "Tutoring Center. It looks fortified. He can even see some Humvees. The military must have set up camp there."

>>4559548
>>4559305
2 for "Restroom. The entrance is located on the other side. They will have no way of seeing him walk in, and he can hide in a stall. But there is no telling what could be inside. (Stalls in this school fully cover and don’t show the person’s feet or anything underneath.)" Though, one had some write-in, but I would just mix it with the normal option.

>>4559312
>>4559361
>>4559387
3 votes for "Switch Characters"
>>
>>4559612
I'll change to switch characters and kick the can further down the road.
>>
The tie has been broken!

We will switch back to Kyle now. In a moment, I will be reposting where we left off with Kyle. Once I have finished, you can vote on what to do next.
>>
File: Kyle's Discord Messages.png (305 KB, 1341x833)
305 KB
305 KB PNG
Kyle decides that now would be a good time to check those seemingly urgent Discord messages he received earlier.

Apparently, those messages were sent by his childhood friend, Kevin. Kyle had just finished raiding with Kevin in WoW the prior night, so it was weird to get another set of messages so soon.

“Dude, are keeping up with the news? It seems like something happened. /pol/ is going absolutely nuts right now.”
Today at 7:03 AM

“Shit, it looks like there is an evacuation order. gonna go with my family now. Stay safe. Let me know if you make it.”
Today at 10:21 AM

“It looks like we’re going to make it just fine. We are in the back of a SWAT car en route the the police station. Are you still alive, man? I’m getting worried...”
Today at 2:58 PM

“If you are still alive, PLEASE READ THIS!!! We got to the police station a little over an hour ago. But something was off about it. Where was everybody? We were all told to come here. They told us that the police built a long tunnel of housing in the basement in case of a dire emergency. However, I needed to take a leak, so I used the bathroom on the first floor while my family went to the basement. When I was finished and stepped out, I heard loud screams coming from downstairs. It wasn’t your normal screaming; this was the cry of dying people.

I had no idea what to do, and the officer tasked with keeping watch over me in the bathroom grabbed me by the arm to bring me downstairs. I panicked, so I kicked the officer in the groin so he would loosen his grip and ran away. I’m currently hiding in the bushes about a block away. They are looking for me, Kyle.

I’m going to try to run to your place. You have a lot of places to hide in that fucking mansion of yours. You’ll know when I’m there. I will pound on the doors and windows to get your attention, in case you’re still asleep.”
Today at 3:52 PM

“I’M HERE, OPEN THE FUCKING DOOR!!!!”
Today at 4:25 PM

“I CAN SEE THE LIGHTS ON, OPEN UP. PLEASE!!!”
Today at 4:27 PM

That was the end of the Discord messages Kyle received.

(1/2)
>>
File: Kyle Crying.png (24 KB, 300x250)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
A wave of emotions hit Kyle at once. “The man that was banging on the window... That was Kevin? No, it can’t be... My best friend...” Kyle’s eyes start to water up and he starts to cry. He cries into his body pillow loudly. She was his one comfort in life. He needed her more than ever right now.

Grant and Smith look at Kyle with a bit of confusion, but this isn’t the first time something like this has happened today. Many people have lost their loved ones, so it is only natural that they cry.

After a few minutes, Kyle finally realized the situation he was in. Can he really trust these men? He thinks to himself that he should have realized it sooner. Afterall, the cops came extremely quickly on such a busy day like this. He just thought being the Chief’s son made them want to come quicker.

“I have no idea what is going on, but I want no part of it” Kyle thinks to himself.

But what can he do? There is no way he could take all these trained, armed officers on.

“Wait a minute,” Kyle thought, “this isn’t the way to the police station.” While Kyle couldn’t see much outside of the car, he could see a bit. Were they not taking him where they took Kevin? Or do they have multiple locations to do whatever they were doing in that basement?

>It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there
>Pretend to need to go the bathroom really badly and try to escape while outside

Remember that you need to do 3 choices with a character before you can switch and you have not unlocked the write-in function with Kyle yet.

I will leave the voting window open until 6pm PST (about 5 hours from now).
(2/2)
>>
>>4559714

>It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there

We already know Kyle is safe with the police. This choice needs no debate.
>>
>>4559714
>Pretend to need to go the bathroom really badly and try to escape while outside
>>
>>4559714
>>It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there
>>
>>4559729

Were you not here during the first time we made this choice? We already determined that Kyle's safe with the police, since his dad is the police chief. He's probably being taken to see his parents or someone close to them.
>>
>>4559734
popo bad
>>
>>4559714
>It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there
>>
>>4559725
>>We already know Kyle is safe with the police. This choice needs no debate.
I do want to clarify to those who may not have been here from the beginning that I have not said one way or the other how the police actually are. There were some debates when this choice was first offered, but I did not say one way or the other. While this is a valid opinion, there is room for debate if anybody wanted to.
>>
>>4559754

Of course QM, but it's a pretty credible theory we all built together. I understand that you have not confirmed that theory as official. If anyone wants explanation of it, they're welcome to read back up to when we first had this choice or ask me any questions about it.
>>
>>4559714
>It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there
Kyle's only brave when shitposting anonymously.
>>
>>4559714
>It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there
>>
Hey guys, I'm so sorry about this, but my work has been taking me a lot longer than I expected. Normally, I am very good a judging when I will be free and am punctual, but I misjudged this time.

I'm going to extend the voting window until 12AM PST (a six hour delay). I apologize once again for not being accurate with my times. Even if I am not finished with my work by that time, I will take a break and write. So 12AM is a definite time.
>>
>>4560046
What kind of work do you do to have such unusual times
>>
No more votes!

>>4559725
>>4559731
>>4559745
>>4559837
>>4559994
5 votes for "It’s too risky to try anything now. I will come up with something when we get there"

>>4559729
1 vote for "Pretend to need to go the bathroom really badly and try to escape while outside"

>>4560437
Let's just say, it's work I wish I didn't have to do right now. But luckily, I got it done about 15 minutes ago, so I can write properly!

Writing now!
>>
File: Kyle's Letter.jpg (67 KB, 1000x550)
67 KB
67 KB JPG
Kyle decides against trying anything while in the convoy. It would be too risky. So, he decides to bide his time until they reach their destination. Maybe he could pull a trick to get away then.

Kyle tries to pass the time without acting suspicious to any of the officers. However, he is not very good at acting normal. Maybe that works in his advantage though. The officers already think he is really weird, so they likely would be curious if he suddenly started acting like a normal person.

Kyle decides to pass the time by looking at his parents’ letter.

Hey Honey

We hope everything is going well! We mailed this letter out just in case you had forgotten that we went on vacation. When we last talked, you were in a game, so we weren’t sure if you remembered.

Remember, we are not staying at our normal resort this time. Your father wanted to try something new and stay at a hotel in the mountains. I tell you Kyle, these sights are breathtaking! I wish you would have joined us. There are practically no other guests at this time of year, so we would have the whole place to ourselves. You would have loved it!

You know how your father and I are with cellphones, so I’ll include the resort’s main phone number and our extension. The number is on the bottom of the letter and our room number is #902. Ring us if you need anything.

Your father wanted me to make sure to tell you that if anything happens, make sure to call us before you call anybody else. I’m not sure why he is so insistent about this point, but maybe that is his way of showing you that he cares about you. He’s such a stubborn man sometimes, but I hope you know that him and I love you very much, honey.

One last thing, can you make sure to be on the lookout for a package? Your father had ordered something in the mail a few weeks ago, but it was delayed. It should arrive in the next few days, so please check the mail, okay?

We love you, sweety. Please call us soon!

Love,
Mom and Dad


Kyle folded the letter and put it back in his pocket. He was a bit surprised that they didn’t go to their normal vacation spot since they’ve been going for years. He’s relieved he made sure to grab the letter or he could have been looking in the wrong place for a very long time.

“That package, it’s Dad’s huh? Well, it’s probably not something that important then. It’s probably some new tools or some sports memorabilia. I kind of wish I grabbed something else,” Kyle thought.

Kyle pulls out his phone, intending to call his parents. After dialing the number, he gets to a menu and is asked to enter the room number he is trying to contact. Afterwards, he is asked for his name and is then put on hold. Presumably, someone in the front desk would need to get the name, call his parents, and see if they would accept his call.

“Is there even anybody manning the front desk? Shit, this might be an issue. I wish they just bought some cellphones like normal people.”

(1/3)
>>
After waiting on hold for what felt like an eternity, Kyle’s father answers the phone.

“Kyle? Is that you?”

“Dad!? Thank goodness you answered. Is mom okay? Are you guys safe?”

“Son, we’re fine. I should be asking you the same question. I asked you specifically to call us first before calling anybody else, including the police. You’re damn lucky that I was able to convince him to let you stay in a safe place.”

“Wait, what are you talking about? Who-” Click...BEEP. BEEP. BEEP.

As the convoy passes through a major tunnel, the call was disconnected. Kyle tries to dial the number again, but all he gets is the busy signal.

“Was that the chief?” Officer Smith asked.

“Yeah. I was just trying to make sure he was safe.”

“Don’t you worry about your old man. He is tough as nails, so I’m sure he’ll be okay. By the looks of it, you seem to be curious about where we are going right?”

Kyle, a bit surprised that one of the officers would bring up this topic, answered. “Yeah, this doesn’t look right at all. I thought we were going to the station?”

“While that was the initial plan, we got a call on the radio to take you someplace a bit farther away from the main city. It’s right up North. Don’t worry, it’s well-guarded and there is plenty of food. There are far less people and far less zombies, so you should be safe.”

Kyle is unsure how to respond, but the officer speaks again. “I know this has been a difficult situation, Kyle. But you’re safe with us. If it will make you feel better, you can feel free to ask us any questions you may have. We’ve been rounding up survivors all day, so we know a thing or two.”

Kyle feels a lot of the tension leave the room. Officer Smith has a natural charisma to him, so is able to read the room and calm Kyle down. While Kyle is a lot more happy to talk to the officers now, something about what his father said makes him a bit uncomfortable.

(2/3)
>>
Should Kyle ask the officers something? Pick up to 3 things to ask about or choose to not talk about anything. Kyle needs to choose his words carefully here. He is worried that saying the wrong thing could make things go south quickly.

>Ask nothing.

>Ask about where they are headed. What kind of place is it? Things like that.
>Ask about the Police Station. See what they will say. Avoid the Kevin situation and any concerns Kyle has about the place.
>Ask about the Police Station. Specifically bring up the situation with Kevin and what is in the basement. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-7 Failure, 8-10 Success)
>Ask about the zombies. Ask if they have any pertinent knowledge about these creatures.
>Ask about the outbreak. Ask if they know anything about its origin.
>Ask about what his father brought up. Who was he referring to? (Social check, 1d10, 1-9 Failure, 10 Success)
>Ask about how they came so quickly to his house. Why were they so quick to respond?

Choices with the “(Social Check)” blurb on the end signify that this will require a dice roll to succeed. Kyle is extremely awkward, so he could easily phrase things poorly and cause misunderstandings. Failing a Social Check can mean some serious consequences down the line, but they tend to lead to greater rewards or even open certain future options. I will do the rolls if any Social Checks are done.

I will leave the voting window open until 1PM PST (about 11 hours and 15 minutes from now).

(3/3)
>>
>>4560537
>Ask about the zombies. Ask if they have any pertinent knowledge about these creatures.
>Ask about the outbreak. Ask if they know anything about its origin.
>Ask about the Police Station. See what they will say. Avoid the Kevin situation and any concerns Kyle has about the place.
These should be natural questions that elicit no suspicion.
>>
>>4560537
>Ask about the Police Station. Specifically bring up the situation with Kevin and what is in the basement. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-7 Failure, 8-10 Success)
>Ask about the zombies. Ask if they have any pertinent knowledge about these creatures.
>Ask about the outbreak. Ask if they know anything about its origin.
>>
>>4560537
Some questions about Social checks.

How many dice rolls do we get with these? Bo3? Maybe Bo5?

If we fail, will there always be serious consequences, or only for specific questions?

Finally, is it possible for good things to happen later on even if we fail the check?
>>
>>4560592
>How many dice rolls do we get with these
There is only one dice roll that I will do for this one. In a situation where there is more than one roll, I will always make sure to mention it.
>If we fail, will there always be serious consequences, or only for specific questions
It all depends on the specific circumstance. But a good rule of thumb is that the higher risk of failure means that the punishment will likely be more severe, but the rewards for succeeding will be that much more pleasant. The less risk of failure, the less consequences, but there is also less benefit to success.
>is it possible for good things to happen later on even if we fail the check
It depends, but generally speaking, it will be harder for those good things to happen if they can ever happen again at all. It's a gamble with this system.
>>
>>4560595

Thanks for the handy explanation, QM! In that case, my vote will be:

>>4560537

>Ask about the Police Station. See what they will say. Avoid the Kevin situation and any concerns Kyle has about the place.
>Ask about the zombies. Ask if they have any pertinent knowledge about these creatures.
>Ask about the outbreak. Ask if they know anything about its origin.

While I'm sure we'd like to know about what exactly happened at the station and who his father convinced, I'm sure we know enough already and we'll be meeting "him" soon after we get there. No need to arouse suspicion over petty info like this.

Out of the questions that don't require a social check, these three are clearly the best. We don't need to know about a place we're already going to, and we don't need to know how they came so quickly, we already likely know why that is.

On another note, good work team! That theorycrafting we did together earlier really paid off. Kyle is safe now, at least for the time being. We'll have to see how that might change after we arrive at our safehouse, and how we can get to our parents from there.
>>
>>4560537
>Ask about the Police Station. Specifically bring up the situation with Kevin and what is in the basement. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-7 Failure, 8-10 Success)
>Ask about the outbreak. Ask if they know anything about its origin.
>Ask about how they came so quickly to his house. Why were they so quick to respond?
It's worth the risk imo. I also don't think the cops know something about zombies behavior that we do not already know.
>>
>>4560713

>I also don't think the cops know something about zombies behavior that we do not already know.

Based on what we heard from Kevin about the screams, that's unlikely to be true.


As for the basement, what do we get out of learning the truth? I don't see anything particularly meaningful we can gain from that. We already know not to trust the police outside of Kyle's story at this point, what more do we need?

Finally, asking about how they came so quickly is only going to arouse suspicion, even though it doesn't need a social check. Police are known for responding to issues swiftly, and questioning that means questioning their motives. There's a reason that we can choose to ask nothing, and I believe choices like this are why.
>>
>>4560537
>>Ask about where they are headed. What kind of place is it? Things like that.
>Ask about the zombies. Ask if they have any pertinent knowledge about these creatures.
>Ask about the outbreak. Ask if they know anything about its origin.
>>
>>4560850

I'm curious about why you want to ask about the place we're going to instead of letting them talk about the police station. I considered making that choice too. Would you mind explaining your reasoning?
>>
>>4560860
It doesn't make sense to ask about the station unless we bring Kevin into the equation. We're going to a completely different location, so it just seems slightly suspicious to keep asking about it, same as the 'why did you guys arrive so quickly' question.
>>
>>4560537
>>Ask about where they are headed. What kind of place is it? Things like that.
>>Ask about the Police Station. Specifically bring up the situation with Kevin and what is in the basement. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-7 Failure, 8-10 Success)
>>Ask about the outbreak. Ask if they know anything about its origin.
>>
>>4560865

Well we were supposed to go to the station, so asking about what happened there is understandable. If you were in a car and you weren't going where you thought you were supposed to go, hearing an explanation for why that is would make plenty of sense.


The police don't know that we know things about the station, and they never explained why the plan changed. That does make the police station a natural line of questioning for us, as long as we don't bring up the stuff with Kevin.

Do you think we'd learn important info about the place we're going to that we wouldn't get while actually being there?
>>
>>4560880
I wouldn't put money on learning anything particularly important that we wouldn't pick up eventually, but it would make sense for there to be info that might come in handy immediately, before we get acclimated to the place.
>>
>>4560882
That's fair. The way I see it, the police station question is both a good potential source of information and a lie detector. We can figure out how much these two officers trust Kyle based on how they answer. Based on that, we can find out how reliable the answers to their other questions are.
>>
>>4560639
>Thanks for the handy explanation, QM
You're welcome!

About an hour and a half left. Get your votes in everyone!
>>
Rolled 9 (1d10)

No more votes!

>>4560541
>>4560568
>>4560639
>>4560850
4 votes for "Ask about the zombies. Ask if they have any pertinent knowledge about these creatures."

>>4560541
>>4560568
>>4560639
>>4560713
>>4560850
>>4560871
6 votes for "Ask about the outbreak. Ask if they know anything about its origin."

>>4560541
>>4560639
2 votes for "Ask about the Police Station. See what they will say. Avoid the Kevin situation and any concerns Kyle has about the place."

>>4560568
>>4560713
>>4560871
3 votes for "Ask about the Police Station. Specifically bring up the situation with Kevin and what is in the basement. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-7 Failure, 8-10 Success)"

>>4560713
1 vote for "Ask about how they came so quickly to his house. Why were they so quick to respond?"

>>4560850
>>4560871
2 votes for "Ask about where they are headed. What kind of place is it? Things like that."

So we're going to ask about the Outbreak, Zombies, and about the Police Station while bringing up the Kevin Situation.

First I'm going to roll and then start writing.
>>
>>4561163
Okay, you guys have been getting amazing rolls. I cannot believe how lucky you've all been. You guys have never failed a dice roll yet.

Writing now!
>>
Kyle resolves himself to ask the question that’s been on his mind this whole car ride. If he is already in a bad situation, what harm could it do? If something bad is going to happen, it was going to happen whether he asked this or not.

“Can I show you guys something? It’s been on my mind the whole time, and it would really help if you could read these messages.” Kyle decides to just show the officers the messages instead of trying to explain it. This way, there is no chance of a misunderstanding. If this still screws him over, he at least wants them to fully understand what he is worried about versus explaining it poorly.

Kyle hands Officers Smith and Grant his phone to read the Discord messages. After reading, Smith doesn’t say a word to Kyle and contacts Officer Evans over his radio. Before Kyle can say anything, Grant speaks up.

“Kid... Is this why you are so nervous? I don’t know how to put this lightly, but the only reason your friend ended up dying was because he misunderstood the situation and ran into a dangerous place. If he would have stayed at the station, he would have been fine. Likewise, if you end up doing something reckless, the same thing can happen. You’re going to be safe with us.”

“But what about the screaming and the officer trying to force him into the basement?”

“Kid, forget about the zombies for a minute. Do you remember where you live? Do you know just how many drugged-up hobos live in just this city? Our job is not just to save normal folks, but to save everybody. Sometimes these people go crazy and start a major ruckus. Just living in this city, you’ve seen that kind of behavior, haven’t you?”

Kyle thinks back to his initial reaction to seeing a zombie. He did initially think it was one of those homeless people high out of their mind.

“As for the officer trying to ‘force’ your friend in the basement, it’s our duty to protect you. We’ve tried allowing people to roam freely, but some leave the safety of the station and get themselves killed. We can see the look in their eyes when they are about to do it, so we’ve been doing everything we can to save people from themselves. And if you’re wondering, if was Officer Evans who was trying to save your friend. All of this could have been avoided if your friend didn’t freak out.”

That took the wind out of Kyle’s sails. He had no idea how to respond. Was he telling the truth? Was Kevin’s death really over something so stupid? He was always the type to jump on “happenings” and freak out over little things. To think that something like this could have killed him... it’s too much to bear. Kyle begins to tear up a bit.

Officer Smith, finished with his contact with Officer Evans, reaches out to Kyle.

(1/3)
>>
File: Sleeping Zombie.jpg (231 KB, 1365x981)
231 KB
231 KB JPG
“Kyle, I know Grant can be a bit of a dick,” Smith shoots an angry glance at Grant, “but he means well. I wish we could have done more for your friend. I’m sorry we couldn’t save him. Even the best of people can break down in these life or death situations. But don’t you worry. We are going to do our best to save you and any other survivors we can.”

While this wouldn’t bring Kevin back, Kyle was able to calm down a bit. “Kevin, you stupid bastard. I’m going to miss you a lot, but I hope you’re in a better place. I won’t let your death be in vain,” Kevin thought to himself.

Some time has passed, and Kyle decides to ask a few more questions.

“I woke up at about four, but it looks like a lot has happened already. When did this all start? Do you guys know anything about how this all started?”

“Well, we started getting a surge of emergency calls at about 7-8 in the morning, so I would say it began about then. As for how the outbreak started, well, that’s the million-dollar question isn’t it? We were all discussing it amongst ourselves for hours. But we’ve been able to piece together little bits of it. Do you remember the news reports about the zombies last month?” Smith asks.

“Yeah, those were freaky!” Kyle says.

“Well, if you know about those, then you know the basics. However, the news has been radio silent today. This is unusual, even in disasters. But we’ve been able to see a lot more than the average civilian. The mayor was concerned that the local water towers and filtration systems might have been tainted with the zombie drug, but with some testing, there was no evidence of that. However, we have not tested any of the local lakes or rivers. The initial tests done by the researchers also concluded that this wasn’t airborne either. The only other information we’ve been able to gleam was where the initial calls came from.”

“You mean the first few people calling 911?”

“Exactly. It’s the weirdest thing. Most of the first calls we got were from the small towns near the edge of the forest down east. And I know what you may be thinking, but those towns are nowhere near any of the lakes or rivers, so it seems unlikely for it to be the water. We also have noticed that there are more of those people who didn’t become zombies, but still can heal quickly. That’s all we’ve got.”

“Hmm... That is a bit puzzling.” Kyle thought. “Do you have any information about the zombies that the average person wouldn’t?”

Officer Smith relays much of what most of you already know. “But those are some pretty common observations. Did you know that zombies need to sleep? Yeah, we’ve seen some zombies just lay down and fall asleep. We were able to just walk past them. They were breathing just fine and everything. We also witnessed a completely bizarre situation a few hours ago."

"What was it?"

(2/3)
>>
"We saw a zombie sitting down, completely ignoring us and the dead bodies surrounding it. It didn’t seem like it was going to sleep, and its arms and legs all worked. Heck, it was even staring at us. But it did nothing. It wasn’t eating or anything. We’ve only seen that once.”

Kyle was a bit surprised by this information. While this information may not be all that useful for survival, it is still good to know.

After Kyle and the officers talked a bit, there was a radio contact from dispatch.

“It looks like there is another survivor in the area,” Grant said.

The police are going to try to save the survivor no matter what. However, there are two different ways this can be done. Either the 2 squad cars from the convoy can go on their own or the whole convoy can go.

How should this be done?
>Let the 2 patrol cars handle it. While they will have less men to help, it is too dangerous for Kyle to go.
>Let the whole convoy go. While it is riskier, it allows for a better chance for the survivor to be saved.

I am once again going to be busy today, so I will leave the voting window open until 10PM PST (about 7 hours from now).

(3/3)
>>
>>4561326
>Let the whole convoy go. While it is riskier, it allows for a better chance for the survivor to be saved
>>
>>4561326
>Let the whole convoy go. While it is riskier, it allows for a better chance for the survivor to be saved.
Could be someone important.
>>
>>4561318

What did this even do for us? Our father was still freaking out over us being with police, so clearly they're not being entirely truthful. QM, is this supposed to help us later or something, since we succeeded?

>>4561326

>Let the whole convoy go. While it is riskier, it allows for a better chance for the survivor to be saved.

We should definitely try to do everything we can to save them. They could be really important.
>>
>>4561568
>is this supposed to help us later or something, since we succeeded
Because the dice roll was successful, the situation was discussed in a manor that lead to an actual answer from the police about the situation. If Kyle failed, he would have not conveyed what he was asking properly and would have lead to further ambiguity. At least you have the police's explanation as to what went on. They may be telling the truth, they may not be. But now you have their side of story. If Kyle failed, you wouldn't even have that.
>>
>>4561592

Damn, knowing how these really work now, we really have to be careful with these. I'm not sure communicating that knowledge to the police was such a good idea now, since what we got in return likely wasn't worth the risk. And I think letting them just run their mouths without us calling them on it may have been better. At least we won't get penalized at all since we succeeded, right?

Side note, at least we know that Officer Evans was the one who was with Kevin. That's a new piece of information we didn't have before. Could be useful.
>>
>>4561603
>At least we won't get penalized at all since we succeeded, right
There are pros and cons to every choice in this quest. Because of this, I can't say that there are no possible cons to the choice. However, there always more pros with succeeding with a Social Check than failing.
>>
No more votes!

All votes were for "Let the whole convoy go. While it is riskier, it allows for a better chance for the survivor to be saved."

It's fully written. Posting right after this!
>>
“Kyle, do you feel comfortable with us all going as one group? The survivor might be in a pickle and could use as much help as they could get, but we won’t go unless you are okay with it,” Smith asked.

While Kyle did feel a bit uncomfortable with the idea, he was also worried about the person in need. He feels a bit guilty for what happened to Kevin since he didn’t let him in, so a part of him wants to help someone else to make up for his mistake.

‘Yeah, I’m okay. I can just stay in car, right?”

“Yeah. We’ll leave you with one officer in case any zombies come by. But don’t worry, we won’t open the door unless it is strictly necessary. You’re as safe as it gets in here.”

The survivor is in a bowling alley not to far from here. From the information gathered by dispatch, it is one lone girl. She seems to be hiding in the back room, behind the bowling lanes. Apparently, the bowling alley is packed with zombies.

Instead of parking in the parking lot, they park in the street across the way. Nobody is on the road right now, and the parking lot is not safe. Just in case something goes wrong, they give Kyle a radio.

The officers gear up and head out. Part of their survivor rescue protocol is to never shoot their weapons in the open, but instead, make sure they are in a building first. They also make sure to only kill zombies when needed to conserve ammo.

Kyle, however, just sits in the SWAT car accompanied by Officer Chambers.

“You and Officer Smith seemed to really hit it off, huh? I’m glad that you were able to find someone to shoot the shit with. I was worried you would stay trapped in your little bubble and stick to your phone.”

“Yeah... heh,” Kyle, a bit embarrassed, says.

“What’s that you got there? Some kind of package?”

“Yeah, I think it’s my dad’s. I grabbed it before I left.”

“Do you want to open it? I’m sure carrying that bulky thing will be a pain. It seems to be fairly light anyhow. I bet you could carry it much easier by removing the box.”

“You think? I guess I’ll open it.”

Officer Chambers is a newer recruit who is still a bit inexperienced. He is nosy and still hasn’t learned to mind his own business, but his heart is in the right place.

Kyle, struggles with opening the package, but eventually gets it open. But before they could look inside, Chambers’ radio starts making noise.

“Chambers, we need you here ASAP. Grab your shotgun! There are more than we even imagined. We got the girl and just need a path out.”

“Roger.”

Chambers quickly gets ready, tells Kyle that he will be back as soon as he can, and sprints to the bowling alley.

(1/2)
>>
Kyle sits alone in the SWAT car. The officers will not be out for long, what should Kyle do?

Had this been an hour ago, Kyle would have bolted immediately. But Kyle is now unsure of what to think of the police. Their story seems credible and they have been nothing but helpful. But at the same time, they could be lying. His father was also sending mixed signals, but he did say that they were taking him to a safe place.

>Look at the contents of the package. This will be Kyle's last chance to see what’s inside. However, the police will come back with the new survivor by the time he is done inspecting what’s inside.
>Open the SWAT car doors and run away from the police. Kyle does not know how to drive, but he could realistically get away with the amount of time he has. This will be his last chance to escape before they arrive at their destination. The package is too bulky to escape with.
>Switch characters

You have once again unlocked the ability to switch characters. But since Kyle has not unlocked the write-in feature yet, he cannot meet with any other characters. Kyle will have opportunities to meet with other characters regardless of which choice you choose.

I’m going to leave the voting window open until 2PM PST (about 16 hours from now). I’m going to be busy for much of this week, though I will always give at least daily updates. Starting next weekend, I should be more available.

(2/2)
>>
>>4561699
>Look at the contents of the package. This will be Kyle's last chance to see what’s inside. However, the police will come back with the new survivor by the time he is done inspecting what’s inside.
>>
>>4561699
>Look at the contents of the package. This will be Kyle's last chance to see what’s inside. However, the police will come back with the new survivor by the time he is done inspecting what’s inside.
>>
>>4561699
>>Look at the contents of the package. This will be Kyle's last chance to see what’s inside. However, the police will come back with the new survivor by the time he is done inspecting what’s inside.
>>
No more votes!

Everyone voted for "Look at the contents of the package. This will be Kyle's last chance to see what’s inside. However, the police will come back with the new survivor by the time he is done inspecting what’s inside."

Writing now!
>>
File: Kyle's Package Opened.jpg (473 KB, 2048x1536)
473 KB
473 KB JPG
Kyle’s curiosity is growing by the minute, especially now that the package is open. It would be unsatisfying to take this package along for hours to never actually open it. Besides, he is starting to feel a bit more comfortable with the police. He may not fully trust them, but they are at least more trustworthy than he initially thought.

After removing the packing materials found inside, Kyle is a bit surprised by what he sees. He sees a few packets of paper. These seem to be detailed medical charts with lots of information about Kyle and his parents. A few weeks ago, they had all went to the doctor for their yearly check-ups. While the doctors did ask for more tests and samples than he would normally give, like blood, urine, stool, plasma, etc. He thought nothing of it. He thought that they were just being careful.

Under the medical results was a letter from their doctor.

Dear Mr. James Graham,

The results of the medical tests you requested for you, your wife, and your son have come back. I wanted to inform you that you and your wife’s results all came back as normal. You both are as healthy as can be.

I do have some concerns about your son. While most of his tests were within the normal levels, there are some that are a bit concerning. At your earliest convenience, please have him schedule an appointment to see me again. I can recommend him a good nutritionist and a personal trainer who can help with these issues.

At this time, I cannot recommend the requested treatment for your son. While it is possible it can be successful, it would not be guaranteed. However, you and your wife would be good candidates for the treatment.

As you know, I cannot fill out a prescription for it at this time, so please open the hidden flap in the package to find your treatment.

Please let me know if you have any questions. And please make sure to destroy this letter once you have fully read and understood it.

Dr. Hunter


“Treatment? For what? It just said they were healthy. And what kind of treatment do I need? I mean, I do need to lose weight, but my parents are skinny. Why would we need the same treatment?” Kyle has a million questions.

Kyle then remembers that the letter mentions a flap in the package. After searching for minutes on end, he finally finds a part of the package that seems a bit out of place. After ripping it off, it seemed to be covering a tiny bag. It contained 2 normal looking pills. Were these sleeping pills? Weight loss pills? Statins?

For Kyle’s story at least, there will not be any answers to these questions.

Secret Item found! You are one step closer to understanding the outbreak. Each secret item/event will help lead to a better understanding of the outbreak. Be sure to try to find the others in each story!

(1/2)
>>
Suddenly, Kyle sees the police and the survivor running to the cars. Kyle quickly puts everything back in the package. The back doors of the SWAT van open, with Grant, Smith, and the new survivor all quickly getting in.

“Go! Go! Go! We need to get out of here!” Grant shouted.

The convoy speeds away from the bowling alley with a horde of zombies following right behind.

As the adrenaline slowed, the officers began to relax a bit. They had pulled off yet another successful rescue.

Smith starts speaking, “Amy, this is another survivor we rescued. His name is Kyle. Kyle, this is Amy.”

Kyle, about to greet her, gets a bit choked up. Amy, while not a downright beauty, was pretty cute. While Kyle does have a waifu, he is the type that only has one because he can’t find a girlfriend. He would never admit it, but that’s what he is really like.

“H-H-H-H-Hello, I... I’m Kyle. Nice to meet you.”

Amy, being quick to understand the kind of guy Kyle was like, didn’t want to make him more uncomfortable than he already was. Guys with waifu pillows and anime t-shirts tend to not be the best around women. So, she just says a generic greeting back.

“Hello, I’m Amy! Nice to meet you too!”

After that, silence. Kyle wasn’t sure what to say. Amy has just come from a pretty stressful situation, but she seemed nice.

They are getting close to their destination. Kyle can do one more thing before they arrive. What should Kyle do?
>Go on his phone to check what people are saying on the internet. He has mobile data.
>Try his best to socialize with Amy. Get your mind out of the gutter though. This is not flirting, but just socializing. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-5 Fails, 6-10 succeeds)
>Talk with the officers a bit more. Kyle may be able to learn a bit more information that he couldn’t ask before.
>Switch characters

I will leave the voting window open until 11PM PST (about 7 hours and 50 minutes from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4562355

>>Try his best to socialize with Amy. Get your mind out of the gutter though. This is not flirting, but just socializing. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-5 Fails, 6-10 succeeds)

We're going to need as many friends as we can get after we arrive, and I don't think police officers can generally be trusted. There may be exceptions, though.

As for the drug... that's probably what turns people into zombies.
>>
>>4562355
>Try his best to socialize with Amy. Get your mind out of the gutter though. This is not flirting, but just socializing. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-5 Fails, 6-10 succeeds)
>>
>>4562355
>Try his best to socialize with Amy. Get your mind out of the gutter though. This is not flirting, but just socializing. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-5 Fails, 6-10 succeeds)
>>
>>4562355
>Go on his phone to check what people are saying on the internet. He has mobile data.
>>
Rolled 10 (1d10)

No more votes!

>>4562363
>>4562391
>>4562395
3 votes for "Try his best to socialize with Amy. Get your mind out of the gutter though. This is not flirting, but just socializing. (Social Check, 1d10, 1-5 Fails, 6-10 succeeds)"

>>4562680
1 vote for "Go on his phone to check what people are saying on the internet. He has mobile data."

Rolling and then writing!
>>
My goodness, your luck with dice rolls has been astonishing so far. You guys have never failed once. Writing now!
>>
Kyle thinks it would be best to try to get to know his fellow survivors, so he may as well get to know Amy. But, being as awkward as he is around cute girls, he hesitates a bit.

Smith, who seems to notice Kyle’s hesitation, signals to him as Amy’s attention is on her phone. While trying to look discreet, his intentions were clear. He was trying to encourage Kyle to go for it and to have confidence in himself.

This was the confidence boost Kyle needed. Before speaking, he notices that Amy is looking at particular website he knows all to well. “A real femanon? Those actually exist?” Kyle thought to himself.

“Hey, Amy.”

Amy, realizing that Kyle could see her screen, quickly closed out of 4chan and tried as best she could to sound natural.

“Yeah? What’s up?”

“Since we’re going to be a part of a survivor group from now on, w-we should exchange phone numbers. T-That way, we can always know if something important happening.”

“That sounds like a good idea! What’s your number?”

They swap phone numbers. After texting each other to see if they programmed the right numbers, Kyle sends her a message.

Hey, I didn’t want to say something embarrassing in front of the police. Were you browsing 4chan? Don’t worry, I’m not judging you. I browse there a ton myself!

Amy gives a bit of an embarrassed look to Kyle, and begins typing her message. Smith and Grant, watching this unfold, seem to be a bit surprised that Kyle was able to get her phone number so easily. Smith gives him a thumbs up.

I had a feeling you would. I was just thinking that /pol/ would be posting a lot about this, so I wanted to see what they had to say. Something weird is going on. There are no articles written about this at all. /pol/ is literally the only place I could find that is talking about it.

Kyle was about to respond while including the fact that he is a janitor, but he decides not to. Something is telling him that this isn’t the right time. Regardless of anything, Kyle has certainly shown to be capable of functioning, at least somewhat, in social situations if he really tries. He not only got a girl’s phone number, but he also was able to not bring up embarrassing things. That’s quite the feat for Kyle!

I also browse /pol/ frequently. No articles? That’s weird. Do you think (((they))) are behind this?

Kyle, quickly re-reading his text, decides to edit it a bit. He can’t be too sure if she would be okay with that kind of joke. After changing it a bit, he sends it.

I also browse /pol/ frequently. No articles? That’s weird. Do you have any idea as to why that might be?

From what I’ve seen and from what I could figure, it would probably be the work of a (((certain group))).

Kyle is once again flabbergasted by how this girl is acting. Not only is she a femanon who browses one of the boards he frequents, but she also engages in a similar sense of humor as him.

(1/4)
>>
File: Amy Texting Kyle.jpg (24 KB, 910x480)
24 KB
24 KB JPG
I was about to make that same kind of joke, but I wasn’t sure if you would be okay with it. That was a pretty good one regardless. Anyway, how much do you know about the zombies?

After a bit of back and forward, Kyle relays everything he heard from the police and anything else he knew.

Interesting, I would have never guessed that zombies needed to sleep. Here is something you didn’t know. Going by what they have said, I am from one of those towns where this all started. I’m lucky to have gotten out okay, huh?

I would say! If you don’t mind talking about it, could we discuss how we both got to this situation?

After a bit more texting, they were now fully caught up with each other. Amy was not aware of any zombie apocalypse at about 6:30AM when she got ready and went to work at the bowling alley about an hour away. Living in a small town, she had to travel a long distance for work, but she enjoyed the work. However, as the carnage began, she hid in the back room until she worked up the nerve to make the noise necessary to call 911.

However, their conversation was cut short.

“Listen up, lovebirds!” Grant said, “We are approaching the local maximum security prison, your new home. I will lay out some key points for you all to remember.

1. It’s lined with concrete walls and multiple guard towers. No zombies could even hope to get inside.

2. Each person gets his or her own cell for the time being. After a 24-hour quarantine, we should be able to allow for cellmates and mingling with the other survivors. Don’t worry, this is just a precaution. We want to make sure that nobody gets stuck with an infected person. For the first day, meals will be served to you in your cell. There will be no showers on your first day. Afterwards, we will unlock your cell and you can do what you please.

3. We will let you have any clothing and personal items you wish. We have also set up a wifi connection, so if you would like to use your phone to go on the internet, you can. Unfortunately, the cells were not built with wall-sockets, so you will not be able to charge your phone in your cell. With your permission, we can charge your phone in one of our security stations.

4. Lights out is at 10PM sharp. Once the quarantine period is over, you can sleep in any cell you wish, but the same lights out time will apply.

5. Food and drinks will be rationed and served at 9AM, 1PM, and 7PM. Tap water has already been tested and does not contain the zombie drug. We will do daily tests as well, just to be safe. As a precautionary measure, we have also been gathering as many containers as possible to fill with water. We have no idea if the tap will stop running, so we advise to ration water as well. As an extra precaution, all tap water will be boiled before being refrigerated.

(2/4)
>>
6. When mingling with other survivors, do not eat any food that was not prepared by yourself or our staff. Make sure the food was properly packed and sealed before eating.

7. You are not allowed to leave until 24-hours after entering. Afterwards, you are free to come and go as you please. But keep in mind that if you leave and come back, you will be required to quarantine for 24-hours again. If you bring another survivor back with you, they will also be required to be quarantined in a separate cell.

8. There are medical facilities and you are free to utilize them whenever you wish. However, there may be long delays.

9. The rule of law still applies in these times. If you assault someone or commit some other crime, you will be detained for a time deemed appropriate by the warden.

10. The survivors at this location are mostly wealthy or influential in some way. Just in the same way you two are. I would be careful with how you treat people here. Plus, many of the richer survivors tend to have a stick up their ass, so you might get an earful if they take a disliking towards you.

Do you have any questions?”

Amy and Kyle were a bit surprised by how well-organized this sounds. Kyle was also a bit surprised by that last bit. Was Amy related to someone important? But Amy asks a question first.

“Wait, how can most of the survivors be influential people? What about the prisoners who were in there before?”

“They were moved to the many police stations in the area. The country needs to be able to go back to normal once all of this passes, so we need to keep our representatives and other important people as safe as possible. Don’t worry, the prisoners are safe at the police stations and are separated from the normal survivors. If I were to flip the question around, would you want prisoners to be getting safer accommodations than normal, law-abiding citizens? If they were allowed to stay at the prisons, they would be. Would that be fair?”

He actually makes a decent point, both Kyle and Amy thought. But they do feel a bit guilty to be getting preferential treatment because of their families.

Once the convoy makes it to the front gates, some guards do a check of the cars to be sure everything is clear. Once making it through the first gate, they are more thoroughly searched. Since no zombies or any injured people were found, they were let into the complex. They were then lead to their cells.

You have hit one of the rare events in a story in which a character switch is required at this time. Kyle will have nothing to do other than pass the time in his cell for 24-hours. Afterwards, he will be given things to do and will unlock the write-in function. In the meantime, you will be switched to Jack.

While not required, it is highly suggested that you progress each character 1 day forward before switching back to Kyle.


Now, back to Jack’s story.

(3/4)
>>
“Doc, I’m going to head to my house. I have another shotgun and some more ammo there, plus I also have a pistol with plenty of ammo. I can also grab some power tools to make this place more secure when I board this place up. I’ll also look for any food, water, and anything else useful I can think of.”

“Doc? When did we get so familiar, Jack? Well, considering the situation, it’s okay. Don’t worry, I have a pistol of my own nearby. I can defend myself in a pinch. But I’ll call you if I need to. Good luck out there.” Gardner waves Jack goodbye and continues his work on Austin.

Before Jack leaves, he goes upstairs and peaks through the blinds from the bedroom. “This is a good vantage point. While I can’t see what’s in the backyard, I could at least see if there are any of those things in front.” Jack thought.

Outside, Jack sees nothing worth noting. However, this can change at any point.

Jack heads downstairs and right before he leaves, Gardner says “Hey Jack, I almost forgot. My spare key is in the fake rock near the driveway. The rock is green in color, you can’t miss it.”

Jack retrieves the spare key from the out of place rock, gets in his car, and starts it up. Jack lives about 30 minutes away from Gardner’s house, but Jack has enough fuel for the round trip.

While things still looked peaceful at Gardner’s residence, that couldn’t be farther from the truth for the road. As Jack is halfway to his destination, he sees some troubling sights. Zombies are all over. From the surrounding forest to the sidewalks, there is not a soul in sight on this road.

That is, until Jack reaches a nearby suburb. There is a man who is screaming for help. He is unharmed, but there are five separate zombies attempting to catch him. The man is much faster than they are, however, they are flanking him from all sides.

Jack does not need to save him, but he could shoot a few of the zombies so the man can escape being trapped. However, he has a limited amount of ammo and he has no idea how much he will need. It may not be the best idea to use up too much of it. However, Jack also feels like not at least trying to help this man would be a wasted opportunity to do good in these trying times.

Will Jack be altruistic and save this man or will he put his own survival first and let the man die?
>Save the man
>Drive away
>Write-in

I will leave the voting window open until 12PM PST (about 11 hours from now).
>>
>>4562783
This is surprisingly organized, but the US military does have an anti-zombie emergency plan (CONPLAN8888), maybe the police did as well.

>>4562785
>Save the man, but hit the zombies with the car instead of shooting.
>>
>>4562799
Support
>>
>>4562785

>Save the man

While the car idea sounds good, we have a decently large amount of ammo and only one car to use against a lot of zombies. Better to use up a bit of ammo than risk damage to the car, especially since we need it to travel and get supplies. We'll also have access to even more guns and ammo once we arrive at our house, so the ammo we lose here will be negligible for future trips.
>>
No more votes!

>>4562799
>>4562828
2 votes for a write-in.

>>4562985
1 vote for "Save the man"

Writing now!
>>
Jack, not wanting to use up valuable bullets, but still wanting to save the man, decides to take a risk. He gets his truck in position and then rolls down his window.

“Hey you, watch out! I’m going to ram into these zombies and pull up right next to you! I’m going to unlock the doors, so get in quickly!”

Jack then hits the gas pedal and smashes into 3 of the zombies who were grouped up. It puts a dent in the hood of his truck, but it’s still quite usable. Before the other 2 zombies could catch up to the man, he gets in and closes the door.

“Holy shit, thank you so much for your help, man. What’s your name?”

“No problem. The name’s Jack, and you?”

“John.”

“Well, John it’s dangerous out here. What were you doing out in the street? Don’t you have a car?”

“I did, but I was running low on gas and needed to stop to fill up. When I got to the gas station, there was someone screaming for help inside, so I went in to see if I could help. But there was a large group of these things right at the entrance. I couldn’t do anything but run back to my car and get away. And as if my luck couldn’t get any worse, someone was sitting in the driver’s seat and drove off with my car.”

“I might sound like a hypocrite for saying this right after helping you out, but you need to be careful about helping other people in these kinds of situation, John. Even if there were no zombies, that was a classic trick the cartel near the border likes to do. Your lucky that you weren’t held up at gunpoint. You need to make sure to look out for you and your loved ones first. Anyway, were you headed anywhere nearby? I could drop you off, if you’d like.”

“I was trying to meet my wife. She was in a grocery store near our house about an hour away. I work kind of far away from home, you see.”

“Shit, just to take him there and get back to where I want to go will take me two hours at the very least. And then I still need to get to my house,” Jack thought.

What should Jack do?

If he helps John, Sarah will be reunited with John much earlier than normal and thus, making her story easier. However, this will cause Jack to only have time to visit one location to gather supplies, making his story harder.

If he instead drops John off at a safe location nearby, John will take much longer to reach Sarah, and thus, making her story harder. However, Jack will be able to visit more locations to gather supplies, thus making his story easier.

What should Jack do?
>Drive John to the grocery store to reunite with Sarah, and then start driving back to his initial destination.
>Find a safe place to drop John off nearby. Don’t worry, will not die if you do this.

No write-ins this time.

I will leave the voting window open until 6PM PST (about 5 hours and 30 minutes from now).

However, I am adding one more restriction. Since this an important choice, I want at least 5 votes to be made before an option is picked. I will extend the voting window a bit if this amount is not hit.
>>
>>4563195
>Find a safe place to drop John off nearby. Don’t worry, will not die if you do this.
Jack has plenty of troubles already, what's with a wounded friend and needing to meet up with his family.
>>
>>4563195
>>Find a safe place to drop John off nearby. Don’t worry, will not die if you do this.

I thought long and hard about this choice, but ultimately, Sarah is in a mostly safe place for the time being, while Jack needs gas for his car, needs to keep Gardener and Austin safe through scouting, needs the power tools to board up the house, and will likely need a new vehicle or tools to repair his truck at some point. Sarah can wait for a bit longer, and besides, John taking longer means more time for Sarah to manage her stats, which we still need to do.
>>
>>4563195
>Find a safe place to drop John off nearby. Don’t worry, will not die if you do this.
I hope Aiden is smart enough to hide and wait for his parents to get to him. Speaking of which, since John lost his car, how could John and Sarah save Aiden in time before the zombies kill Aiden?
>>
>>4563269
Whoops I meant Adam.
>>
>>4563195
>Drive John to the grocery store to reunite with Sarah, and then start driving back to his initial destination.
>>
>>4563269
>>4563170

Good point. QM, can you confirm that we will not kill Adam off if we don't drive John the whole way there?
>>
>>4563195
>Drive John to the grocery store to reunite with Sarah, and then start driving back to his initial destination.
If there is a gas station or other important shop along the way, we can stop there and John can help us
>>
>>4563195
>>4563304

Another good point. QM, can you confirm whether something like this is possible? Looting locations on the way to the grocery store with John's help sounds plausible and in character for both Jack and John. It would also not consume much more than the 2 hours necessary to drive John there.
>>
>>4563298
I might change my vote depending on QM response. I don't want to see Sarah and John depressed and childless in this story.
>>
>>4563273
>Whoops I meant Adam
That's okay! There are a lot of names to remember for this quest since there are multiple stories going on at once, so mistakes will happen.
>>4563269
>>4563298
>how could John and Sarah save Adam in time before the zombies kill Adam
You guys had chosen to call John earlier, which is why it was clear wear he was going. If you had called Adam, you would have more information to go on. Because of this, you will have to speculate amongst yourselves whether he is okay, where he is, and if he will survive if John takes longer. However, I will say this: he is alive as of right now.
>>4563315
>can you confirm whether something like this is possible
Yes, this is possible. However, if we do go down that route, anything Jack gets will be shared with John. The gun shop is not on the way, however, so that is a stop that will not be able to be made. Finally, if you make stops on the road, it will take time away from John meeting Sarah, and, if enough time has passed, may completely stop Jack from having time to go back to his home to grab things. He only has 3 hours, maximum.

There is a lot to consider with this choice, which is partially why I emphasized how important it is. So choose wisely!
>>
>>4563320
I think I will stick with my vote, I felt like it would be a little out of character for Jack to risk his life and limb for someone who he literally just met. Anybody normal wouldn't be willing to drive to a potentially zombie infested or zombie swarmed school to save one kid. I hope we can make some choices as Sarah when John reunites with her to somehow get to the school before the day is over and hopefully get Adam.
>>
>>4563320
>>4563238
>>4563195

In that case, I will be changing my vote to:

>Drive John to the grocery store to reunite with Sarah, and then start driving back to his initial destination.

The two big stops Jack need to make are getting gas and getting to his house, which should be doable if we also get John to the store. Sharing loot with John is fine, as it will ultimately make both their stories a bit easier and ensures that Adam and Sarah will be safe. If we have time for more stops we can, but those two are the priority and we should be able to just barely make it.
>>
>>4563195
>Drive John to the grocery store to reunite with Sarah, and then start driving back to his initial destination.

>>4563320
I'm fine with not making it to the gun store. We have plenty of guns and ammunitions at home don't we?
>>
No more votes!

>>4563232
>>4563269
2 votes "Find a safe place to drop John off nearby. Don’t worry, will not die if you do this."

>>4563275
>>4563304
>>4563339
>>4563390
4 votes for "Drive John to the grocery store to reunite with Sarah, and then start driving back to his initial destination."

Writing now!
>>
Jack is hesitant to help John more than he already has. He has his own concerns to worry about, and he could, frankly, do without another burden on his shoulders. However, Jack is a very good judge of character from his years meeting people on the road. He could tell that John is the type that would have, without hesitation, helped Jack if he were in the same situation.

Despite warning John about the dangers of helping strangers, Jack decides that he should at least take John where he needs to go. Maybe it would be a good idea for Jack to lighten up a bit and take a page from John’s book instead of the other way around.

Jack chuckled a bit. “Hmph, maybe I am too soft afterall,” he thought.

“Well, you’re already in my truck, so I might as well take you where you need to go. However, I was on the road for a reason. I need supplies to fortify my safehouse and for the upcoming roadtrip.”

“Roadtrip?”

“You’re not the only one trying to get to your family, you know? My daughter and ex-wife are about a day’s drive from here, so I need to be prepared to come rescue them.”

John, feeling a bit guilty says, “I’m sorry for taking you away from your preparations. If you want, you can leave me somewhere safe close by. I’m already extremely grateful for your help.”

“Don’t you worry about that, John. I can take some time to take you to your wife. But if you wouldn’t mind, there are some stops I might want to make on the way. Would you be okay with helping me gather supplies on the way? We can split them fifty-fifty.”

“I would gladly help! However, you should keep the supplies. I already owe you my life, so this is the least I could do.”

This surprised Jack a bit. He’s never met somebody quite this selfless before.

“Hey, I saved you because that was the right thing to do. You don’t owe me anything, and it wouldn’t sit right with me to not let you take some of the supplies. But if you really want to repay me, if I get in a sticky situation with one of those zombies on one of our stops, it would be nice if you would help me.”

“Absolutely! But, I’m not sure what I could do. I don’t have a weapon.”

“Here. Take my rifle. I have two of them, so you can just have it. I don’t have much ammo, but you can have half of it.” (Rifle 1 (-1) and Rifle Ammo 5 (-5))

Jack gives John his rifle and half of the ammo. He keeps Austin’s rifle with one round inside and 4 on the side.

“I can’t possibly take this! This is yours, Jack.”

“What use do I have for two rifles, John? Besides, there is a bit of advice I want to give you. It seems like these zombies can heal quickly. I shot one right in the head with that very rifle, but after a few minutes, it was able to get right back up. You would probably need to shoot it more than once or use a shotgun to fully kill it. You could at least use the rifle to slow them down for a bit though.”

(1/3)
>>
This was a lot for John to take in. “But I’ve never even shot a gun before.”

“Well, you’ll learn now. First lesson is on how to reload.”

Jack pulls up to the side of the road at a safe clearing. Jack teaches him the basics of reloading, aiming with a scope and without, and proper trigger discipline.

“I would teach you how to shoot, but I’m running low on ammo. I’m sure you can understand.”

They get back into Jack’s truck.

“Oh right, one last thing. We should exchange phone numbers in case we get separated.”

After exchanging phone numbers, they set off to the store where Sarah is.

(2/3)
>>
This outing has, so far, caused 30 minutes to pass. However, in an act of generosity, I will give you an extra hour and a half to work with. Gardner can wait a little while longer.

Let me remind you of your initial choices:
>Scout the areas around the house to see if any zombies are present, and if so, lure them elsewhere. This could buy them some time later. (takes 1 hour)
>Drive around the area to see if he can gather supplies from the surrounding area. There is a hardware store, a grocery store with a pharmacy, a gun shop, and a movie theater in the surrounding area. (takes 1-2 hours depending on how many stops Jack makes)
>drive to your house to grab everything possible from supplies, to power tools, to your own weapons left at home (takes 1 hour)
>Your truck is running low on fuel and needs gas. It could also be a good idea to start hoarding the stuff now. If this is not done now, it can be done during the road trip, but will be riskier. (takes 1 hour)
>Start boarding up the house (Note, doing this now will end this section of the story. Sometimes, it’s good to quit while you are ahead.)

All these still apply. Jack has not actually gone to his house, if you remember. You cannot vote on these yet, but when Jack comes back, if he has time left, will be able to. Be default, he will start heading to his house since that is what the initial vote was for.

As it stands currently, you can either take John straight to his destination and come back, or you can do some of the supply hunting on the way. John will get half of all supplies, but it will also speed up the collection process since it is faster with two people.

You have 4 hours to work with. Please choose from these choices and NOT the ones above:
>Take John directly to Sarah and come back (takes 2 hours)
>Get gas for the truck, plus the gas station should have plenty of containers to store the stuff in. Jack could fill as much as he can. (takes 30 minutes)
>Head to the local Dollar Store for supplies like food, water, and toiletries. (takes 30 minutes)
>Head to the local pharmacy for medical supplies like over the counter medications and bandages. (takes 30 minutes)
>Write-in

Keep in mind that the time it takes for John to get to Sarah does matter when it comes to saving Adam. But at the same time, more supplies could help them out too. Finally, it is also possible for Jack to briefly meet Sarah in the store if you so desire, but we will cross that bridge when we get to it.

I, unfortunately, am going to be busy for the rest of the day. I will need to keep the voting window open until 12PM PST (about 16 hours and 40 minutes from now).

(3/3)
>>
>>4563597
So QM, this is a lot to take in. Some questions:

Do we have enough gas right now to make the trip to the grocery store right now and still have some left over to gather fuel after dropping off John?

Would we be able to loot other locations than the ones listed through write-in? If so, how long might that take?
>>
>>4563620
>So QM, this is a lot to take in
True. I was worried about overloading you guys with information, so if anybody has any questions, feel free to ask.
>Do we have enough gas right now to make the trip to the grocery store right now and still have some left over to gather fuel after dropping off John
Gas is low in relative terms. It takes a full day of driving to get to Lindsey and Jacky, so there is not enough for that. However, for these current tasks, there is enough. He can drive to any of these locations without running out.
>Would we be able to loot other locations than the ones listed through write-in
Yes. You are free to come up with someplace they could go.

The only exceptions:

You cannot write-in for a gun store, since there is only the one in the area mentioned before and it's the other way.

You cannot write-in for a superstore. Those places are mostly overrun with zombies.

But anything else is fair game.

>how long might that take
I will decide on how long it is depending on the write-in. But I will try to let you guys know before the voting period is over. You can also try suggesting a time, and I may be okay with it. So you can get creative or use one of the per-determined locations.
>>
>>4563597
>>4563627
Okay, then in that case, we should:

>Write-In: Loot the local sporting goods store for supplies such as tents, sleeping bags, non-perishable rations, flashlights/lamps, ammunition, pepper spray, water filtration devices and portable cookers. (Recommended time 1 hour alone or 30 minutes with John's help.)

My rationale is that we have enough time for John to loot with us for about 1 hour before we have to take him to the grocery store, since that would be 2 clean segments of 30 minutes. A store like this would give us what we need to set up camp on the long trip down to our family if necessary.

Hopefully this would work for you, QM. To be honest I would have included guns in this write-in as well, since guns are often sold at sporting goods shops, though I'm not sure how much overlap that would have with a gun shop. I don't intend to use this write-in to bypass that restriction.

Out of curiosity, if we did want Jack to meet with Sarah, would that cost additional time beyond the 2 hours needed to bring John there with us?
>>
>>4563712
Sure, that would be fine, assuming it gets a majority vote.The times make sense and are understandable. I also appreciate the understanding with the gun restrictions I have put in place. It's just that ammo and guns are more relevant to Jack's story than any others, so there have to be some restrictions on them.
>Out of curiosity, if we did want Jack to meet with Sarah, would that cost additional time beyond the 2 hours needed to bring John there with us
That will not cost any time. I want to encourage characters meeting each other when possible.
>>
File: solar power bank.jpg (321 KB, 2500x2500)
321 KB
321 KB JPG
>>4563712
>>4563713

Thanks so much for the timely response! Glad you enjoy the write in. I'd like to add a solar power bank and binoculars to the list of possible items. The solar power bank is a pretty cool way to charge Jack's phone that I literally just noticed on Amazon, and the binoculars would open a lot more possibilities for QM's storytelling by allowing Jack to notice things from farther away. They would also complement Jack's character nicely.
>>
>>4563597
This is a good idea: >>4563712
>>
About 1 hour left for votes. Get your votes in everyone!
>>
>>4563597
>Get gas for the truck, plus the gas station should have plenty of containers to store the stuff in. Jack could fill as much as he can. (takes 30 minutes)
>>
No more votes!

>>4563712
>>4563823
2 votes for a write-in.

>>4564201
1 vote for "Get gas for the truck, plus the gas station should have plenty of containers to store the stuff in. Jack could fill as much as he can. (takes 30 minutes)"

Writing now!
>>
File: John and Sarah's Love.jpg (510 KB, 2430x3004)
510 KB
510 KB JPG
“Hey John, would you mind if we make a stop at that sporting goods store on the way? I think there could be a lot of good survival gear there that you won’t find elsewhere.”

“Yeah, sure! No worries. Sarah and I could also use those kinds of supplies anyway.”

“Sarah? That’s your wife, I take it?”

“Oh, yeah. Sorry. I forgot that I hadn’t told you her name.”

“As you could have guessed, I had a wife once too. Her name is Jacky. But since I spend so much time on the road and hunting, we just grew apart. I take full responsibility for not being there enough. Are you and Sarah doing okay?”

John was a bit excited to get the opportunity to talk about his wife. He doesn’t like to show it as much as Sarah does, but he loves her just as much as she loves him. Sarah has always viewed John as a strong, but very kind man always willing to help others. While most of that is true, John isn’t nearly as strong as she thinks. Sarah views him as a never wavering, never troubled, and always understanding man.

The truth is that John was going through a rough patch of his own in college. John was raised to be a good person. Someone who acts selfless as much as he can and rarely ever ask for anything in return. But the world is an angry and distrustful place. Kindness tends to be taken advantage of. Selflessness from one person leads to selfishness from the people being helped. The cold, hard truth is that many people are ungrateful for everything they have. Many people took John’s kind-hearted nature as a tool to utilize when they wanted to be lazy.

By the time college rolled around, John was busier than ever. He was taking classes, working to help his parents, and was volunteering as often as he could. While he always kept a positive demeanor, the truth is that he was beginning to suffer from depression. Basic tasks felt like a chore, but he needed to do them to keep everybody happy. He didn’t have anybody to talk to since he felt like doing so would erode their confidence in him. He didn’t want to disappoint anybody.

That’s when he met Sarah. In the beginning, he treated her like everybody else, kindly and with respect. However, he could sense that she was going through some tough times, like himself. John decided to make it his mission to help her. His thought process was that if he could help someone out of depression, maybe he could do the same for himself.

He almost couldn’t believe it when he noticed that Sarah was beginning to get better. This caused him to push even harder, but in the process, he ended up falling for her. She turned out to be the solution to his woes. She was somebody he could rely on for love and caring that most would never show him. Sarah never took advantage of his kindness and would instead reciprocate.

As much as Sarah needed John for strength and support, John needed her. He just could never tell her this.

(1/2)
>>
“Yeah, we’re as happy as we could be together. This sounds a bit embarrassing to say out loud, but Sarah is my life. I don’t know what I would do without her. I’m really worried about her, so I hope she will be okay.”

Jack and John continue to converse over the trip. Once they make it to the sporting goods store, they see that it’s practically deserted outside. Not a single parked car or zombie in sight.

They were surprisingly able to grab as many supplies as they wanted with no hassle or issue. While the deer is still in the back seat, there is still room to put things in the bed. So, they unload most of the equipment there.

They both got a pair of binoculars, tents, sleeping bags, non-perishable rations, flashlights/lamps, pepper spray, water filtration devices, portable cookers, and solar power banks. There was no ammunition for any of their guns, however.

A few items didn’t have more than one in stock, so they needed to pick and choose who got what.

Jack got: a fishing rod and some bait, a flask, and some bug spray.

John got: a radio that picks up both AM and FM stations, a survival 101 book, and a bike that can seat two people.

After loading everything into the truck, Jack begins to drive once again.

Do not get a false sense of security. No other stop, even if it is a write-in, will be this easy to loot. This trip is an exception, not the rule

3 hours and 30 minutes remain. What should Jack do?
>Take John directly to Sarah and come back (takes 2 hours)
>Get gas for the truck, plus the gas station should have plenty of containers to store the stuff in. Jack could fill as much as he can. (takes 30 minutes)
>Head to the local Dollar Store for supplies like food, water, and toiletries. (takes 30 minutes)
>Head to the local pharmacy for medical supplies like over the counter medications and bandages. (takes 30 minutes)
>Write-in
>Switch characters

You have unlocked the ability to switch characters. The next character is Sarah.

I will leave the voting window open until 6PM PST (about 4 hours and 40 minutes from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4564367

>Write-In: Go to the local car dealership to find auto repair kits, spare tires, and abandoned vehicles for John. Also try to siphon gas from vehicles on the lot as well. (Recommended time: 30 minutes with John's help. Will find less gas than at the gas station.)

I'd love to just grab gas, but that doesn't seem to benefit John too much. A stop like this should help us find something for him as well.
>>
>>4564367
>Get gas for the truck, plus the gas station should have plenty of containers to store the stuff in. Jack could fill as much as he can. (takes 30 minutes)

There is food and some auto stuff there, in addition to the gas
>>
>>4564419

Yeah, but if we can get a new vehicle for John, think about the effect that will have on both of their stories. I'd trade that for gas any day, even if this location might be a bit harder to loot.
>>
>>4564367
Supporting >>4564387 because spare parts are useful to Jack too.
>>
>>4564440
>>4564390

Looks like that post got deleted. You can work spare parts into my write-in if you're willing to support it instead. We can definitely find those at auto dealerships. We can likely find containers to fill with gas while we're at it.
>>
>>4564470
I actually meant to quote your post. Don't know wtf happened.

>>4564367
So, supporting >>4564390
>>
File: brains.jpg (165 KB, 1152x648)
165 KB
165 KB JPG
>>4564390
Support, I think that this would allow John to swoop in and grab Sarah on his own then they can both get to Adam quickly. It is unlikely that anybody would be at a car dealship during a zombie apocalypse, unless they were working their or they were really stupid people looking for a joyride. Less like to have people = potentially less zombies to deal with.
>>
>>4564390
>>4564593

Yeah, and come to think of it, if there's a better vehicle for Jack, we may be able to get one for him too if there's enough time.
>>
No more votes!

>>4564419
1 vote for "Get gas for the truck, plus the gas station should have plenty of containers to store the stuff in. Jack could fill as much as he can. (takes 30 minutes)"

>>4564390
>>4564500
>>4564593
3 votes for a write-in. The time is reasonable.

It's fully written. Posting right after this!
>>
File: Car Dealership.jpg (270 KB, 1200x675)
270 KB
270 KB JPG
“That went well. I’m glad that we were able to get so much stuff! Once things go back to normal, I hope I can pay the shop-owner for all of this,” John said.

Jack is a bit amused by his new friend’s positive attitude and begins to banter with him a bit. “The one time in your life you get to get whatever you want for free, and the first thing you think of is how much you want to pay somebody for it? You’re an interesting guy. I’ll give you that.”

After a bit of joking back and forward, they get back on the road. Jack then gets an idea.

“I know you just got yourself a bike, but how would you like a new car for yourself? You won’t be able to get rides from me forever, and I’m sure Sarah would prefer to be in the safety of a car. How about we go to the nearby car dealership? Heck, maybe I could get a new one too. Those zombies did cause a bit of damage.”

Jack wasn’t really asking. He wanted to get John a car, or preferably a truck, to make sure he would be safe. Plus, this way, he could get back to what he wanted to do without needing to take John all the way to the store Sarah is.

Unfortunately, they were not as lucky as they were in the sporting goods store. There were many zombies in the area and there looked to be some people inside the building.

Jack decides to pull up to the back entrance and get out of the truck. Luckily, dealerships always have a lot of vehicles, so even though some have been taken, there were plenty of choices. However, the keys to each vehicle were located inside the dealership building. Neither Jack, nor John know how to hotwire a car.

The survivors have fortified the doors, and it looks like the zombies are trying to get in. Both the front and back have zombies trying to break the doors and glass. The people inside seem terrified. There is a ladder to the roof in the back, but it is behind a gate. The gate isn’t locked per se, but there is rope tied together to keep it closed.

To make things worse, it looks like some of the zombies have noticed John and Jack.

(1/2)
>>
File: Roped off gate.jpg (164 KB, 1024x768)
164 KB
164 KB JPG
There is no way there will be enough time to siphon gas or get anything else other than a car or two. What should they do?

>Head back on the road. No time penalty will occur and there will be 3 hours and 30 minutes left.

>Get back in the truck and drive through one of the windows. This will let them in, but it will also let the zombies in and endanger the people inside (and themselves). Plus, there will be much less time to grab keys. John might get stuck with a crappy, tiny car.

>Use one of Jack’s hunting knifes to cut the rope on the gate blocking the ladder to the roof. There is no guarantee that there is a way inside from the roof, but it is possible. But if there isn’t, zombies can climb ladders, you know.

>Jack’s truck has an alarm built in. If he drives it a little bit away, they could get out, hide nearby, and Jack could activate the alarm from his Key Fob. This will lure the zombies away but will also make getting his supplies back from the truck much harder.

>Write-in

>Switch characters

It’s been a while since we’ve had options with death on the line, so I want to remind you that death is very possible for both Jack and John. For those who may be newer, you do not get a second chance. If a character dies, they are permanently gone.

I will leave the voting window open until 11PM PST (about 5 hours from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4564690

>Write-In: Have John drive the truck, luring the zombies away with the sound of his radio, while Jack takes a pepper spray, knife, and guns to handle getting the keys. John will circle back around and regroup with Jack after the keys are secured.
>>
>>4564690
>Head back on the road. No time penalty will occur and there will be 3 hours and 30 minutes left.
>>
>>4564704

You do realize that if this succeeds we get an extra 2 trips with Jack and John gets a car to make Sarah's quest easier? Jack will get extra loot from the remaining trips since he will be alone, and we can even get a crack at the gun shop after this. Sure, it's a little risky, but we can work this with a bit of creativity. If you don't like my write-in, work with me to come up with another solution. We have a lot of items we could use to distract or otherwise neutralize the zombies.
>>
>>4564690
>Head back on the road. No time penalty will occur and there will be 3 hours and 30 minutes left.
Well that is too bad, we don't have time to play hero so lets just get back on the road. QM, I'm guessing there aren't any other car dealerships in the area we can look at for plot sake? I am assuming that the story is taking place somewhere in suburban or small town America, so realistically there are usually more than one dealerships to look for cars sometimes literally across the street from each other. Heck even in more "city" areas there are a bunch of car dealerships. I don't mind losing some time to look for a more ideal car dealership to get a ride for John and Jack.
>>
>>4564727
>>4564729
Depending on QM's response, there might be more than one car dealership we could look at that could make things much easier than risking it at this dealership. If that is not an option, I might change votes. Though I feel like QM is setting us up for risky rolls at this place.
>>
>>4564729
>I'm guessing there aren't any other car dealerships in the area we can look at for plot sake
Hmm, I'll think about it. But assume that if there are other car dealerships, they will be in similarly dangerous situations no easier than this one.
>>
>>4564732
>>4564704

A couple of other proposals since QM has set this up to be a high-risk, high-reward option regardless of where we go:

One person climbs the ladder and dangles a piece of the buck down below using the fishing pole to lure zombies away from one of the doors.

Jack calls the dealership using his cell phone to coordinate a plan with the survivors inside.

Jack cuts off a piece of the buck and throws it on the ground nearby to distract zombies.

etc...
>>
>>4564698
>>4564733
>>4564738
Changing my vote to >Write-In: for now. But we need to integrate the buck idea for sure. We've already been noticed by the zombies, so using the buck as bait would be a good start. We can't carry the carcass into our new ride since it's too heavy so using some of its flesh to buy us time would be good. We should also use our cellphone to let the survivors inside know what we're going to do so they can get ready to leave.
>>
>>4564698
>>4564744

Sure, I'll amend my write-in to allow Jack to cut off a piece of the buck to use as bait. We can't use all of it, as we need it to secure our ending, but part of it is fine. We can carry it to our new ride if it is also a truck. What do you think of the fishing pole idea? Good or not? If we're lucky we may not even lose any buck meat since the zombies won't be able to reach it.
>>
If you guys want to collaborate to figure out a proper write-in, feel free! If 11PM PST comes and there is still collaboration, I would be willing to extend the voting window for a bit to allow for more time. Just let me know when we get closer to that time!
>>
>>4564749
I think we should just go with tossing the deer-flesh at the zombies The zombies are dumb, but some of them might stop chasing after the fishing pole meat after a while of trying to grab the piece of meat and failing. We've seen them adapt to situations where they can't realistically feed and change targets. If we're saving the meat for later we should cut off enough meat so that Jack would be able to pick up the carcass on his own, remember that it took two fully grown men to lift the carcass onto the truck in a brisk pace with one guy almost giving out with how heavy it was. If it is necessary, using the entire carcass here wouldn't be too bad of a sacrifice, leaving around a smelly rotting deer carcass will definitely draw unnecessary zombie attention to our location if we don't use it generously after a day or two.
>>
>>4564756

This is true, but think about what we know of zombie behavior:

First they will notice the meat and move towards it.
Then they will fight each other for the right to feed.
Finally winner will take their catch and the losers will change targets.

That will definitely leave us a long enough opening to get inside, snatch a couple of keys, and get out. If a few stragglers stay behind, we take them out with guns or pepper spray. And keep in mind this only matters if there really is no way in through the roof. If there is a way in we're golden. As I said, if we're lucky, we don't even lose any buck meat. We'll also call the survivors inside to give them the heads up and help us escape after we have the keys.

Thoughts on this idea?
>>
>>4564690
I think we can chop a leg or two from the buck to bait and distract the zombies.
>>
There are a lot of write-ins, but can you guys try to consolidate it into one comprehensive write-in? Otherwise, I will have to try to put them together myself, and I don't know if that would be to everybody's liking.

While there is still an hour and a half, I think it would be good to ask this of you guys now.
>>
>>4564690
>>4564698
>>4564827
>Write-In: Have John drive the truck, luring the zombies away with the sound of his radio and the honking of the truck's horn, while Jack takes a pepper spray, knife, guns, and a small piece of the buck to handle stragglers as needed while getting the keys. John will circle back around and regroup with Jack after the keys are secured. They will then determine how to safely transfer over to the new vehicles. Jack will call the other survivors beforehand using the dealership's phone number to inform them of the plan and ask them for support.
>>
>>4564849
I appreciate that you put it all together. Since 3 people, including you, voted for a write in, I will count all 3 votes as a vote for this specific write-in unless one of them objects. I will still allow the final 30 minutes of voting as promised, however.
>>
No more votes!

>>4564704
1 vote for "Head back on the road. No time penalty will occur and there will be 3 hours and 30 minutes left."

>>4564849
3 votes for this write-in.

Writing now!
>>
One thing to appreciate about the human brain is its ability to come up with the most creative solutions to survive in a dangerous situation. Jack was able to think of an ingenious plan on the fly, but he also needed to inform John of it.

“Quick, let’s get back in the truck! I have a plan.”

Jack relays his plan to John. “That’s crazy! But it just might work. Let’s do it!”

John would never support a plan that would endanger other people, so this plan suits him a lot better than the more dangerous ones.

Jack drives far enough away for the zombies to lose sight of the truck and then he Googles the phone number of the car dealership. After finding it, he gives it a call. It rings for a while, but somebody does pick up.

“Hello, it’s too dangerous. We’re closed. Please send help! The zombies are surrounding this place.”

“That’s exactly what I was calling about. I have a plan to get them away from you, but in return, I need to be able to take a couple of cars. I need them.”

“Take as many as you need! I don’t care at all about them! Just help us!”

Jack relays his plan. Then the man speaks, “You just have a dead deer in your truck? Well, if it works, go for it. Please, I beg of you, help us! We’ll help in any way we can.”

“In that case, I need you guys to hide. Being out of sight of the zombies will help immensely. But can you also grab the keys of two of the trucks outside?” Jack tells the scared man exactly which trucks he is talking about.

“Yes, of course. Just be careful!”

“Just be sure to let me in.” Jack hangs up. And tells John what was discussed. Afterwards, he sets his plan in motion.

He uses one of his hunting knives to cut off a few pieces of the deer. The deer is large, so this doesn’t harm its usability. However, the bigger the food, the more likely zombies will be attracted to it. Small pieces won’t distract a large group, but it could distract a few.

Jack exits his truck with the deer pieces and as many of his weapons as he could carry, leaving one rifle with John since it is his now. He then hides in some of the nearby bushes and gives the thumbs up to John.

John then gets in the driver’s seat, rolls down the window, and turns on the truck radio and his new portable radio at maximum volume. The nearby zombies, getting tired of trying to break into the dealership, decide to try following these loud sounds.

John then starts to slowly drive away while honking his horn for good measure. However, all this noise is not just going to attract the zombies at the dealership. John needs to be careful, or the entire city’s zombie population will try to chase him. After he is sure that enough of the zombies are leaving the dealership, he turns the radios off and stops honking. The zombies know where their target is, so any more noise would be pointlessly attracting new, unwanted ones.

(1/4)
>>
File: Jack Lying Unconscious.jpg (332 KB, 1024x682)
332 KB
332 KB JPG
Jack then leaves his hiding spot and sprints to the dealership. While all the zombies at the dealership have left, some from other parts of the surrounding area spot Jack. There aren’t many, but it’s still too many for comfort. Jack tosses some of the deer bits near some of the zombies. Most are diverted, but there are still a couple following him.

Jack gets to the front window and screams “I’m going around the back! Let me in when I get there!”

Jack runs to the back and is let in. Jack can see what must be at least 20 survivors huddled up in the back area, trying to hide.

Jack asks them for the keys and tells them that they are probably safe now. The zombies are chasing him and don’t know there are people here. They give him the keys to a couple of the trucks up front. Jack thanks them and leaves through the back door again.

They close the door behind him, and Jack takes a moment to catch his breath. He can’t believe he was this lucky to make it out of this alive.

However, that’s where his luck ends. What Jack didn’t realize is that one of the zombies followed him far enough to have been obscured from view when the door was opened again. With the survivors now closing the door, the zombie can clearly see him.

It makes a mad dash to Jack and, before Jack could realize what was going on, it knocks him over to the ground. Jack’s head slams down on a nearby rock, and he falls unconscious.

Wait, what happened? Wasn’t this write-in plan supposed to have been foolproof?

Well that’s exactly what this was: a plan. Things go wrong, especially in dangerous situations. Don’t expect a free pass for things to not go wrong if you do a write-in. Always expect for any choice you make to have consequences, no matter how prepared you make the characters. But, because you were so prepared, Jack is not outright dead just yet.

Jack’s fate will remain a mystery for now. In the meantime, you are once again required to switch characters.

It’s time for Sarah’s story now.

(2/4)
>>
“It may be a good idea for me to get in the good graces of the rest of the group here. They must have had it pretty rough today, so trying to talk with them might help calm them down. Plus, it would be a good idea for people to realize that the bite isn’t as bad as they might think.” Sarah thought.

After discussing this with Dave, he understood her point of view and let her enter the general population.

“Hey everybody, this is Sarah. I was able to fix her up to the best of my abilities. She should be fine now. And I just want to reiterate to everyone that we have no evidence that shows that the zombies are caused by bites. While we ultimately have no idea how this outbreak occurred, it seems highly unlikely that the bites are causing this. Remember, we also have someone who was scratched by a zombie a few hours ago and he is doing just fine.”

“If we don’t know, why should she be allowed to mingle here? She could turn! She should be escorted out of the building!” a middle-aged, soccer mom shouted.

“A scratch is very different from a bite. A bite has their saliva which could carry the zombie virus,” said an older gentleman.

“If we don’t know, she should, like, at least be locked in isolation for a day or two. You’re totally risking all of our lives by just having her here,” a teenage girl said.

There was other jeering and anger coming from the general population. Dave, worried that Sarah may be in danger by being around these people, decided to bring Sarah back to the pharmacy.

Sarah was utterly devastated by how those people treated her.

“I apologize for how they were talking about you, Sarah. They are all terrified and aren’t in the right state of mind. If it means anything, I don’t believe you are a threat. I know for a fact that some people kept quiet because they were worried of getting ostracized for defending you.”

This calmed Sarah down a bit, and she starts feeling a bit sympathetic to how they felt.

A little later, a few people came to the pharmacy to apologize for the others had treated her. The man with the zombie scratch was one of them. He too was initially reviled and hated by them, but they eventually came to accept him. He assured her that they will come around to her too and to stay strong. She even received some hugs by some of the more emotional people.

These minor acts of kindness made Sarah feel better about everything. She has more hope that there is still kindness in the world.

(Happiness +1)

Sarah is still killing time for John to arrive. It has only been 20 minutes at most.

Current stats:

Stress: 6
Worry: 12
Happiness: 4 (+1)

(3/4)
>>
What should Sarah do next?

>Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations. Since Dave is with her, the group won’t object. (Worry -5)
>The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -4 and Happiness +2)
>Explore parts of the store on her own. These are locations with few to no people. (Stress -2 and Worry -3)

I will leave the voting window open until 12PM PST (about 12 hours and 20 minutes from now).

(4/4)
>>
>>4564905
>Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations. Since Dave is with her, the group won’t object. (Worry -5)
Ouch. I think Jack will make it though.
>>
>>4564903
I really hope this is not one of the "You thought you could circumvent my carefully crafted plot with creativity? Now I will PUNISH you!" cases some GMs are prone to.

>>4564905
>Explore parts of the store on her own. These are locations with few to no people. (Stress -2 and Worry -3)
This should bring Stress over the threshold.
Pain meds would've fixed Happiness too, but this choice seems too good to be true, so there must be some unmentioned downsides.
>>
>>4564905
>The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -4 and Happiness +2)
>>
>>4564922
>I really hope this is not one of the "You thought you could circumvent my carefully crafted plot with creativity? Now I will PUNISH you!" cases some GMs are prone to.
I can promise you that this wasn't the case. There have been many times when write-ins have done very positive things in this quest. This just happened to be something that lead to a negative consequence. I love the discussions that stem from creative write-ins, so I do encourage them whenever available.
>>
>>4564905
>>4564922
>>4564929

I trust QM to not fuck us with that choice. Consequences on a choice like that are fine as long as there aren't long-term, permanent effects on the story. Like hopefully we didn't lose extra time in Jack's quest or killed off Adam because of this. I hope that in the future QM will require a roll or additional decision pathways for success instead of outright causing our plan to fail.

As for the current choice...

>Explore parts of the store on her own. These are locations with few to no people. (Stress -2 and Worry -3)
>>
>>4564905
>Explore parts of the store on her own. These are locations with few to no people. (Stress -2 and Worry -3)
>>
>>4565111
The plan went better than expected. I think John or someone from the dealership would have noticed that something happened to Jack and hopefully respond accordingly.

>>4564905
>Explore parts of the store on her own. These are locations with few to no people. (Stress -2 and Worry -3)
There is no point in interacting with the crowd since a majority of them still think that we are in a zombie movie or something. Plus whenever John comes to pickup Sarah she would hopefully be more comfortable with leaving people behind. We're just killing time and waiting for our rescue at this point.
>>
No more votes!

>>4564914
1 vote for "Follow Dave to get a tour of the accommodations. Since Dave is with her, the group won’t object. (Worry -5)"

>>4564927
1 vote for "The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -4 and Happiness +2)"

>>4564922
>>4565111
>>4565326
>>4565327
4 votes for "Explore parts of the store on her own. These are locations with few to no people. (Stress -2 and Worry -3)"

Writing now!
>>
Sarah decides that it may be a good idea to not get a tour from Dave for now. She wants to give some time for the others to calm down and maybe even start to reconsider how they feel. However, it is still important for her to know what the store has to offer and the defenses from the outside.

The store is large. It’s one of the only superstores in the area to not be overrun by zombies. Most people are congregated near the food aisles and pharmacy, but there are many places to be explored. There is a clothing section, an electronics section (though more limited than an electronics store), a planting section, an outdoor greenhouse with glass windows and doors, an office supplies and furniture section, 2 sets of restrooms (one near the front and one near the back), a back warehouse, and a closed off shipping area. Unfortunately, this store does not sell guns or weaponry, except for things like kitchen knives and golf clubs. The entrances and windows are barricaded.

Sarah takes the time to explore each area and takes note of anything worth remembering. This store has a lot of places to hide and has plenty of supplies, so Sarah relaxes a bit. Sarah knows that John will be coming for her, so she has a lot less to worry about. He will know what to do.
(Worry -3).

“When John comes, and we save Adam, this could be a safe place to stay,” Sarah thought.

Exploring new areas like this is a pretty stress-free activity, but still useful nonetheless. Sarah doesn’t feel overwhelmed and is finally able to not be so stressed out. She feels like she can manage her stress now. (Stress -2)

40 minutes or so has passed since she started exploring. In total, it’s been one hour seen she had called John. Sarah will not feel worried enough to feel the need to call John unless 2 hours have passed. She understands that it might take him longer in this kind of situation.

Current Stats:
Stress: 4 (-2)
Worry: 9 (-3)
Happiness: 4

(1/2)
>>
File: Greenhouse in the Back.jpg (906 KB, 1024x683)
906 KB
906 KB JPG
What should Sarah do next?
>The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -4 and Happiness +2)
>Socialize with the survivors who were nice earlier (Happiness +3)
>Ask one of the survivors for their phone to call Adam. (I will roll 1d4. If I roll a 4, Adam answers. If I roll a 1, 2, or 3, he does not answer. If he answers, Worry -9. If he does not, Worry +10)
>Ask one of the survivors for their phone and call John anyway. John will answer. However, since she has shown with this choice that she is worried enough to call, this means that her worry must be higher than it currently is. (Worry +5)

Remember that there are consequences if a stat is not in an acceptable level within 5 choices. You have made 4 choices as Sarah since she was given stats (choices where you chose to switch characters do not count). But you must also remember that choices that benefit Sarah’s stats are not always the best choice. You need to balance making choices based on the stat benefits and making choices you think would benefit her story.

I’m going to be busy today, so I will leave the voting window open until 12AM PST (about 11 hours and 10 minutes from now.)

(2/2)
>>
>>4565414
>Socialize with the survivors who were nice earlier (Happiness +3)
>>
>>4565414

>Socialize with the survivors who were nice earlier (Happiness +3)

We really need to lower worry, but for now, this is the best way to both get happiness to a good level and hopefully open up good choices that will help us.
>>
>>4565414
>The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -4 and Happiness +2)
>>
>>4565414
>Socialize with the survivors who were nice earlier (Happiness +3)
Ah shit, no good worry-lowering choice this time.
I don't like this greenhouse. Glass walls just ask to be broken through. Does it lead to outside?
>>
>>4565460
>Does it lead to outside
Yes, it does. However, the door to exit the greenhouse is barricaded. But with how many glass windows there are, it could easily be broken through by zombies or survivors. However, since there is no door in the store leading to the greenhouse and it is just a wide open hall that leads to it, it is difficult to secure the greenhouse properly.
>>
>>4565466
We need to do something about it.
>>
>>4565472
Assuming we stay in the store, there will be things that can be done to improve the place a bit later. Once we get to that point, you guys can try to fix or improve anything in the store.
>>
>>4565414
>>Socialize with the survivors who were nice earlier (Happiness +3)
>>
No more votes!

>>4565415
>>4565427
>>4565460
>>4565890
4 votes for "Socialize with the survivors who were nice earlier (Happiness +3)"

>>4565447
1 vote for "The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -4 and Happiness +2)"

Writing now!
>>
Sarah decides to talk with the people who cheered her up before. She is interested in hearing about their stories and anything they may know about the apocalypse.

She sees a few of them and decides to call out to them. Luckily, they were in the right mood and were okay talking with her for a while. They told all sorts of different stories. Many of them were tragic, but some were quite interesting.

One mom had a birthday party and sleepover for her son and his friends that day. There were about 25 kids in her house, plus her husband that she needed to worry about. She had to get everybody into her one van. It was quite the cramped ride.

One man’s dog had started attacking one of the zombies and managed to actually put up a decent fight. It even ripped its throat open! However, the dog could never have known that the zombie’s neck would heal as quickly as it did. It caught the dog by surprise, and it had no way to retaliate. Luckily, the man was able to get away while the zombie was distracted.

Another man who was at the local carnival was able to distract the zombies with one of those cotton candy machines. He just made cotton candy and stuffed it right into each zombie’s gaping mouth. Remember, zombies will eat whatever they can. They are just too dumb to understand that certain things are food unless it’s right in front of their face. The zombies decided to divert their attention to the cotton candy machine once they realized there was food in it.

Sarah listened intently to each one of them. Some of these people lost their entire family or had to kill one of their loved ones who re-animated. They then listened to hers. Sarah, while having it relatively easy compared to some, empathized with each one of them.

She feels a bit less lonely and can connect with the other survivors. (Happiness +3)

Current stats:
Stress: 4
Worry: 9
Happiness: 7 (+3)

(1/3)
>>
Before I lay out the choices, I want to explain a few more things about the stats. This will be a bit long, but this should be the last explanation regarding them that I need to give unless you guys have any questions.

Currently, happiness and stress are at good levels. However, worry is at a bad level. Because it’s been at a bad level for 5 choices, there are penalties.

When worry is too high, less choices will be allowed that involve her own well-being. When it is between 6-10, she will have less choices to improve her own situational safety. She will be much more focused on making sure John and Adam are safe. If worry is 10+, she will have no choices that do not directly involve her trying to help them.

When stress it too high, less choices that involve her doing difficult things will appear. She will also be much less able to disagree with people because that can cause conflict. When stress in between 6-10, she will be more focused on relaxing and de-stressing than much else. If stress is 10+, she will refuse to do anything that requires work at all. This is a very dangerous stat to let get too high.

When happiness is low, she will feel less optimistic about the world. She will begin to dislike the people around her (except for Adam and John) and will get along with them less. She will be less able to make her own decisions as well. Decisions will mostly be made by John if he is alive (you don’t control John). You lose a lot of player agency this way. If it is between 0-4, Sarah will be less outgoing and talkative. Socializing, cultivating plans, and helping others will be more of a chore and will require dice-rolls to be acceptable. There will also be less choices offered to help people. If it is below 0, Sarah will not do much of anything of her own free-will. John will completely take over and the most you can do is try to influence him. I don’t think you want to see what happens if John dies when she is in this state.

Write-ins, when unlocked, will also be much more limited and must fit into the criteria I specify when stats are bad. However, if her stats are all good, the write-ins will work like normal.

I will show in red what choices you have missed out on because of Sarah’s status, and I will show in blue when a choice is possible, but will require dice rolls specifically because of her status. These dice rolls will always be 1d3, and I will do them. 3 is success, whereas 1 and 2 are failures.

(2/3)
>>
Finally, Sarah’s entire way of thinking is influenced by John. He is her strength. Because of this, you are now given a new option in green. It will say What would John do? This is a tool to use when Sarah has started losing her ability to make good choices. It will completely reset Sarah’s stats to a good level. There us no limit to its use.

While this might sound like an amazing tool, it has some major drawbacks. Sarah is already obsessed with John as it is. Using this choice will fuel her obsession even more. This is a mechanic that I would like to keep a bit of secrecy with as to what will happen the more you use it, but just be warned that bad things can and will happen if you use it too much. The effects won’t be obvious at first, but you’ll soon see what can happen. However, feel free to experiment with it if you are really curious.

You can use it once without needing to worry about any side-effects.

What should Sarah do now? About 30 minutes have passed. It’s been one hour and 30 minutes since Sarah has heard from John.

Volunteer to help with fortifications and other tasks to improve the store (Happiness +3 and Worry -3)

The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -4 and Happiness +2)

Find a quiet place to sit and think about things. She will start to convince herself that John is okay and will make it here. However, she could also start worrying more if her mind wanders. (Worry potentially -6, but is also potentially +2)

>Ask one of the survivors for their phone to call Adam. (I will roll 1d4. If I roll a 4, Adam answers. If I roll a 1, 2, or 3, he does not answer. If he answers, Worry -9. If he does not, Worry +10)

>Ask one of the survivors for their phone and call John anyway. John will answer. Sarah is clearly worried now, so this will relieve a bit of her fears. (Worry -3)

What would John do?

I know this was a lot to take in, so feel free to ask any questions you may have.

I will leave the voting window open until 2PM PST (about 13 hours and 30 minutes from now).

(3/3)
>>
>>4565956

>Ask one of the survivors for their phone and call John anyway. John will answer. Sarah is clearly worried now, so this will relieve a bit of her fears. (Worry -3

John should be with Jack at the dealership around now. We should probably try to give John first-aid advice.
>>
>>4565956
Let's calculate the mean utility of various choices in terms of Worry change:
-Confince herself: 1/3*-6 + 2/3*2 = -2/3
-Call Adam: 3/4*10 + 1/4*-9 = +5 1/4
-Call John: -3

Additional considerations:
-Any worry increase will send us into 10+, which is bad. Sarah might decide to try to find John on Adam on foot.
-A ringtone can attract zombies if the person didn't switch to vibro
-Calling John may distract him from helping Jack

Considering all this, I think we should go for
>Ask one of the survivors for their phone and call John anyway. John will answer. Sarah is clearly worried now, so this will relieve a bit of her fears. (Worry -3)
>>
>>4565956
>Volunteer to help with fortifications and other tasks to improve the store (Happiness +3 and Worry -3)
>>
>>4566072
We can't choose this option because of high Worry.
>>
>>4566074
I seem to have missed that. Changing to
Find a quiet place to sit and think about things. She will start to convince herself that John is okay and will make it here. However, she could also start worrying more if her mind wanders. (Worry potentially -6, but is also potentially +2)
>>
About an hour and 10 minutes left. Get your votes in!
>>
No more votes!

>>4565990
>>4566020
2 votes for "Ask one of the survivors for their phone and call John anyway. John will answer. Sarah is clearly worried now, so this will relieve a bit of her fears. (Worry -3)

>>4566072
1 vote for "Volunteer to help with fortifications and other tasks to improve the store (Happiness +3 and Worry -3)"

Writing now! But I am writing while working this time, so it may be a bit slower than normal.
>>
Sarah trusts John, but she can’t help but feel worried about him. If something bad were to happen to him, she doesn’t know how she would be able to cope.

She asks one of the survivors that was kind to her if she could use their phone to call John. She dials his number as quickly as she can, and it begins to ring. John picks up relatively quickly, but there is a whole bunch of noise in the background. It sounds like he was playing some music loudly and there is some loud honking mixed in with the music. This was unusual for him.

“John? John, are you there? It’s Sarah! Are you okay?”

John has to shout for Sarah to hear him. “Hey honey, I’m sorry about the noise! I’m in a complicated situation! Our car was stolen, but a kind man picked me up and he is giving me a ride to the store. But we are gathering supplies nearby first! I will be there as soon as I can! I have to go, babe. We’ll talk again soon!” John hangs up.

That was the oddest phone call Sarah has ever been a part of, but she was able to make out what John was saying. His reassurance helps calm her nerves a bit. In her mind, if John is okay, he will be able to find a way to save Adam. She is lucky to have a man as trustworthy as John. (Worry -3)

However, there are still lingering worries that just won’t go away even after the call. Her worry stat is still in a bad place.

Current stats:
Stress: 4
Worry: 6 (-3)
Happiness: 7

Sarah hands the phone back to the kind survivor. But it seems like something is troubling him, so she asks him what’s wrong.

“Remember the doctor, Dave? He’s been in the back warehouse for a while. We’re worried that something might have happened to him. Can you check on him?”

(1/2)
>>
File: The Back Warehouse.jpg (32 KB, 300x225)
32 KB
32 KB JPG
Sarah will make one more choice in this current situation. After this choice, her story will begin to pick up with more major events occurring.

Volunteer to help with fortifications and other tasks to improve the store (Happiness +3 and Worry -3)

The pain from the bite is getting a bit annoying, ask Dave for stronger pain meds (Stress -4 and Happiness +2)

Find a quiet place to sit and think about things. She will convince herself even more that Adam will be safe because John is alive and well. However, she could also start worrying more if her mind wanders. (Worry potentially -6, but is also potentially +2)

>Enough time has passed for Adam to have turned his phone on if it was on silent. That will no longer be a worry, but he still has a chance of not being able to answer. Ask one of the survivors for their phone to call Adam. (I will roll 1d2. If I roll a 2, Adam answers. If I roll a 1, he will not. If he answers, Worry -6. If he does not, Worry +4)

>One of the survivors has asked Sarah to check on Dave. He’s a doctor, so it could be to everyone’s benefit to be sure he is okay.

>Switch characters

You have unlocked the ability to switch characters. Larry is next.

I will leave the voting window open until 12PM PST (about 9 hours from now.) It seems like I will continue to be busy until Monday or so, but then things should clear up and I can make more updates each day.

(2/2)
>>
>>4566450

>Enough time has passed for Adam to have turned his phone on if it was on silent. That will no longer be a worry, but he still has a chance of not being able to answer. Ask one of the survivors for their phone to call Adam. (I will roll 1d2. If I roll a 2, Adam answers. If I roll a 1, he will not. If he answers, Worry -6. If he does not, Worry +4)

We're not going to be able to move Sarah's story forward one day since Jack and John are at risk, so we should instead do this, switch out, try to get Larry and Stacy forward one day, then switch to Jack after 3 choices on Kyle so we can get Jack and Sarah up to speed.
>>
Oh yeah, I almost forgot. You also have this choice:

What would John do?
>>
>>4566450
>One of the survivors has asked Sarah to check on Dave. He’s a doctor, so it could be to everyone’s benefit to be sure he is okay.
>>
>>4566450
>>Enough time has passed for Adam to have turned his phone on if it was on silent. That will no longer be a worry, but he still has a chance of not being able to answer. Ask one of the survivors for their phone to call Adam. (I will roll 1d2. If I roll a 2, Adam answers. If I roll a 1, he will not. If he answers, Worry -6. If he does not, Worry +4)
>>
No more votes!

>>4566462
>>4566682
2 votes for "Enough time has passed for Adam to have turned his phone on if it was on silent. That will no longer be a worry, but he still has a chance of not being able to answer. Ask one of the survivors for their phone to call Adam. (I will roll 1d2. If I roll a 2, Adam answers. If I roll a 1, he will not. If he answers, Worry -6. If he does not, Worry +4)"

>>4566538
1 vote for "One of the survivors has asked Sarah to check on Dave. He’s a doctor, so it could be to everyone’s benefit to be sure he is okay."

Writing now!
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

Whoops, I forgot to roll. Rolling now!
>>
>>4567121
You guys... This is getting to be quite something. Do you have any idea how lucky your rolls have been this entire quest? This is amazing. Writing now!
>>
>>4567124
This only means we'll get used to it and choose the 19-in-20-chance-of-horrible-death option when it comes up, and then die.
>>
>>4567143
Overconfidence will be an interesting player characteristic that I am interested in observing down the line. I wonder if you guys will always play as conservative as you have been.

We aren't close at all to any character ending yet (other than bad ends). But there will be tough dice rolls down the line. However, if a dice roll was THAT unfair, I would probably handle it like I did earlier where there are many chances. i.e. rolling 2 or 3 numbers in a row with many chances.
>>
File: Adam on the Phone.jpg (24 KB, 852x480)
24 KB
24 KB JPG
While Sarah trusts John and his ability to save both her and Adam, she thinks it would be best to call him. Enough time has passed for Adam to have turned his phone on and for him to have found a safe place to hide.

“I may be able to look for Dave a bit later, but could I make another call? I need to see if my son is okay.”

“Sure! Why didn’t you say so? Of course you can!”

Sarah calls Adam’s number, and gets a response immediately.

“Hello? Who’s this?”

“Adam? Adam! It’s mommy. Are you okay? Has anything happened?”

“Mommy! Why are you on another phone?”

Sarah tells Adam that her phone broke, but not much else.

“Sweetie, where are you? Daddy is coming to pick me up soon. Tell mommy where you are so we can come get you.”

“I’m at school. The teacher told us that we were playing hide-and-seek from the other classes, so we are hiding in the gym’s storage room. We’ve been hiding for a long time, but they haven’t found us yet! We must be great hiders!”

“That’s a good boy. Now stay hiding, okay? If anybody sounds weird, make sure to run away okay? All the schools in the state are playing hide and seek right now. But the kid who stays hidden the longest gets a big prize! Stay hidden, okay? You want the big prize, right?”

“Yeah! What is it? Is it a new video game? Maybe a new toy? Oh, maybe it’s a big chocolate bar!”

“It’s a secret, honey. But I promise you that it’s the biggest prize you’ve ever gotten. Now just make sure to stay hidden, okay? Mommy and Daddy will come pick you up soon.”

“Okay. Bye, mommy!”

“Bye, Adam.”

Sarah was a bit sad that she had to lie to her son like that, but it was the right thing to do. A kid like that would break down if he knew how bad things were. Sarah has calmed down immensely now that she knows her loved ones are safe. (Worry -6)

Sarah gives the phone back to the survivor. Even though it’s only been a few hours, Sarah is exhausted. It’s been a hard day. Plus, the pain from her wound is making things much worse, so Sarah decides to take a nap. There are plenty of beds on display for her to sleep on. She picks one and is fast asleep.

Despite everything, Sarah slept like a baby. She had normal dreams and was at peace. She had a rough day, but here, she can be free. She even began to dream about John. Despite being on her own for most of the day, she kept thinking about him nearly non-stop. He was even ever-present in her dreams now. It probably isn’t healthy how much she thinks of him, but she sees it as something that no other girl could ever offer him. Her dreams involving John are always filled with romance and love.

(1/3)
>>
File: Sarah Taking a Nap.jpg (343 KB, 1100x733)
343 KB
343 KB JPG
Sarah isn’t in a bed in some store. No, right now, she is at her favorite restaurant overlooking the beach with John. This is her favorite reoccurring dream. Their honeymoon took place here and Sarah wishes she could experience it again. It was a magical time for both of them. The sun setting, the low tides, the great food, and the most perfect man in the world sitting across from her. What else could she ever want? This was paradise.

Then someone begins to gently shake her shoulder. “Ugh, not now... I’m trying to sleep,” Sarah thought. She didn’t want someone interrupting her favorite dream. Then the person began to call out to her.
However, her head was buried in the pillows, so she couldn’t hear the voice clearly. But the guy would just not quit, so she needed to confront him and tell him to leave her alone. She begins to sit up and is ready to groggily attempt to tell the man off.

“Can’t you see I’m trying to sleep here? Why are you-“

As soon as she could see who was in front of her, she froze up.

“Hey honey, I’m sorry I’m late. It’s a long story, but I’m here now.”

Sarah is awestruck at the man in front of her. It was John. She has no idea how to react. All her feelings are beginning to rush into her head all at once.

Sarah couldn’t control herself and nearly jumped out of the bed to embrace the man she has been longing to see all day. He was finally here to save her. She begins to cry loudly but doesn’t care who hears or sees her.

“John... John! sniffle I’ve been worried sick about you. I missed you so much... sniffle

She holds him as tight as someone of her stature could. She didn’t want to let go of him. No matter how silly, she doesn’t want him to disappear ever again. She wants him more than she ever has before.

“Shhh... There, there...” John pats her head gently and embraces her back. “I’m not going anywhere. I’m going to be with you forever, honey. We made vows to each other, remember? I would never leave.” John is of course trying to dance around the topic of death, but this is the best way to calm her down.

Onlookers begin to start crowding the spectacle in front of them. John is embarrassed but doesn’t care and continues to comfort the love of his life. Sarah has done this occasionally, but never to this extent. She could be at this for quite a while before she feels comfortable letting go.

Sarah will temporarily have her stats all in fantastic states since John has just arrived. However, after a bit of time, she will begin to start being more like her normal self and will revert to her prior stats.

Those prior stats:
Stress: 4
Worry: 0 (-6)
Happiness: 7

You will not have to worry about these for the time being. For now, Sarah is as happy as she could possibly be.

(2/3)
>>
File: Sarah Embracing John.jpg (55 KB, 602x401)
55 KB
55 KB JPG
You may be wondering how John made it here, and what happened to Jack. However, that will not be revealed in Sarah’s story. You must get back to Jack’s story to know what happened.

The intention at this point was to force another character switch right now. But since you’ve led 2 prior characters to a forced switch point, I think some might get annoyed at another forced switch, so I will offer Sarah choices.

Sarah embraced John for a whopping 40 minutes. Afterwards, she is finally able to calm down. Should they begin trying to find Adam this very moment or is there unfinished business here?

>Leave the store with John
>Sarah does have unfinished business here wants to finish things here first before leaving.
>Switch characters

I will leave the voting window open until 11PM PST (about 9 hours and 20 minutes from now).

(3/3)
>>
>>4567173

QM, what supplies do we have on us? I assume we at least have a car for John? I feel like this is an important question to ask before we decide on whether to immediately go looking for Adam.
>>
>>4567189
This. If you cannot answer it without revealing spoilers for Jack's story then I'll vote for switch characters instead.
>>
>>4567341
No, we can't switch yet. Now that we know John is with us, we need to progress Sarah's story forward one day before switching, to put her up to speed with Kyle.
>>
>>4567351
Why is it important?
>>
>>4567398

>>4562783
See this post here if you need to know why progressing 1 day forward in every story is important right now. Unfortunately we couldn't get Jack all the way through, but I think odds are good that things be alright as long as we switch to him after 3 choices with Kyle to get him up to speed.
>>
>>4567412
Right
>>4567173
>Leave the store with John
>>
>>4567189
No worries. I can say the supplies on hand. John has the supplies picked up from the sporting goods store and he has a key to a truck. He does not have a truck, as the new trucks were left at the dealership, but he at least has the key. For transportation, he owns a bike.
>>
>>4567171 #
>>4567509 #
In that case, between Sarah's first aid kit and John's survival gear, we're good to go.

>Leave the store with John
>>
>No idea what we're going to do with just a key
we could always attempt to trick someone into taking the key (which we pretend is for some truck within eyesight) in exchange for supplies
although given the morals of these specific characters that's not super likely
>>
No more votes!

All votes were for "Leave the store with John"

Writing now!
>>
File: John's Bike.jpg (171 KB, 800x407)
171 KB
171 KB JPG
“Honey, I think it’s time we leave and find Adam. He needs us, and I’m really worried about him. Let me give him a call, okay?”

“Whatever you think is best, babe. But I’ve already called him, you know? He is hiding at school with his class. I’m sure we can find him there.”

Adam’s school is about 10 minutes from here by car. However, they currently only have the bike John took from the sporting goods store. It’s been a while since he’s ridden a bike, but he is still fully capable of making the trip. He has a key to one of the trucks at the dealership, but he couldn’t use it for reasons that won’t be covered here. The truck is still usable, but it’s still at the dealership.

The bike has two seats, so Sarah can ride as well. However, there is not much room for storage. It only has a basket in the front and Sarah has her purse to fit things. Sarah’s purse currently contains a first-aid kit, tissues, and her pocketbook. John is carrying his phone and wallet.

What should they bring along with them? Take a maximum of three things. Whatever they cannot take, they will have to come back to the store to get. Don’t worry, nobody will steal these supplies since John will hide them well. But it may be a while before they can go back.

>Binoculars
>Tent
>Sleeping Bags
>Non-perishable rations
>Flashlights
>Pepper spray
>Water filtration device
>Portable cooker
>Solar power bank
>Radio
>Survival 101 book

Once you have figured out which items you want to bring, there is another choice to be made. John isn’t too familiar with the routes to Adam’s school, but Sarah knows them all very well. What route should she suggest that John take?

>Direct route. This will be the relatively fast, but it crosses through the busier parts of town. There may be more zombies here.
>Shortcut route. This will be a fast journey, but it will pass through many tight alleyways.
>Take a scenic route. There are some paths that lead to the school that take a bit longer, but they are less likely to have less zombies.
>Switch characters

I will leave the voting window open until 6PM PST (about 6 and a half hours from now).
>>
>>4567680

>Pepper spray
>Binoculars
>Flashlights

>Shortcut route. This will be a fast journey, but it will pass through many tight alleyways
>>
>>4567680
>Flashlights
>Pepper spray
>Solar power bank
The powerbank will allow us to keep the phone charged
>Take a scenic route. There are some paths that lead to the school that take a bit longer, but they are less likely to have less zombies.
>>
>>4567680
>Flashlights
>Pepper spray
>Solar power bank

>Direct route. This will be the relatively fast, but it crosses through the busier parts of town. There may be more zombies here.
>>
>>4568017
>>4567827

Tight alleyways sounds better than zombies to me, guys. Also means pepper spray will be more effective since we'll always be up close. Remember, we don't have a gun.
>>
>>4568053
Pepper spray is even more effective when you don't have to use it because you were far enough to run away.
And tight alleyways are the worst place to be on a bike. If a threat appears ahead, you'll never turn the bike around in time (if at all). And you can easily be cut off.
>>
>>4568089

We're not gonna successfully run away from a bunch from zombies on a bike, dude. And the scenic route will take too long. We need to grab Adam and get back to the store ASAP. Tbh I think we made a mistake by leaving so quickly.
>>
>>4568053
A zombie in front and behind us and we're dead. Don't get cocky because we've been lucky so far.
>>
>Pepper spray
>Binoculars
>Flashlights

>Scenic route
>>
>>4567680
>>4567745
Changing my route to:

>Direct route. This will be the relatively fast, but it crosses through the busier parts of town. There may be more zombies here.
>>
Crap, I'm sorry guys. I was hoping I would be free at 6PM PST, but it looks like I've been given more work than initially expected. I'll extend the voting window until 12PM PST. I apologize for the delay.
>>
Hey guys, I finished my work a bit earlier than expected. It doesn't seem like there will be any more votes. Does anybody mind if I end the voting period now instead? I can wait the extra two hours until 12AM PST if you want, but I am ready to write now, so I would hate to keep everybody waiting for nothing.

Please let me know! If I get no responses, I will wait the 2 hours.
>>
>>4568746
I don't particularly mind
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

I'll end the votes here in the interest of getting another update out now.

Everybody voted for the Pepper Spray and Flashlights.

>>4568318
>>4567745
2 votes for "Binoculars"

>>4567827
>>4568017
2 votes for the "Solar power bank"

Oh dear, it looks like a tie. However, I'll be nice this time. I'll let both the "Binoculars" and "Solar power bank" come along as well for a total of four items.

As for the other choice:

>>4568341
>>4568017
2 votes for "Direct route. This will be the relatively fast, but it crosses through the busier parts of town. There may be more zombies here"

>>4567745
2 votes for "Take a scenic route. There are some paths that lead to the school that take a bit longer, but they are less likely to have less zombies."

Yet another tie. Hmm... I really don't want to do the normal tie-breaking procedures and wait again. I think I'll let this one go to the dice for a change. I'll roll 1d2. 1 means we will go the Direct Route and 2 means we will go the Scenic Route.
>>
“Babe, let’s take some things with us. Can you fit some things in your purse? We can also squeeze some things in the bike basket too. I think the most important things for us to grab would be the flashlights, the solar power bank, the binoculars, and the pepper spray.”

“Yeah, I can fit a couple of those things, but I can’t take much else. Do you know how to get to Adam’s school?”

“Not really. Can you guide me there?”

“Sure!”

As they are departing the store, Dave calls out to them. “HEY! Wait guys! I have something for you!”

John and Sarah let him approach.

“What’s the matter, Dave?” Sarah asks.

“Let me look at your bite. I wanted to see if it is still okay and redress your wound.”

Dave examines her wound. He cleans it and puts new bandages on her arm.

“It looks like it is infected. Let me go get some antibiotics for you. Just wait there one moment.”

He heads to the pharmacy to grab some antibiotics. But before he gets back, a survivor motions for Sarah and John to approach. It seems like he has something private to say.

He whispers, “You guys, Dave was in that back warehouse for hours. There are plenty of injured people who have come and gone. Don’t you find it a little suspicious that he only comes back out now as you’re about to leave? He seems like a nice guy, but my gut is telling me that something is off.”

Dave emerges from the pharmacy with a bag containing a single pill.

“I’m sorry to keep you waiting, but I wanted to make sure you got at least one antibiotic before you leave. I would have made more if I knew you would have been leaving.”

“That’s okay! I’ll take it a little bit later.” Sarah says after putting the bag with the pill in her purse.

John and Sarah then leave the store and get on their bike.

“Do you want to take it before we go?” John asked.

“I don’t know. I’m a bit worried about what that survivor said. Plus, I may not be an expert in medicine, but it doesn’t look infected to me. But let’s not worry about that now, let’s go save Adam first.”

John and Sarah begin pedaling while Sarah gives him directions from the back seat.

The scenic route was a bit of a longer route than she would normally take, but it is definitely the safer one. Sarah takes the opportunity to hug John from her back seat for as long as she can during this ride. While she would never admit it, this was part of the reason why she wanted to go the longer route.

They pass the local church, wedding chapel, a few restaurants, and the movie theater on the way to the school. It seems almost like a ghost town. The school is in sight, but to be on the safe side, Jack decides to pull over in a parking lot about 4 miles (about 6.4 km) away from the school.

(1/2)
>>
He gets out his binoculars and scopes out the school. “Babe, you better take a look at this.”

He hands Sarah the binoculars. What Sarah sees makes her audibly gasp. There are what must be at least a hundred zombies just in the front of the school alone. Many are banging on the front doors and windows, but they seem to be barricaded.

The school layout is as follows: They are both facing the front of the school. On the left side of the building is a large playground with slides, swings, and a large jungle gym. The right side of the school has a large parking lot. There is a fence surrounding the school on all sides, except the very front. The back side has another set of entrances. The only way to the roof is from the inside. There are windows all over, but most of them are barricaded. The school is three stories in height. The school bell rings every time a new period is supposed to start and can be audibly heard from the outside. With how long it took for them to get there, one had just rung and it wouldn’t be until another hour before it rings again. The gym where Adam is hiding is in the middle of the school on the first floor.

There are zombies in every area, but the front is the most packed.

How should Sarah and John approach this? John has his own ideas, but he wants to hear from Sarah.
>Write-in

You guys have unlocked the ability to write-in! This choice is one of the rare events where you guys get to use your full creative minds to collectively come up with a way inside. We went through this once before with Stacy, but I want to reiterate that there is no voting. Instead, I want you guys to generate ideas and I will pick whatever sounds the best. I may combine the best parts of many ideas. I am removing the ability to switch characters until the next choice.

So please take this time to discuss with each other how you may want to approach this. There won’t be any insta-death write-ins either. I will at least give one more choice before something like that happens.

Feel free to ask me any questions you may have as well!

I will leave the write-in window open until 1PM PST (about 13 hours and 15 minutes from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4568850
>Jack decides to pull over in a parking lot about 4 miles (about 6.4 km) away from the school.
Crap, this was bound to happen one day. I meant to say John, not Jack. That's what I get for having two important characters whose names are four letters and start with a "J".

Anyway, I'll be heading to bed soon, so if you have any questions about the write-ins, I'll answer them either in the next few minutes or when I wake up. I look forward to reading what everybody comes up with!
>>
>>4568854
Fuck, we have no radio. That means no way to distract them. There are too many to slip by, and the building's layout isn't doing us any favors either. Are we out of luck or do you all have any ideas?
>>
>>4568869
You guys have complete reign over what Sarah decides next. If you really want the radio, you can have her and John go back to the store and exchange it for one of the items they currently have. Or you can come up with a plan to find a way inside without it. As long as it's in-character, you can have them do nearly anything.
>>
>>4568854

Okay guys, I've got it.

>Throw rocks at the windows of some of the cars in the school parking lot to trigger their alarms and distract the zombies, then jump the fence to enter the school from the back. Have pepper spray at the ready for use in a pinch.
>>
>>4568886
You ninja'd me with the car alarms, man.
The problem is that we'll need some time to get inside the school, and the zombies might not be distracted for long enough. This means someone must stay outside to distract them again.
To get inside, we might call Adam and ask him to give the phone to a teacher to coordinate, but would they want to remove the barricades?
>>
>I’m a bit worried about what that survivor said
Sarah, you might be getting a little too meta.

i'll think on the situation but i'm not sure if I'll come up with much, i'm kind of stumped
>>
Okay, I think I got this.

>>4568854
>>4568888, but also leave John's phone somwehere outside, with the volume on max. If we need to distract zombies again, we can call John's phone from Adam's phone.
>>
About an hour and 20 minutes left! If you have thought of any ideas, post them before it's too late!
>>
>>4569306
Ooops, meant to link >>4568886
>>
No more write-ins!

Writing now!
>>
File: Rocks thrown at car.jpg (77 KB, 992x558)
77 KB
77 KB JPG
Sarah has a few ideas and relays them to John.

“Hmm... I think those may be okay. But I think we should call Adam first, like you said.”

John pulls out his phone and calls Adam. It rings for a while, but no response. He redials, but still no response.

“Damn it! He’s not answering. He could be in trouble, babe. I don’t think we can wait any longer. We need to act. Let’s distract them, like you suggested, and find some way inside.”

John started pedaling over to the school and they both hide in some nearby bushes. John grabs an armful of rocks and gives some to Sarah. They begin throwing them at any and all cars they can see. Luckily, one of the cars did have a pretty loud alarm. It’s sound is heard far and wide.

John puts his phone on max volume and leaves it near the bushes just in case. If they can find Adam and use his phone or any other phone, he could call it for one last loud distraction. However, he won’t be able to call anybody during this expedition.

The zombies start to slowly march to the sound of the car alarm, but some stay where they were. The zombies in the front have mostly dissipated, but some still bang on the front doors. The zombies in the playground area have mostly shuffled to the parking lot. Some still lurk around.

John and Sarah, while carrying all the items that were brought with them, slowly creep their way to the left side of the school. The zombies in the playground cannot see them since the various structures block their line of sight.

John creeps slowly to the back of the building to see how many zombies are blocking the back doors, but Sarah pulls on his arm to stop him.

Sarah whispers, “Honey, do you see that?” Sarah points to the second floor. “There is an open window. If I climb on your shoulders, I can make it inside. Then, you can go back to the bike and hide until I come back out. That way, you can be safe while one of us still looks for Adam.”

“That’s crazy! What if there are zombies in there? That’s way too dangerous. We don’t have any guns, you know?” The fate of the rifle Jack had given John will be a mystery until Jack is switched to.

John continues, “Why don’t we try breaking into one of the back doors? I’m sure they are less fortified.”

“But that could draw more of them to us! Plus, we have no idea how many are back there!”

“If we go through with your plan though, zombies might see me lifting you on my shoulders.”

Neither option seems particularly ideal, but they need to try something. What should they do?
>Sarah’s idea
>John’s idea
>Write-in
>Switch Characters

I will leave the voting window open until 7PM PST (about 5 hours and 30 minutes from now).
>>
>>4569698
If there are zombies inisde, breaking down the back door won't make a difference. If there's none though, it would let zombies inside.
>Sarah’s idea
>Give her the pepper spray and a flashlight (to blind zombies as a last resort)
>See if she can find anything to let John climb up as well. I have no idea what you can find in an American school.
>If John remains outside, he should try to retrieve his phone
>>
>>4569738

+1
>>
>>4569698
>>Sarah’s idea
>>
No more votes!

All votes were for "Sarah's Idea." I will also incorporate the bit of write-in as well.

It's written, and I am posting it right after this!
>>
File: The Classroom Sarah is in.jpg (2.2 MB, 3200x1785)
2.2 MB
2.2 MB JPG
“You know what? After thinking about it, we can try your idea, babe. I’m just really worried about you. Here, take the flashlight and pepper spray. Maybe they could be useful. But are you sure you want to do this?”

“I am. I think it is the best way to make sure at least one of us can get in.”

“Okay, I trust you. But before we do this...” John brings Sarah close and gives her a passionate, deep kiss. He then hugs her tightly and whispers into her ear, “Come back safely, okay?”

They quickly run to the ground below the window and John boosts Sarah up. She can just barely reach the windowsill. She grabs on and hoists herself up and into the room with John’s help. She tumbles into the cold floor below.

It’s a bit dark with only the sunlight from the open window shining in, but she can see clearly enough without the flashlight. It seems to be a normal classroom with a whiteboard, markers, tables, chairs and a supply closet.

Sarah calls out to John, “Hey, there are chairs in here! I can bring them to you for you to stand on.”

However, John is in a bit of a predicament. Some of the zombies in the playground have spotted him earlier and are making their way to him.

What should John do?
>Accept Sarah’s offer. This will require John to escape first. He will need to find a way to not only get away but keep them away long enough for him to stack the chairs that Sarah will throw down.

For the above choice, you will need to write-in how he can possibly do that without attracting more zombies to the area. Keep in mind that zombies can climb the playground equipment too, and they are smart enough to use some basic flanking strategies. The plan needs to be reasonable. Finally, I will also roll 1d2, 1 being a failure and 2 being a success, to see if the plan would succeed.

>Reject Sarah’s offer and find a safe place to hide. John will not enter the school, and Sarah will be all on her own inside.
>Switch characters

I will leave the voting window open until 10PM PST (about 3 hours from now).
>>
>>4570084
>>Reject Sarah’s offer and find a safe place to hide. John will not enter the school, and Sarah will be all on her own inside.

We should also make sure John retrieves his phone before hiding.

We really shouldn't risk John's life on a 50/50. Sarah, the pepper spray, the flashlight, and the first-aid kit are more than good enough.
>>
A little less than half an hour left for voting. Get them in now or we will continue with just one vote!
>>
No more votes!

All votes were for "Reject Sarah’s offer and find a safe place to hide. John will not enter the school, and Sarah will be all on her own inside."

Writing now!
>>
File: Dead Schoolchildren.jpg (66 KB, 615x820)
66 KB
66 KB JPG
John didn’t respond, so Sarah looked out the window to see if he heard her. But John was running from a few zombies coming from the playground.

John hops the fence and runs to get his phone. He puts it on vibrate and gets on his bike. He pedals far enough away for the zombies to give up the chase, and then he found a good hiding place away from the school and watched with his binoculars.

Meanwhile, Sarah watched as all of this happened. Seeing John get away safely made her calm down a bit. However, with John away from her and the possibility of him getting attacked at any moment brought her a bit of worry. (Worry +3)

Sarah looks around the classroom to see if there is anything useful for her to grab. There isn’t much other than some scissors, which she proceeded to put in her purse.

I will now detail the layout of the school’s interior.

Firstly, there are 3 floors and a roof. Each floor has rows of lockers, water fountains, bathrooms, classrooms, janitorial closets, and teacher’s lounges. There is one flight of stairs on the eastern side and an elevator on the western side.

The roof has a pool for certain P.E. activities and air conditioning vents that run throughout the school.

The third floor has changing rooms for the pool, a music room with many large instruments, and an art studio.

The second floor is where Sarah is located and has a room with many of the class pets to be taken care of. There are guinea pigs, hamsters, frogs, lizards, and even a tiny snake!

Adam said a few hours ago that he was in the gymnasium located on the first floor. He may or may not still be there. On the first floor, there are also changing rooms, showers, an auditorium with a stage and podium, a lunchroom with many tables and a back kitchen, and some administrative offices.

Each classroom door has a big, square translucent window. Sarah can’t see any shadows or shapes, so she decides to slowly crack the door open. It’s pitch black. She can see basically nothing. It’s a good thing Sarah brought a flashlight!

She flips it on and sees a pretty gruesome sight. There were fifty or more children sprawled out throughout the hallway. Their intestines were hanging out, and many were decapitated. In the very back was a group of small children looking creatures feasting on one their prior classmates.

Sarah holds back a scream and closes the door frantically. She always knew that zombies would have been inside of the school, but actually seeing one, child zombies no less, makes her lose most of her resolve. Adam was probably a goner already. This thought hits Sarah like a ton of bricks.

(1/3)
>>
File: Zombie Child.jpg (178 KB, 683x1024)
178 KB
178 KB JPG
Adam...Was he even alive? Was he able to survive all this time? (Worry +10). Was she going to fail her one and only child like her parents did for her? Should she have gotten here quicker? (Happiness -10). Even if he was alive, she was potentially risking not only her own life, but John’s in the process. She needs to get this right or she could lose her chance at a happy family. This is a lot of pressure to put on someone. (Stress +10).

Current stats:
Stress: 14(+10)
Worry: 13 (+13)
Happiness: -3(-10)

This is going to be Sarah’s most difficult section of her story. Her stats are in awful condition and since they fulfill certain conditions, she will be locked out of certain choices until they are brought down. She is panicking. John is not here to calm her down. Adam may already be dead, but he may also be alive. It’s up to you to figure out the truth. If you take too long, he will be dead no matter what.

You have 10 choices to work with. Take any longer, and he will be dead no matter what you do, if he isn’t already.

Finally, child zombies are a bit different from the normal zombies you have encountered. They are much faster and more aggressive. They also get bored very easily. They will prefer to hunt live pray since it is more interesting. Distractions will bore them much faster than adults. They also do not typically fight each other. However, they are as weak as normal children. They also do not heal rapidly like adult zombies do and are killed as easily as a normal child. Why is this? Well, you’ll need to figure out the secrets of the apocalypse to know that.

(2/3)
>>
File: Zombie Child Eating.jpg (82 KB, 1280x720)
82 KB
82 KB JPG
Remember, red choices are not possible until stats are normal and blue choices will require a dice roll by me. Remember also about the What would John do? choice. Is it worth using now? Her stats are awful, but she will be doing plenty of things in this section that worsen her stats. Remember that bad things will happen if you use it too much.

If you do choose What would John do? please also provide me with another choice you want to pick. If you choose this, you can pick any of the choices, even the red ones.

What should Sarah do first?

Sneak out of the room and find her way to the stairs or elevator.

Resolve herself to calm down. This can lead to a temporary nullification of these negative stat effects. Stats will go back to normal. There is no penalty with this like what would come with the “What would John do?” choice. But if the dice roll is bad, you just wasted a choice

>Scream for John to come back to the window. Sarah needs John to go through this School (Stats will improve greatly. However, this will use up 3 of your choices since it will take John a while to get in. You will have 7 left if you pick this).

>Try to sneak out of the room to get the stairs or elevator (Will require a dice roll by me of 1d2, 1 is failure and 2 is success).

What would John do?

Write-in

>Switch characters

I will leave the voting window open until 2PM PST (about 14 hours and 40 minutes from now).
>>
>>4570230

Wait QM, shouldn't all options still be available? It hasn't been 5 choices yet.

On another note, does using What would John do count as a choice?
>>
>>4570242
Remember what was written earlier: "She will start reverting back to her old self, and thus, less good decisions will be possible if one of her stats are either: 1. not at a good stat level for 5 consecutive choices, 2. If stress or worry get above 10 and happiness gets below 0. 3. If John or Adam dies."

More specifically number 2. Her stats fulfill that criteria.

>does using What would John do count as a choice
No it does not.
>>
>>4570242
Let me be a bit more specific. What would John do? itself is not a choice. It's more like a stat modifier. That is why I ask for you to also make another choice as well. What would John do? will fix her stats and then she will do the choice you made. The choice you make after adjusting her stats counts as a choice, but not the What would John do? part.
>>
>>4570230

Well alright, I knew John leaving would hurt but I didn't think it would be this bad. Let's assess our options here in terms of getting our stats fixed:
Screaming: -3 choices, 100% chance of success.
Resolve herself: -1 choice, 33% chance of success
WWJD?: -0 choices, 100% chance of success, 1-use only without downsides.

Considerations:
-We may need to save WWJD for later.
-Resolving ourselves could backfire later even if successful, since its effects are only temporary.
-Screaming for John could end up attracting more zombies into the building.

QM, will resolving ourselves fix our stats for this entire section of the story, or can the effects end partway through? This is an important distinction to make.
>>
>>4570255
>QM, will resolving ourselves fix our stats for this entire section of the story, or can the effects end partway through
It will only last for a few choices at most. At maximum 5, but if things go bad, it could end as soon as 3. It just depends on your choices.
>>
>>4570261
>>4570230

All things considered, we really can't afford to scream. We don't have 3 choices to realistically lose here. We could try to resolve ourselves once or twice to see if it works, if only because I suspect it will only get harder and lead to more stat debuffs from here. Overall, I'm really not sure whether it's better to resolve or blow our one safe WWJD now. Any thoughts on this, guys?
>>
>>4570230
Screaming will also be heard inside and attract kid zombies.
Let's try
>Resolve herself to calm down. This can lead to a temporary nullification of these negative stat effects. Stats will go back to normal. There is no penalty with this like what would come with the “What would John do?” choice. But if the dice roll is bad, you just wasted a choice.
It's betetr to try this earlier than later. If the roll fails, we can still WWJD
>>
>>4570230

>Resolve herself to calm down. This can lead to a temporary nullification of these negative stat effects. Stats will go back to normal. There is no penalty with this like what would come with the “What would John do?” choice. But if the dice roll is bad, you just wasted a choice

I'm down to give it a go.
>>
About 5 hours left. Get your votes in everyone!
>>
>>4570230
>Resolve herself to calm down. This can lead to a temporary nullification of these negative stat effects. Stats will go back to normal. There is no penalty with this like what would come with the “What would John do?” choice. But if the dice roll is bad, you just wasted a choice
we've been lucky so far
>>
Rolled 3 (1d3)

No more votes!

All votes were for "Resolve herself to calm down. This can lead to a temporary nullification of these negative stat effects. Stats will go back to normal. There is no penalty with this like what would come with the “What would John do?” choice. But if the dice roll is bad, you just wasted a choice"

Rolling now and then writing!
>>
>>4570865
This luck... I was expecting it to fail this time. But I guess you guys are the luckiest people out there. Writing now!
>>
“I need to calm down. Everything is going to be okay. John is safe, and Adam probably just put his phone on silent. John put his trust into me, and I am not going to disappoint him!” Sarah thought.

Sarah’s stats are now temporarily back to normal.

Current stats:
Stress: 4(-10)
Worry: 0 (-13)
Happiness: 7(+10)

All of her stats are in a good place for a maximum of 5 choices, but it will revert back eventually. This incurs no other penalties. You have used one choice and have nine left.

What should Sarah do now?

>Sneak out of the room and find her way to the stairs or elevator.

>Scream for John to come back to the window. Sarah needs John to go through this School (Stats will improve greatly and won’t reverse. However, this will use up 3 of your choices since it will take John a while to get in. You will have 6 left if you pick this).

>Write-in

>Switch characters

I am going to be much more free from now on and this was a pretty small update. How about I leave it open for just an hour or two? If I get at least 3 responses, I will end it in one hour. If I don’t, I will keep it open for two hours.
>>
>>4570883

>Sneak out of the room and find her way to the stairs or elevator.
>>
>>4570883 #

>Sneak out of the room and find her way to the stairs or elevator.
>>
No more votes!

All votes were for "Sneak out of the room and find her way to the stairs or elevator."

Writing now!
>>
And while I'm writing, I would like to ask you guys a question. When I make a thread #2, which will probably be tomorrow, would you guys want to be able to vote for a new character order? I wanted to give everyone the ability to change things up a bit next thread, but we don't have to. Please let me know what you guys think. Regardless, I will write the next update out now!
>>
>>4571030
I don't mind a new character order but only after we finish this character queue first. (so after we finish stacy's turn)
>>
Sarah decides that her best bet is to try her best to sneak into the hallway. It’s pitch black, and there is a lot of noise from those zombies eating, so she may be able to get away with it. She is still terrified out of her mind, but she resolves herself to be strong.

Sarah slowly opens the door. Some of the light from the open window comes through, but not enough to be noticeable by the zombies. Sarah does not use her flashlight for fear of them noticing her presence.

Sarah decides to head to the elevator first. However, this is easier said than done. She can hardly see where she is going, but also has dozens of child corpses to walk around. Plus, she could accidentally bump into one of those things at any moment.

Sarah strains her ears a bit to try to better pinpoint the zombie locations and turns to face the elevator. These child zombies make quite a bit of noise, so it can be hard to tell which is which. In front of her are about 10, evenly spread throughout the hall.

The hall was a bit too small for its intended purpose, and it led to many “traffic jams” when class was let out. However, Sarah can progress in three basic ways in front of her: hug the left wall, hug the right wall, or go down the middle.

Sarah is currently in the middle of the hall. While she can’t be 100% sure, she thinks she can hear a few of those things eating just a few paces in front of her. On her front right, she can hear some walking, but she can’t tell if it is getting closer or farther away. On her left, she can hear some moaning from the floor.

What should Sarah do?
>Walk in the middle
>Walk while hugging the right wall
>Walk while hugging the left wall
>Write-in
>Switch Characters

I will leave the voting window open until 8PM PST (about 3 hours and 10 minutes from now).
>>
>>4571071
>>Walk while hugging the left wall
>>
>>4571071
>Walk while hugging the right wall
>>
>>4571071
>Walk while hugging the right wall
>>
No more votes!

>>4571162
>>4571177
2 votes for "Walk while hugging the right wall"

>>4571140
1 vote for "Walk while hugging the left wall"

Writing now!
>>
File: Sarah hiding.jpg (12 KB, 852x480)
12 KB
12 KB JPG
Sarah decides to walk while hugging the right wall. It’s probably the best bet to avoid the zombies eating in the center and hopefully, the zombie is walking the other way. She presses her back to the wall and begins slowly walking to the right. The elevator is about 50 feet (15.24 meters) away, so she only needs to walk so far.

She is careful to take planned steps to not trip over the bodies that lay beneath. The sound of walking in the distance is getting ever so louder, but Sarah is still unsure if it is approaching or walking away.

Step...Step...Step

Sarah was doing her best to keep her footsteps in rhythm with the steps she heard.

Step...Step...Step

“So far so good. You can do this, Sarah. You can do this,” she thought.

Step...Step...Step

It was only a couple of minutes, but it felt like an eternity to Sarah. She was only barely halfway at this point.

Step...Step...Step

Just a bit more until she was passed those zombies eating in the center, but at the same time, she could tell she was getting close to the walking zombie.

Step...Step...Step

Whew, I made it passed them,” she thought. Those zombies in the middle were bad news and she could sense it. Getting passed them was priority number one.

Step...Step...Step

“Almost there... Almost there...”

Step...Step...CLANK

Sarah, in her rush to get out of there, accidentally banged her foot against one of the rows of lockers. The loud metallic sound echoes throughout the hallway.

“Oh shit. Oh shit. Oh shit!” Sarah thought. She began to panic as she was sure the zombies would start running after her. Sarah is about to hide, when she notices something.

(1/2)
>>
The zombies were not chasing after her. None of the eating ones even got up from their meal. The walking zombies did nothing either.

“What the heck?”

This is a dark hallway with pretty much no light. While zombies have better sight than we do in the dark, they need at least SOME light. Many of the zombies have bumped into things throughout the day in this cramped hallway, so they were used to this kind of sound.

Suddenly, a voice rang out through the darkness. “Where am I? Someone help me! I’m trapped on the floor!” It was a man on laying on the floor on the left side of the room. He was knocked out cold after twisting his ankle and banging his head on the floor. The zombies couldn’t find him in the darkness earlier, so they gave up. He must have been making the moaning noises while he was knocked unconscious.

This new noise, however, grabbed the zombies’ attention and they began sprinting to his general direction. Many hit their heads on the wall and fell to the ground, but they got back up to search for the man. However, he kept screaming for help, so he was an easy target.

Sarah wants to help the man with all her might, but she knows he is a goner. She mourns in her mind and continues her way to the elevator. She walks at a much faster pace and makes it. She hits the call button.

But as she should have expected, the power is out. The elevator is not going to work.

Sarah will need to cross through the hallway again to get to the stairs. How should she do it? You have 7 choices left.

>Take her time like before. You can never be too careful!
>Walk at a reasonably fast speed. It’s clear that she doesn’t need walk that slowly, but she is still too worried to run.
>Run. The zombies are all running right now. Her running will blend in. Plus, she has no idea how long they will be distracted for.
>Write-in
>Switch characters

I will leave the voting window open until 12PM PST (about 3 hours and 20 minutes from now).

(2/2)
>>
>>4571301

>Run. The zombies are all running right now. Her running will blend in. Plus, she has no idea how long they will be distracted for.
>>
>>4571301
>Walk at a reasonably fast speed. It’s clear that she doesn’t need walk that slowly, but she is still too worried to run.
>>
>>4571301
>>Run. The zombies are all running right now. Her running will blend in. Plus, she has no idea how long they will be distracted for.
>>
>>4571383
The problem with walking is that doesn't keep rhythm. We don't wanna be taking the middle option because it's almost always the worst of both worlds. Think about how Larry and now Sarah have had to keep rhythm with the zombies' footsteps to avoid being noticed. In this case, walking will ironically be more likely to draw attention than running.
>>
No more votes!

>>4571350
>>4571395
2 votes for "Run. The zombies are all running right now. Her running will blend in. Plus, she has no idea how long they will be distracted for."

>>4571383
1 vote for "Walk at a reasonably fast speed. It’s clear that she doesn’t need walk that slowly, but she is still too worried to run."

Writing now!
>>
The zombies were still running at the man, so Sarah decided to take a bit of a risk and run like they were. She believed that her running wouldn’t seem suspicious at all. However, with all these dead bodies on the floor, it made running a lot harder.

In fact, many of these zombies were tripping and falling too. If these things weren’t so deadly, they could have made for a decent slapstick skit right now. But there is no time to be thinking about that. Sarah needs to run.

The man continues to scream, but one of the zombies finally finds him and takes a bite on his leg. The man cries out in pain, and he starts punching the zombie. It actually is pretty effective since child zombies do not heal very fast, but more and more of these “children” are getting closer. Since these zombies do not fight over food, the man is quickly overwhelmed by the sheer number of them. The man cries one last dying scream before succumbing to his wounds.

As the zombies begin feasting on the dying man, Sarah continues to run. She needs to run as fast as she can, so she doesn’t have to be around these things anymore.

However, in her haste, she trips over one of the dead bodies and tumbles to the floor while letting out a light whimper in pain. This small whimper, not the fall, was enough for the zombies to take notice. Zombies do not make these kinds of sounds, so it is easy to tell. They begin to sprint in her general direction.

Sarah is currently in a life or death situation and your rolls here will decide her fate. This is the first dice roll that will result in death from failure. Do you believe in miracles?

>Roll a 1D6. You guys will need to achieve three of the same numbers in a row. For example, one post rolls a 3, the next post rolls a 3, and the final post rolls a 3. If you guys can get three in a row, Sarah will survive. THERE WILL BE NO LIMITS ON THE AMOUNT OF TIMES YOU CAN ROLL! So feel free to roll as much as you want. The less you roll, the less likely she is to get out of this.

These rolls do not count as a choice, so don’t worry. You will not have used a choice by rolling. And if you guys get the right rolls, the rolling can end.

I will leave the rolling window open until 2PM PST (about 13 hours and 40 minutes from now) or whenever the proper rolls are achieved. That is more than enough time for this. However, I will be heading to bed soon, so you guys may not hear from me if you get it in the next few hours. But don’t worry! When I wake up, I will check.
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
Get in on it, anons!
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
By the way, I also wanted to add that this is how all life or death dice rolls will be like. So if you want a character to survive, feel free to spam the thread as much as you want with rolls. Seriously, go wild! I want this to be intense! It is life or death after all. Do not wait on other people to do it for you!
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571486
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
1/216
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474

We can do it boys, I believe!
>>
>>4571500
Hence: "Do you believe in miracles?" Instead of killing her outright, I wanted to give you guys SOME kind of chance.
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474

HAAAAWWWWXHSBZNZ
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571301
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474

Guys, with our luck we really can do anything! I BELIEVE!
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571502
it's actually 1/36 now that I think of it. The odds could be worse.
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
Nah bro, with our luck, it's 1/1, guaranteed
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
Almost...
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571520
shamefur dispray
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571456
I blame you all if we fail now.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>4571525
Only the dice are to blame.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
The dice are taunting us now.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

we'll need a new thread by the time this is done done
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
>>4571533
Don't worry, I plan on making a a new thread tomorrow!
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
Oh for fuck's sake
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
Our ultimate luck is showing, just a bit more anons!
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

dice really loves edging
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474

Oof
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
There once was a ship that put to sea
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
And the name of that ship was the Billy o' Tea
>>
I'm sure you guys can now see why I didn't want to do two in a row now. You guys would have gotten it super easily, way too easy for life or death. I'm amazed by all the close calls so far!
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571456
There once was a bear who lost all its hair...
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
I'm a little teapot
>>
>>4571474
The winds blew hard, her bow dipped down
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474

He sat down alone and cried in despair...
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
Blow, me bully boys, blow (Huh!)
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
short and stout
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
Soon may the Wellerman come
>>
>>4571474
here is my handle
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
He believed that his life was not really fair...
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
here is my spout
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
To bring us sugar and tea and rum
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474

But one day he got up and looked up in prayer...
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
When I get all steamed up
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
What the hell, my post got deleted
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
And now it suddenly isn't?
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
Hear me shout
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
Let's continue
One day, when the tonguin' is done
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
Tip me over and pour me out
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
And God blessed him with a world so very contrare
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
We'll take our leave and go
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474
Every person wore masks and was armed to the teeth...
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
She had not been two weeks from shore
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
We'll be single handedly responsible for causing a massive spike in /qst/ activity woohoo
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
Check this three
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
When down on her a right whale bore
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474
The captain called all hands and swore
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
100 bottles of rum on the wall
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474
He'd take that whale in tow (Hah!)
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
QM you are actually insane.
>>
>>4571600
It's good to end the thread with a bang, I think. So you guys made the perfect choice! Next thread will be interesting since more characters are closer to potentially die!
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
Soon may the Wellerman come
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
I beseech thee Lady Luck
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
To bring us sugar and tea and rum
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
One day, when the tonguin' is done
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
do not abandon us now
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
We'll take our leave and go
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
bl anons
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
You never would dream of the havoc they wreaked
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571609
the best kind of insane isn't it
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
Before the boat had hit the water
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
They broke all the buildings, shattered kids' teeth!
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
The whale's tail came up and caught her
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
There is a castle
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
Sometimes I forget whether I mentioned teeth. Oh well, back to narrating...
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
no fate but what we make
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
All hands to the side, harpooned and fought her
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
They even destroyed the Great Barrier Reef!
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
on the clouds
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
When she dived down below (Huh!)
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
lol
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
It was clear that this world, only anarchy did seek.
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
Soon may the Wellerman come
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571635
fuck you anon
>>4571632
>>4571634
>>4571636
so close
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
100 bottles of beer on the wall
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
I like to go there in my sleep
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
To bring us sugar and tea and rum
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

break one down and 99 bottles of bear on the wall
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474

But then from the shadows, the heroes appeared!
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
One day, when the tonguin' is done
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
They used their great talents to protect what was dear.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571641
Take one down, pass it around. 99 bottles of beer on the wall.
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
We'll take our leave and go
>>
I never thought my first quest would ever reach 1,000 replies in the first thread. Mind you, we were close to this number before this chaos. I am really happy everything has been going so well! I hope thread#2 is even better!

Keep it up guys! You got this!
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
fly me to the moon
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
No line was cut, no whale was freed;
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474
99 bottles of beer
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
One liked reading books about forests and deer...
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
and let me sing among the stars
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
The Captain's mind was not on greed
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
Take one down, pass it around
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
Another had lots of money and acted real queer
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474
But he belonged to the whaleman's creed;
>>
Rolled 4 (1d6)

>>4571474
Let me see what spring
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
She took that ship in tow (Huh!)
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
98 bottles of beer on the wall....
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
Another one still liked to stab for a change...
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
on Jupiter and Mars
>>
Rolled 2 (1d6)

>>4571474
But the young man beside her thought her future was strange
>>
Rolled 1 (1d6)

>>4571474
Soon may the Wellerman come
>>
Rolled 6 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
To bring us sugar and tea and rum
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
Take one down gulp it down myself
>>
Rolled 3 (1d6)

>>4571474
>>
>>4571681
>>4571682
>>4571683
WE HAVE A WINNER!

NO MORE ROLLS!
>>
>>4571683
>>4571682
>>4571681
IT IS DONE
>>
>>4571681
>>4571682
>>4571683
Told you all it was 1/1. Ultimate luck prevails once again!
>>
Rolled 5 (1d6)

>>4571474
97 bottles of beer on the wall!
>>
>>4571681
>>4571682
>>4571683
Now that's more like it
Only took a hundred something rolls too
>>
I am writing now! Make sure to stay for the next choice if you can! The choice will last until tomorrow at 2PM PST. This will be the last choice we make before the new thread, so feel free to make your last choice in this thread once I am finished writing! You guys rocked it! Amazing work!
>>
File: Pepper Spray.jpg (43 KB, 1000x1000)
43 KB
43 KB JPG
The zombies are gaining on her. Some trip, but that doesn’t deter them. They are now no more than 10 feet (3.05 meters) away and are about to pounce on their new prey.

In a last-ditch effort to survive, Sarah quickly repositions herself to be sitting on her rear and reaches into her purse. She grabs the pepper spray, and she sprays it at the oncoming zombie children. She sprays it non-stop in front of her.

At first, the zombies continue to approach unperturbed. But then a foul taste hits their tongue, and their eyes and nose begin to burn. The zombies continue in their pursuit, but the more they charge, the more they get sprayed. The stinging and awful taste started to become too much to bear, and they stopped dead in their tracks. They began to back away. If these were the normal adult zombies, they would have been okay since the stinging would go away quickly with their healing abilities.

But kid zombies? They have to bear with it. And with so much food around them, why continue the pursuit if it harms them? They began to back away and go back to the man they killed and the various other corpses in the room.

Unfortunately, Sarah had used the entire pepper spray bottle, so she will not be able to use this again. The current zombies are deterred for the time being, but it won’t last long.

Sarah begins to sprint to the stairs, and this time, not tripping on anything. She begins her descent down the stairs to the first floor, the largest floor in the school.

The gym is in the middle of the first floor. When Sarah enters the first floor, she will be in a larger hall than before. This horizontal hall has four doors: one to her far left, one to her far right, and two classroom doors in-between.

The doors on her far ends lead to a vertical hall. The doors to the gym are in these halls.

The classrooms also have doors that lead to the gym.

This hall seems to be devoid of life, so Sarah can breathe a bit easier. She puts her ear up to each door to see how bad each one is. The classrooms seem to have more zombies but are a much more direct route (requiring less choices overall to reach the gym). The halls seem to have less zombies but will require more choices since it is a bit of a longer trip.

(1/2)
>>
File: The Hallway Sarah is in.jpg (546 KB, 1280x960)
546 KB
546 KB JPG
Sarah managed to survive that ordeal by the skin of her teeth, but will she continue to be so lucky? Sarah has six choices remaining. Which door should Sarah go in?

>Enter Classroom 1. Sarah hears zombies feasting inside. But there seems to be the sounds a scuffle starting. Child zombies don’t fight over food, so what could it be?

>Enter Classroom 2. It sounds eerily quiet, but there are definitely zombies in there. Why is it so quiet?

>Enter the Hall on the left. This hall is near the back doors of the school.

>Enter the Hall on the right. This hall is near the front doors of the school.

>Write-in

>Switch characters

I will leave the vote open until 2PM PST (about 11 hours and 20 minutes from now). Once the voting period is over, I will archive this thread and will make Thread #2. I will post the archive and the new thread link as soon as I can afterwards.

(2/2)
>>
>>4571751
>Enter Classroom 1. Sarah hears zombies feasting inside. But there seems to be the sounds a scuffle starting. Child zombies don’t fight over food, so what could it be?
>>
given that next turn her stats will reset we shouldn't do anything too daring
>>
>>4571751
>Enter Classroom 1.
If there's a scuffle, then it contains adult zombies. And as we know from >>4552219, zombies would normally prefer to fight other zombies instead of hunting a live animal/human. So we can slip past. I hope the adults have offed any child zombies that might've been in there.
Not the halls because those also have zombies inside, and since we only have 1 choice before our stats revert, we'll have to deal with zombies with bad stats in any case. In such a situation, I think we should take less choices because it's less chances to fail, and WWJD would probably be more effective in such a case as well.
>>
>>4571751

>Enter Classroom 1. Sarah hears zombies feasting inside. But there seems to be the sounds a scuffle starting. Child zombies don’t fight over food, so what could it be?
>>
>>4571751
>>Enter the Hall on the left. This hall is near the back doors of the school.
>>
>>4571761

Her stats won't reset next turn. We likely have one more choice after this one. QM did say the max duration was 5 choices, and we had 9 remaining after resolving. Therefore, since nothing this turn looks too stressful, we should have one more choice left, since we made 3 after resolving ourselves. 9-6=3
>>
About 1 more hour left. Get your votes in!
>>
No more votes!

>>4571758
>>4571935
>>4571779
3 votes for "Enter Classroom 1. Sarah hears zombies feasting inside. But there seems to be the sounds a scuffle starting. Child zombies don’t fight over food, so what could it be?"

>>4571962
1 vote for "Enter the Hall on the left. This hall is near the back doors of the school."

Thread End

I will be archiving the thread now and will be making a new thread as soon as I can. I will make sure to post them here. Thank you to everybody who participated in my very first quest. It's been a great time! I hope Thread#2 can be even better!
>>
NEW THREAD: >>4572305

Archive Link: http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive.html?tags=ZombieQM

Flock to the new thread! It's open now! Also, if you would like to vote in the archives, I would greatly appreciate it.



Delete Post: [File Only] Style:
[Disable Mobile View / Use Desktop Site]

[Enable Mobile View / Use Mobile Site]

All trademarks and copyrights on this page are owned by their respective parties. Images uploaded are the responsibility of the Poster. Comments are owned by the Poster.